EIA - Manang Marsyangdi HP - 1592462693 PDF

SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(SEIA) STUDY
OF
MANANG MARSYANGDI HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
(135.0 MW), MANANG, GANDAKI PROVINCE, NEPAL
Submitted To:
Government of Nepal
Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE)
Singhadurbar, Kathmandu
Through
Department of Electricity Development
&
Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation (MoEWRI)
Singhadurbar, Kathmandu
Submitted By: Prepared By:

Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS]
Company Pvt. Ltd. (P) Ltd.
Kathmandu-4, Nepal GPO Box 7301, JitjungMarg-26, Thapathali, Kathmandu, Nepal
Tel: 014427913 Tel: 977-1-4244989/4241001; Fax: 977-1-4226028
Email: MMHEP777@gmail.com E-mail: ness@mos.com.np; Web: www.ness.com.np
January, 2020
Supplementary Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA) of Manang Marsyangdi HEP (135.0 MW)
sfo{sf/L ;f/f+z
k[i7e"ld
dgfË d:of{ËbL hnljB't cfof]hgfsf] k|j4{s dgfË d:of{ËbL hnljB't sDkgL k|f. ln. xf] . of] cfof]hgf u08sL
k|b]z cGtu{t dgfË lhNnfdf kb{5 . ;g\ @)!$ sf] :jLs[t jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg cg';f/ of] cfof]hgfsf]
Ifdtf @*@ d]ufjf6 lyof] . xfnsf] ;DefJotf cWoog / cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] lgSof]{naf6 of] cfof]hgf Ifdtf !#%
d]ufjf6 dfq sfod ul/Psf] 5 . o; k"/s jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg k|ltj]bgdf xfnsf] kl/jlt{t cfsf/, k|sf/
;+/rgf, Ifdtf, k|efjx? cflbnfO{ k"j{ :jLs[t jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg k|ltj]bg;Fu bfFh]/ tof/ ul/Psf] xf] .
dgfË d:of{ËbL cfof]hgf ;'Vvf ofddf ;d]t !=^^ 306f kfgL ;+sng u/L 5f]8\g] cw{ hnfzoo'Qm (Peaking Run
of River) cfof]hgf xf] . of] cfof]hgfnfO{ dgfË d:of{ËbL kfj/ sDkgLn] k|:tfj u/]sf] 5 . @*@ d]ufjf6 pTkfbg
Ifdtf eP tfklg k"j{ :jLs[t cfof]hgfsf] k|fKt nfO;]G;sf] sf]cl8{g]6 (Coordinate) If]q leq /x]sf] 5 t/
cfof]hgfsf] ;+/rgfsf] cfs[lt tyf cfj[tL (Dimension) / tLgn] rlr{g] hldgsf] If]qkmndf kl/jt{g ePsf] 5 .
cfof]hgfsf] cjl:ylt / k|efj If]q M

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf a];Lzx/ b]lv ^% ls=dL / sf7df8f}+ b]lv @#% ls=dL k/ /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] rf/ lsNnf
@*)#@’)%” pm – @*)##’#&” pm / *$)!%’#*” k"– *$)@)’))” /x]sf] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] ;+/rgfx? dgfËsf] rfd]
/ gf;f]ª ufpFkflnsfdf kg]{ sf]tf], lr6Lk', yfgrf]s, ltdfª, :ofs"{ / bfgfSo"df kb{5 . of] cfof]hgfsf] x]8js{
(Headwork) d:of{ËbL vf]nfsf] bf]efgeGbf %)) dL= tnsf] sf]tf] ufpFdf k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . o; cfof]hgfsf]
ljB'tu[x rLgf] vf]nf / d:of{ËbL gbLsf] bf]efgeGbf !.$ ls=dL dfly au/5fkdf d:of{ËbL vf]nfsf] b]a|] lsgf/fdf
cjl:yt 5 .
cfof]hgfsf] ljj/0fM
k|:tfljt cfof]hgfdf @$ ld= cUnf] Concrete gravity dam /xg]5 . d:of{ËbL vf]nfsf] kfgLnfO{ ^)&% ld= nfdf]
;'?Ë -Head Race Tunnel_ dfk{mt ljB'tu[xdf k'¥ofP/ !#% d]ufjf6 ljB't pTkfbg u/]/ k'g ;f] kfgLnfO{ d:of{ËbL
gbLdf ld;fOg] 5 . o; cfof]hgfsf] ljB'tu[x rLgf] vf]nf / d:of{ËbL gbLsf] bf]efg eGbf sl/a !.$ ls=dL dfly
d:of{ËbL vf]nfsf] b]a|] lsgf/fdf au/5fk eGg] 7fpFdf cjl:yt 5 . o; cfof]hgf k"0f{tM cGgk"0f{ ;+/If0f If]]q leq
kb{5 .
cfof]hgfsf] t'ngfTds ljj/0fM

ljz]iftf -!#% d]=jf=_ ;+efJotf cWoog -@*@ d]=jf=_ O{=cfO{=P @)!$
@)!(
!= ;fwf/0f
cfof]hgfsf] gfd dgfË d:of{ËbL xfO8«f]kfj/ -Pd !_ xfO8«f]– O{n]lS6«s k|f]h]S6
gbL d:of{ËbL vf]nf
cfof]hgfsf] k|sf/ cw{ hnfzoo'Qm gbLsf] k|jfx
cjl:ylt
k|b]z u08sL
lhNnf dgfË
cfof]hgfsf] rf/ lsNnf
cIffz+ @*)#!’@&” pm b]lv @*)##’#&” @*)#@’)%” pm b]lv
pm @*)##’#&” pm
b]zfGt/ *$)!%’#*” k" b]lv *$)@)’@)” *$)!%’#*” k" b]lv
k" *$)@)’))” k"
d'xfgsf] cjl:ylt d:of{ËbL vf]nf / g/ vf]nfsf] ;+udsf] tn nueu %)) dL6/ df
ljB'tu[xsf] cjl:ylt d:of{ËbL vf]nf / lrgf] vf]nfsf] d:of{ËbL vf]nf / lrgf] vf]nfsf]
bf]efg eGbf sl/a !$)) dL6/ bf]efg eGbf sl/a ^)) dL
dfly dfly
glhssf] jl:t a]zLzx/, ndh'Ë
Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. 1

@)!(
@= ;+:yf
k|j4{s dgfË d:of{ËbL xfO8«f]kfj/ sDkgL k|f=ln
#= hn lj1fg÷k|jfx
hnfwf/ If]q !^#% ls=dL@
l8hfOg jxfa #&=&* m3/s (Q40.8) &$=)) (Q33)
;/b/ jflif{s k|jfx %%=!( m3/s !!!=!! m3/s
$= e"–ue{
If]lqo e"–ue{ blIf0fdf d'Vo s]G›Lo y|:6 / pQ/ klZrddf “blIf0f ltAatL l86]rd]G6
kmfN6 l;:6d”
%= ;+/rgfx?
kfgL kmsf{pg] ;+/rgf
afFwsf] k|sf/ s+lqm6 u|fle6L afFw (Non u]6 ePsf] afFw
overflow, gated spillway)
k|sf/sf]
afFwsf] nDafO{ *(=% dL=
j9L kfgL aUg] af6f]sf] cfsf/ * dL= x *=% dL= !@=)) dL= x !%=)) dL=
;+Vof @ #
k"0f{ Ifdtf ljGb" @%*@ masl @%*) masl
pRrtd ljGb" @%^# masl @%^% masl
af9Lsf] l8hfOg ^(=)) cumecs (Q%)) !(*(=)) cumecs (Q@)))
u]6sf] k|sf/ uf]nfsf/
cG8/ :n;'O{;sf] cfsf/ # dL= x *=% dL=
O{G6]s ;+/rgf
k|sf/ afFw 5]psf] d'xfg (Side Intake)
;+Vof @ $
cfsf/ ^ dL= x % dL= %=#) dL= x %=)) dL= x !=%)
dL=
O{Ge6{ ljGb" @%&&masl @%^*=#) masl
lkm8/ gx/sf] ;+/rgf (Feeder Canal)
k|sf/ cfoftsf/ (Rectangular) 9nfg ul/Psf] uf]nfsf/sf] s"n
Jof; %=^) dL=
;+Vof !
nDafO{ $#=% dL
cfsf/ !) dL= x ^–^=$ dL=
lyu|fg a]l;g ;+/rgf (Settling Basin)
k|sf/ ;tx e"ldut
;+Vof @ $
cfsf/ -nx rf} x pm) !^) dL=x !$ dL= x !#=^ dL= !#@ dL= x (=^) dL=x !(=()
lyu|fgsf] cfsf/ )=! mm >)=@ mm -cfsf/df_
bIftf *^=^Ü -)=!% mm,dfly *^=^Ü_
gbLdf aGg] ;+/rgf (river Crossing)
k|sf/ l8 csf/sf] sNe6{
nDafO{ %!=#@& dL=
cfsf/ (W x H) #=% dL=x #=# dL=


@)!(
;'?Ë (Headrace Tunnel)
k|sf/ 3f]lK6Psf] D (inverted D) lgdf{0f kl5 uf]nfsf/ / 3f]8f
6fk cfsf/df pTvgg\ x'g]
cfGtl/s Jof; -rf} x p) $=$–%=# dL= x $=(%–%=# dL= Jof; %=)) dL=
nDafO{ ^)&%=%) dL= %%%)=)) dL=
lgdf{0f cl86 ;+Vof #
k|sf/ ;6lqm6 ÷ s+lqm6
;h{ zfˆ6 (surge shaft)
k|sf/ 7f8f] zfˆ6 -dflyNnf] RofDa/ a9]sf] cfl/lkm; (Restricted orifice)
k|sf/_
Jof; ^ dL= !$ dL=
;+/rgfsf] ulx/fO{ *#=# dL= &)=)) dL=
k]g:6s
ljeflht x'g' cl3sf] nDafO{ (^%=$@ dL= %#&=*# dL=
cfGtl/s Jof; (m) #=# dL= $=^) dL= 3f]8fsf] 6fk cfsf/
;lxtsf] ;'?Ë ;lxt Jof; ^=!)
dL=
k|sf/ uf]nfsf/ l:6n
ljB't u[x
k|sf/ ;tx
cfsf/ -n x rf}_ ^^ dL=x @% !)@=@) dL= x !(=&) dL=
prfO{ #% dL= @!=&) dL= -;+/rgfsf] tNnf]
efusf] prfO{_ / !#=)) dL= -
;+/rgfsf] dflyNnf]
Substrated prfO{_
6/jfO{gsf] PS;L; n]jn @!%!=*) masl @!@% masl
^= 6/jfO{g
k|sf/ k]N6g
;+Vof @ $
k|lt o'lg6 Ifdtf (Rated output ^(=%* d]=jf= &)=% d]=jf=
capacity Per unit)
6/jfO{gsf] n]jn (Turbine settling @!%!=*) masl @!@%=)) masl
level)
s"n x]8 (Rated Net Head) $!*=( dL= $%% dL=
&= ueg{/
k|sf/ lk=cfO{= l8 (Potential Integral Differential) k|sf/
l:k8 8«ksf] ;dfof]hg #)Ü eGbf sd / a/fa/
*= h]g]/]6/
k|sf/ l;+qmf]g; # km]h
Ifdtf ^&=% d]=jf= &)=% d]=jf=
kfj/ ˆofS6/ )=*%
ef]N6]h !! s]=le
cfa[lt (Hz) %) Hz
O{sfO @ $
(Excitation) k|0ffnL l:y/ k|sf/ l:y/ ÷ a|;n];
bIftf (&Ü

@)!(
(= 6«fG;km/d/
Ifdtf *) MVA @&=^% MVA
O{sfO{ ;+Vof @ !# -!@+ ! cltl/Qm_
ef]N6]h cg'kft @@)÷!! -s]=le_
6«fG;km/d/ bIftf ((Ü ((=%Ü
!)= k|zf/0f nfOg
ef]N6]h :t/ @@) s]=le @@) s]=le (Psn ;ls{t)
k|zf/0f nfOgsf] nDafO{ @ ls=dL !)) ls=dL=-dWo d:of{ËbL xa_
;'? ~ cGTo cfof]hgfsf] l:jrof8{ ~ g]kfn dgfË d:of{ËbL xfO8«kfj/
ljB't k|lws/0fsf] k|:tfljt wf/fkfgL k|f]hS6 ~ k|:tfljt gofF ;a
;a :6]zg :6]zg
!!= zlQm / phf{
Hl8t Ifdtf !#% d]ufjf6 $ x &=%) d]ufjf6
;'Vvf dlxgfsf] phf{ @@( luufjf6 306f -#)=%Ü_ !$&=)@ luufjf6 306f
jvf{ dlxgfsf] phf{ %@@ luufjf6 306f -^(=%Ü_ !@$^=$( luufjf6 306f
!@= hldgsf] cfjZostf
:yfoL #$=)# x]S6/ !(=(% x]S6/
c:yfoL !(=& x]S6/ #@=!^ x]S6/
!#= ljlQo ;'rs
s_s"n nfut Aofh afx]s -cd]l/sg @*^ ldlnog #@@=($ ldlnog
8n/df_
t'ngfTds ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo cjl:yltM

ef}lts
of] cfof]hgf dgfË lhNnfdf kb{5 . o;sf] e"–agf]6 le/fnf] r§fgo'Qm 5 . cfof]hgf If]qdf gneiss / schist h:tf
r§fgx? kfOG5g\ . t;y{ of] cfof]hgf If]q ef}uf]lns ?kn] l:y/ e"uf]ndf k|:tfljt 5 . cfof]hgf :yn lr;f] df};d
If]qdf kb{5 . hxfF jflif{s $@& ld=dL jiff{ x'G5 . o; cfof]hgfsf] d'Vo hnfwf/ If]q ltlnrf] tfn xf] . h;df
;xfos gbLx? Yff]/f]ª vf]nf / tf/ vf]nfn] klg of]ubfg ub{5g\ . !^#% ju{ ls=dL hnfwf/ If]q ePsf] o;
cfof]hgfsf] l8hfOg axfj #^=&* m3/s /x]sf] 5 . e"sDkLo hf]lvdsf] lx;fan] o; cfof]hgf dWo hf]lvdo'Qm
If]qdf kb{5 . g]kfnsf cGo lxdfnL If]q eGbf o; If]qdf lxdtfn lj:kmf]6gsf] ;+efjgf Go"g /x]sf] 5 . o;/L k"j{
:jLs[t jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg -@*@ d]ufjf6_ / xfnsf] -!#% d]ufjf6_ cfof]hgfsf] ef}lts cfwf/e"t
(baseline) jftfj/0fdf vf;} kl/jt{g 5}g .
h}ljs jftfj/0fLo cj:yf

cGgk"0f{ ;+/If0f If]qdf kg]{ o; cfof]hgf If]qdf w"kL k|hfltsf ?vx?sf] afx'Notf /x]sf 5 . cfof]hgf If]qdf kfOg]
cf]v/ / ;'gfv/L ;+/lIft k|hfltdf kb{5g\ . lrt'jf, /t'jf d[u, 3f]/n, afFb/, b'D;L, :ofn h:tf hgfj/ o;
cfof]hgf If]qdf kfOG5 . cfof]hgf If]qdf %% k|hfltsf :tgwf/L k|hflt kfOG5 . !( k|hfltsf r/f, * k|hfltsf
3;|g] hLj, #^ k|hfltsf k'tnLsf k|0fflt o; If]qdf kfOG5 . o; cfof]hgf If]qdf kg]{ d:of{ËbL gbLdf s'g} df5f
kfO{+b}g . o;/L k"j{ :jLs[t jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg -@*@ d]ufjf6_ / xfnsf] -!#% d]ufjf6_ cfof]hgfsf] h}ljs
cfwf/e"t jftfj/0fdf vf;} kl/jt{g 5}g .
;fdflhs tyf cfly{s cj:yf

of] cfof]hgf dgfË lhNnfsf] rfd] / gf;f]ª ufpFkflnsfdf kb{5 . rfd] ufpFkflnsfsf] hg;+Vof !!@( / 3/w'/L
;+Vof @&( /x]sf] 5 eg] gf;f]ªsf] hg;+Vof !(#* / 3/w'/L $%$ /x]sf] 5 . rfd]df !@ hftLo ;d"x 5g\ eg]
gf;f]ªdf * hftLo ;d"x /x]sf 5g\ . a'l4:6, lxGb" / hLjjfb (animism) o; cfof]hgf If]qdf dflgG5g\ . ax';+Vos
afl;Gbfn] g]kfnL efiff af]Ng] of] If]qdf u'?Ë / ltAatL efiff klg af]lnG5 . o; cfof]hgf kg]{ ufpFkflnsfdf # j6f
;/sf/L ljBfno /x]sf 5g\ . o; If]qsf afl;Gbfx?sf] d'Vo cfo>f]t ko{6g, s[lif tyf kz'kfng g} xf] . of] If]qdf
! lhNnf :jf:Yo sfof{no, ! lhNnf c:ktfn 5 . o; If]qdf n3'ljB't cfof]hgfåf/f lah'nLsf] pTkfbg / ljt/0f
x'Fb} cfPsf] 5 . (*Ü 3/w'/Ldf vfg]kfgL ;'ljwf /x]sf] o; If]qdf lzIff tyf /f]huf/Lsf] nflu 7"nf] dfqfdf k|jf;g
eO{/x]sf] 5 . o;/L :yfgLo txsf] k"g;+/rgf x'g' afx]s ;fdflhs cj:yfdf ;d]t k"j{ jftfj/0fLo k|efj
d"NofÍgsf] t'ngfdf cfof]hgfsf] ;fdflhs jftfj/0fdf vf;} kl/jt{g cfPsf] 5}g .
k|efjx?
ef}lts k|efj
 #$=)# x]= :yfoL / !(=&) x]S6/= c:yfoL ul/ %#=* x]S6/ hUufsf] cfjZostf kg]{5 .
 !*=$ d]=6 bnxg / $)=* d]=6 gub] afnLdf x'g] Iflt .
 ;fdflhs ;+/rgfdf x'g ;Sg] kl/jt{g .
 cfof]hgfsf sfdbf/ sd{rf/Låf/f :yfgLo k"jf{wf/ h:t} :jf:Yo rf}sL, ljBfno, ahf/, ;+rf/, ko{6g
cflbdf rfk a9\g] k|If]k0f ul/Psf] 5 .
 lyu|fg, e"–Ifo / hldgsf] cl:y/tf;Fu ;DaGwLt k|efjx? cfFsng ul/Psf] 5 .
 WjgL k|b'if0f / To;af6 pTkGg x'g] k|efjx? .
 ;'?8Þ dfu{ dfly kg]{ kfgLsf >f]t d'xfgx/df kg]{ k|efjx? .
 xfjf tyf hn k|b"if0fsf sf/0f x'g] k|efjx? .
 hnjfo'sf] ;'Id kl/jt{gsf sf/0f x'g] k|efjx? .
Go"lgs/0fsf pkfox?
 cfof]hgfsf d'Vo :yfgx?df gbLsf] t6 ;+/If0f ug'{kg]{ -h:t} M Gabion Wall lgdf{0f sfo{_ .
 lgdf{0f sfo{ ubf{ lg:sg] df6f] (Spoil) nfO{ plrt 7fpFdf Joj:yfkg ug]{ .
 Jojl:yt lgsf; k|0ffnL (drainage System)ljsf; ul/ :yfgLo lj?jf tyf 3fF; nufpg] .
 afFwsf] tNnf] t6Lo If]qdf jxfj (e-flow) sfod ug{] .
 hUuf clwu|x0fsf] nflu plrt sfo{ of]hgf ;lxt clwu|x0f / Ifltk"lt{ to ul/g] 5 .
 o; sfo{sf] nflu cfof]hgfn] hUuf clwu|x0f lgb]{lzsf, !((# cg';f/ sfd sf/jfxL cufl8 a9fpg]5 .
 cfof]hgfsf sd{rf/L÷sfdbf/x?n] ksfpgsf nflu OGwgsf] ?kdf d§Lt]n / LPG Gas k|of]u ug{'kg]{ .
 aflx/L sfdbf/nfO{ ;/;kmfO{ / kfgLsf] ;'lawf ePsf] af;:yfgsf] plrt Joj:yfkg ul/g] 5 .
 cfof]hgf ;DkGg ePkl5 :yfgLo lah'nLs/0fsf] nflu lah'nL k|bfg ul/g] 5 .
 lgdf{0f :yndf w'nf] p8\g] 7fpFdf kfgL 5s{g] Joj:yf ldnfO{ jfo' k|b"if0f sd ug]{ Joj:yf ldnfO{g]5 .
 cfof]hgfsf] sfddf k|of]u x'g] ljleGg ;jf/L ;fwgx?sf O{lGhgsf] ;do ;dodf kl/If0f u/]/ ;/sf/sf]
dfkb08 cg'?k ;+rfng ul/g]5 .
 :yfgLo / ;/f]sf/jfnfx?n] jftfj/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/af/] rf;f]÷;jfnx? / ;f]sf] ;Daf]wg x'g]5 .
 cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f / ;+rfng r/0fdf ;+efljt b'3{6gfaf6 hf]lug ;fjwfgLsf] pkfox? cjnDag ul/g]5 .
 hnfzosf] lgdf{0fn] ubf{ df};ddf x'g] ;"Id kl/jt{gnfO{ Go"lgs/0f ug{ ;s];Dd hnfzodf kg]{ ?v
gsf6\g] t/ sf6\g} kg]{ cj:yfdf ;Dk"0f{ ?v tyf af]6lj?jfnfO{ hnfzo If]qaf6 k"0f{tM x6fpg] .
h}ljs k|efj
 cfof]hgfsf] sf/0f @!@( ?vx?, @#*# kf]n, ***$ lj?jf (seedlings) / !)&%* Sapling sf6\g kg]{
 cGgk"0f{ If]qsf] h}ljs ljljwtf, hgfj/sf k|hfltsf cfk|jf;g, k|hggdf x'g] ;dfGo k|efj, ca}w lzsf/
tyf rf]/L lgsf;Ld x'g ;Sg] k|efj .
 cfof]hgfsf] klxnfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍgdf k|:tfljt &% ?vaf6 a9]/ clxn] @!@( j6f sf6\g' kg]{
ePsf]n] ?vsf] ;+Vof a[l4 ePsf] 5 .
Go"lgs/0fsf pkfox?
 s6fg ul/Psf ?vnfO{ Ifltk"lt{ x'g] :j?k ! ?vsf] ;§fdf @% j6f ?v /f]Kg] / /f]Kbf :yfgLo k|hfltsf
af]6lj?jf 5fg]/ /f]lkg]5 .

 cfof]hgfnfO{ cfjZos kg]{ sfi6hGo j:t'sf] k|of]usf] nflu l8lehg jg sfo{no;Fu ;dGjo / :jLs[tL
lnOg]5 .
 sfdbf/nfO{ u}/ sfi7Lo jg k}bfjf/ vl/b las|LnfO{, jgdf OGwgsf] nflu ?v sf6\g] Pj+ h+unL hgfj/
tyf k+IfLsf] lzsf/ ug{ lgif]w ul/g]5 .
 sfdbf/sf] ultljlwx?nfO{ lgdf{0f Joj;foLn] cg'udg ul/g]5 .
 cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f r/0fdf lgl:sg] df6f], t]n tyf cGo kbfy{nfO{ gbLdf ld;fpg jGb]h ul/g]5 .
;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;fF:s[lts k|efj
cfof]hgfsf ;a} cfly{s, ;fdflhs tyf ;fF:s[lts k|efj O{=;+= @)!$ sf] :jLs[t EIA adf]lhd pNn]v eP cg';f/
g} sfod /x]sf] kfOPsf] 5 . :jLs[t jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍgdf 5'6]sf / unt l6kf]6 ePsfnfO{ ;RofP/ xfnsf]
k|ltj]bgdf ;dfj]z ul/Psf] 5 .
hUuf clws/0f / Go"lgs/0fsf] ;DaGwdf

o;sf] nflu hUuf clwu|x0f plrt sfo{ of]hgf ;lxt cufl8 a9fpg'kg]{ x'G5 . o; sfo{sf] nflu cfof]hgfn] hUuf
k|flKt P]g, @)#$, hUuf clwu|x0f lgb]{lzsf, !((#, d:of}bf hUuf k|flKt, k"gjf{; gLlt, @)!% cg';f/ sfd sf/jfxL
cufl8 a9fpg]5 .
cfof]hgfaf6 x'g ;Sg] ;sf/fTds k|efjx? lgDg /x]sf 5g\ M
 :yfgLo ;d'bfonfO /f]huf/Lsf] cj;/ ;[hgf x'g]5 . /f]huf/Ldf of]Uotf / l;ksf] cfwf/df :yfgLonfO{
k|yldstf lbOg]5 .
 :yfgLo JolQm cfof]hgf ;Da4 sd{rf/L÷sdbf/x?sf] l;kdf clea[l4 x'g]5 .
 :yfgLo ;d'bfonfO Jojf;flos cj;/x?sf] ;[hgf x'g]5 .
 cg'Tkfbs hUuf k/]sf v08df ;d]t d'cfAhf k|fKt x'g]5 .
 u|fld0f ljB'tLs/0f dfkm{t :yfgLo ;d'bfonfO{ ljB't ;]jfdf kx'Fr k'Ug]5 .
 df]6/ af6f] oftfoft ;'ljwf / ;8ssf] :t/f]Q/Ln] oftfoftdf ;xhtf k|bfg ug]{5 .
 :yfgLo txsf] /fh:jdf clea[l4 x'g]5 .
 ko{6g ljsf;df o; cfof]hgfsf] ef}lts k"jf{wf/x?n] 7f]; 6]jf k'¥ofpg] 5 .
 cGgk'0f{ kbdfu{sf] lj:tf/ / ljsf;df ;xof]u k'¥ofpg]5 .
 :yfgLo kmnkm'n, hl8a'6L, s[lif pkhsf] k|aw{gdf ;xof]u k'¥ofpg]5 .
 ;dflhs ;xof]u sfo{qmdx? dfk{mt :yfgLo :t/sf] ljsf; -lzIff, :jf:Yo, vfg]kfgL, a[If/f]k0f jf cflbdf
;xof]u k'Ug]5 .
jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf

o;/L dfly pNn]lvt k|efj d"NofÍg tyf Go"lgs/0fsf pkfox?nfO{ Jojl:yt tl/sfn] of]hgfa4 9+un] nfu' ug{
jftfj/0fLo of]hgf tof/ kfl/Psf] 5 . o;/L tof/ ul/Psf] of]hgfn] cfof]hgfsf jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkgsf pkfx?
/ k|s[ofx?nfO{ kl/eflift ub{5 . o;n] cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0f tyf ;fdflhs sfo{ of]hgf nfu' ug{ ;+u7lgs
;+/rgfsf] ;d]t ?k/]vf k|:t't ub{5 . cfof]hgfsf] ljsf; tyf ;+rfngsf] qmddf k|fs[lts tyf ;fdflhs
jftfj/0fsf] hu]gf{ ug{ cfof]hgfdf ;+nUg ;/f]sf/jfnfx?sf] e"ldsf / lhDd]jf/Lsf] ;d]t :ki6 pNn]v u/]sf] 5 .
:yfgLo ;/f]sf/jfnfx?sf] u'gf;f] Joj:yfkgsf nflu u'gf;f] Joj:yfkg OsfO ;d]t ljsf; ul/Psf] 5 .
jftfj/0fLo k|efj Go"lgs/0fsf pkfox?sf] ;do l;df tf]lsPsf eO{ nfu" ePsf 5g\ eGg] ;'lglZrttf ug{
cg'udg / ;Dk/LIf0fsf] nflu Ps O{sfO{sf] :yfkg ul/g]5 / jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgfsf] ah]6 jftfj/0fLo
k|efj d"NofÍg k|ltj]bgdf ;d]t :ki6 pNn]v ul/Psf] 5 . cfof]hgf;Fu ;DaGwLt lgdf{0f sDkgLx?n] lgdf{0f
r/0fdf o;sf] k"0f{ kfngf ug'{ kg]{5 . of] 6]08/sf] cleGg cË x'g]5 .
lg:sif{ tyf ;'emfax?

klxrfg ul/Psf ;sf/fTds k|efjx? pNn]vgLo 5g\ . gsf/fTds k|efjx? :yfgLo If]qdf tyf lgdf{0f cjlwe/
dfq l;ldt /xg] k|s[ltsf 5g\ . oL k|efjx? vf; u/L lgdf{0f sfo{;Fu ;DjlGwt 5g\ . klxrfg ul/Psf k|fo
gsf/fTds k|efjx? o; k|ltj]bgdf k|:tfljt Go"gLs/0f pkfox?sf] sfo{Gjogaf6 /f]syfd jf Go"gLs/0f ug{
;lsG5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgf sfo{Gjogn] :yfgLo jftfj/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] gsf/fTds k|efjx?sf] /f]syfd jf
Go"gLs/0f ug{ g;lsg] k|ToIf tyf :yfoL tj/n] kg]{ k|efjx? 5}gg\ . gsf/fTds k|efjx?nfO{ ;lx / ;/n tl/sfn]
Go"lgs/0f / lg/fs/0f ug]{ tyf ;sf/fTds k|efjx?nfO{ a9f]Q/L ug]{ pkfox? k|ltj]bgdf pNn]v ul/Psf] 5 .
k|:tfjsf] sfof{Gjog ubf{ k|ltj]bgdf pNn]lvt jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg sfo{ of]hgfnfO{ k"0f{ ?kdf nfu' u/LPdf
To;n] cfof]hgf If]qsf] ef}lts, h}ljs tyf ;fdflhs jftfj/0fdf bL3{sflng gsf/fTds k|efj gkfg]{ b]lvG5 ;fy}
;sf/fTds k|efjdf pNn]vgLo /xg d2t ug]5 . o; cfof]hgfaf6 /fli6«o phf{sf] ;+s6 kl//x]sf] clxn]sf]
cj:yfdf e/kbf]{ gljs/0fLo / k|b"if0f /lxt phf{sf] pTkfbg x'g] / To;af6 /fhZjsf] j[l4, pBf]u tyf cfo
cfh{gsf lqmofsnfkx?sf] k|jb{g, tyf ;du| cfly{s, jftfj/0fLo tyf ;fdflhs If]qsf] ljsf; eO{ b]zsf]] u/LaL
lgjf/0fdf ;d]t ;xof]u k'Ug] b]lvG5 . o; cWoog k|ltj]bgn] k|:tfljt cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog ug{ ;fGble{s /x]sf]
l;kmf/L; ub{5 .

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Project Background
Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company P. Ltd. is the proponent of this Manang Marsyangdi Hydro-
electric project. This project falls in Gandaki Province of Nepal. During EIA in 2014, this project had installed
capacity of 282.0 MW. Updated feasibility report led to the project to the capacity of 135.0 MW. This SEIA has
been carried out as per the changed footprints and the ancillary facilities by comparing it with the approved
EIA of 2014.
In 2014 Environment the project was proposed as Run of River type with installed capacity 282 MW. At
present there the project scheme is changed from ROR to PROR with some design modifications. Now the
project MMHEP is a PRoR type project with daily peaking of 1.66 hours during the dry season. Although the
project has the reduced capacity change as compared to the previous capacity from 282 MW to 135MW,
However the components of the projects in change scenario still lie in the project’s boundary grid
mentioned in license approved by the DoED . The locations of the different project components are altered
and there will be changed land use by the project component in the present scenario.
Project Location and Project Impact Area

The project is about 65 km from the nearest city Besisahar and about 235 km from capital city Kathmandu.
The project lies between the project boundary of 28º32’05” N to 28º33’37” N and 84º15’38” E to 84º20’00”
E. The project components of MMHEP are located in Chame and Nashong Rural Municipalities of Manang
district, encompassing the villages Koto, Chitipu, Thanchok, Timang, Syarku and Danakyu. The headworks
components of the project are proposed near Koto Village approximately 500 m downstream of the
confluence of Nar Khola and Maryangdi River,Chame Rural Municipality. The surface powerhouse is located
at the left-bank terrace of the Marsyangdi River, approximately 1.4 km upstream of the confluence of Chino
Khola and Marsyangdi River at Bagarchhap Village, Nashong Rural Municipalitywards-1 and 3.
Project Description
The proposed Concrete gravity dam of 24m high. The water diverted from Marsyangdi River will be
conveyed through a 6075m long HRT to the surface powerhouse on the left bank terrace of Marsyangdi
River which is approximately 1.4 km upstream of the confluence of Chino Khola and Marsyangdi River at
Bagarchhap village. The proposed project lies in the core area of the Annapurna Conservation Area.
Comparative Salient Features

Features (135 MW) UFSR 2019 (282 MW) EIA 2014
1. GENERAL
Name of Project Manang Marsyangdi (M1) Hydro-Electric Project
Name of River Marsyangdi River
Type of Scheme PROR Run of the Rive (RoR)
Peaking hours 1.66 hours
Project Location
Province Gandaki
District Manang
Rural Municipalities Chame-3and Nashong-9 of Manang
License Boundary coordinates
Latitude 28º 31’ 27” N to 28º 33’ 37” N 28º32’05” N to 28º33’37” N
Longitude 84º 15’ 38” E to 84º 20’ 00” E 84º 15’38” E to 84º 20’00” E
Intake Site About 500 m Downstream of the Confluence of MarsyangdiRiver&
Nar Khola
Powerhouse site About 1400 m Upstream From the About 600m Upstream From
Confluence of Marsyangdi the Confluence of
Riverand Chino Khola MarsyangdiRiver & Chino
Khola
Nearest Settlement Beshisahar, Lamjung
2. ORGANIZATION


Developer M/s Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.
3. HYDROLOGY
Catchment area 1635 km2
Design discharge 36.78 m3/s (Q40.8) 74.00 (Q33)
Mean annual discharge 55.19 m3/s 111.11 m3/s
4. GEOLOGY
Regional Geology Main Central Thrust (MCT) in the south and the South Tibetan
Detachment Fault System (STDFS) in the north. and north-west.
5. STRUCTURES
Reservoir
Total Storage 464,000m3
Live Storage 161,000m3
Dead Storage 303,000m3
Backwater Length 800 m on Marsyangdi, 500 m on
Nar Khola
Maximum Width 90 m
Maximum Depth 19 m
a. Diversion structure
Type of weir/dam Non-overflow concrete gravity Weir with radial gates.
dam with gated spillway
Length of Dam at crest 89.5 m
Spillway Gate Size (W x H) 8 m x 8.5 m 12.00 m x 15.00 m
No of spillway Gates 2 3
Full supply level 2582 masl 2580 masl
Minimum Operating level (MoL) 2579 masl
Spillway Crest Elevation 2563 masl 2565 masl
Deign Flood 69.00 cumecs (Q50) 1989.00 cumecs (Q200)
Type of Gate Radial
Undersluice Opening (W x H) 3 m x 8.5 m

b. Intake Structure
Type of intake Side Intake
No. of opening 2 4 no. of bays
Size of intake (W x H) 6mx5m 5.30 m x 5.00 m with
intermediate piers 1.50 m
thick
Intake invert level 2577 masl 2568.30 masl
c. Approach / Feeder Canal
Type Rectangular Circular & Concrete lined with
clear dia. 5.60m.
No 1
Length 43.5 m
Size (W x H) 10 m x 6-6.4 m
d. Settling Basin
Type Surface Undergoround
No of bays 2 4
Dimension (L x B xH) 160 m x 14 m x 13.6 m 132 m x 9.60m x 19.90
Particle size to be settled 0.1 mm >0.2 mm in size
Trapping Efficiency 86.6% (above 90% for 0.15 mm)
e. River Crossing
Type D-shaped Culvert


Length 51.327 m
Size(W x H) 3.5 m x3.5 m
f. Headrace Tunnel
Type Inverted D circular shapeafter finished
&excavation in horse-shoe
shape
Internal Dia. (W x H) 4.4-5.3 mx 4.95-5.3 m Finished diameter of 5.00 m
Length 6075.50 m 5550.00 m
Construction Adits
3 nos.
Types of lining Shotcrete/concrete
g. Surge Shaft
Type Vertical shaft with extended Restricted Orifice
upper chamber
Diameter 6m 14.00 m with Reinforced
Concrete Lining
Structure Depth 83.3 m 70.00 m
h. Penstock
Length before bifurcation 965.42 m 537.83 m
Internal Diameter (m) 3.3 m 4.60 m with horse-shoe
shaped tunnel with dia. 6.10m
Type Circular steel
i. Power house
Type Surface
Size (L x W) 66 m x 25 102.20 m( x19.70 m

Height 35 m 21.70 m(Height of
substructure) & 13.00 m
(Height of superstructure)
Turbine Axis level 2151.80 masl 2125 masl
6. Turbine
Type Pelton
Number 2 4
Rated Output Capacity per unit 69.58 MW 70.5 MW
Turbine Setting level 2151.80 masl 2125.00 masl
Rate net head 418.9 m 455 m
7. Governor
Type Potential Integral Differential (PID)
Adjustment for Speed Drop Less and Equal to 30%
8. Generator
Types synchronous 3 phase
Rated Output 67.5 MW 70.5 MW
Power factor 0.85
Voltage 11kV
Frequency (Hz) 50 Hz
No of units 2 4
Excitation system Static type Static/Brushless
Efficiency 97%
9. Transformer
Rated Capacity 80MVA 27.65 MVA
No of unit 2 13(12+1spare)
Voltage Ratio 220/11 (kV)


Transformer efficiency 99% 99.5%
10. Transmission Line
Voltage Level 220 kV 220 kV (Single circuit)
Length of Transmission Line 2 km 100 km (Middle Marsyandgi
Hub)
From ~ to Switchyard of MMHEP ~ Manang Marsyangdi HPP ~
Proposed Dharapani Sub-Station New-Marsyangdi S/S
of NEA
11. Power and Energy
Installed capacity 135 MW 4 x 70.50 MW
Dry Energy 229 GWh (30.5%) 147.02 GWh
Wet Energy 522 GWh (69.5%) 1246.49 GWh
12. Land Requirement
Permanent 34.03 19.95 Ha
Temporary 19.7 32.16 Ha
13. Financial parameter
a. Total investment without IDC (USD) 286 Million 322.94 Million
b. EIRR 7.4%
c. NPV 24.2 million USD
d. FIRR 8.5%
Comparative Baseline Environment

Physical Environment
The project lies on Annapurna region with watershed having steep slopes mostly rocky terrain elevation
ranging from 4800m to 2100m. The bedrock is structurally competent, composed of gneiss and schist,
weathering to coarse textured soils. The project area can be considered stable in terms of slopes because of
stable geology. The headwork site is proposed in Koto village at about 200 m downstream from the
confluence of Nar Khola and Marsyangdi River whereas the powerhouse is located at the broad and plain
land of in the downstream side of Retuphat Khola. Project lies in tundra climate and 427 mm rainfall occurs
annually. Watershed originates from Tilicho Lake and receives additional flow from Thorong Khola, Nar
Khola and many other small streams before it reaches the proposed intake site of MMHEP bearing dendritic
pattern of area 1635 km2. The design discharge being 36.78 m3/s. The simplified risk map of Nepal based on
the historic seismic data shows that the project area lays in the area of medium risk. 10 cascade projects are
planned on the Marsyangdi River. The Marsyangdi catchment area above intake is dominated by the forest
land used of the ACAP. Risk of GLOF is minimum than other Himalayan area. There is no change in the
physical baseline environment of the project area.
Biological Environment
Mainly Pinus wallichiana forest dominates the project area Ten tree species, 29 shrubs and 16 herbs were
observed in the diversion weir site, 23 tree, 44 shrub and 29 herb species along the dewatered zone and 18
tree, 52 shrubs and 26 herb species were recorded form powerhouse site. Walnut and Orchids are among
the protected species. Common Leopard, Barking deer, main land serow, Ghoral, Rhesus Monkey, Hunuman
Langur, Himalayan musk deer, Porcupine, Jackal, Jungle cat, Fox and Yellow throated marten were observed.
Apart from those, 55 mammals were reported from the region by the ACAP. 19 birds, 8 reptiles and 36
butterflies were reported. No fish species were found within the project area.There is no change in the
biological baseline environment in the project area.
Socio-economic Environment
The project area, in lower Manang District, covers two rural municipalities, namely Chame RM and Nashong
RM. The population of Chame RM is 1,129 and the number of households is 279, while the population of
Nashong is 1,938 in 454 households, which is the dense settlement for Manang. The project area is
composed of heterogeneous social groups 12 caste and ethnic groups in Chame RM and eight caste and
ethnic groups in Nashong RM. Buddhism, Hinduism, and Animism are practiced in the project area. Majority
speak Nepali followed by Gurung and Tibetan dialect. 3 government schools in the project RM. Tourism,
Agriculture, livestock and business are the main source of income. 1 district health office and one district

hospital lie in project RM. It is connected by road by a track opened by Nepal army in 2012. Micro-
hydropower are the main source of electricity. 98% of households benefit from drinking water facilities.
High trend of migration for employment and education as small scale bamboo making industries are
prevalent. There has been change in the baseline environment data due to change of the local administrative
bodies.
Impacts
Physical Impacts
 Loss of 53.8 ha of land (34.03 ha permanent and 19.7 ha temporary land, the land use has been
increased from 52.11 ha.
 18.4 MT cereal crop and 40.8 MT cash crop production will be lost
 Change in social structures, social harmony,
 Excessive burden on existing infrastructure facilities such as health post, schools, local market,
communication, water supply, impact on tourism, violation of law and order, occupational safety and
hazards,
 Sedimentation, Soil erosion and Land instabilities,
 Noise and vibration related issues ,
 Change in surface and subsurface hydrology,
 Degradation of Water and air quality
 Micro climate change
The physical impacts remains unchanged except the increase in land use, risk of reservoir rim failure and
microclimate change
Mitigation Measures
 River bank protection measures such as gabion walls will be constructed at strategic locations in the
project area, including at the weir site and immediately downstream.
 The project EMP has recommended that spoil will be deposited at the designated spoil area.
 Following the placement of spoil, the area will be properly graded and provided with drainage
channels, and vegetated with indigenous species of trees.
 The project will ensure e-flow in dewatered stretch
 Acquisition of land will be minimized with proper planning.
 The land or other property acquired by the project will be compensated according to the Land
Acquisition Guidelines, 1993.
 The Contractor will use kerosene or LPG gas as fuel source for cooking.
 The migrant labor force will be housed in an organized labor camp with proper facilities of water
and sanitation.
 Following the completion of the project, part of the electricity generated will be provided to the local
communities.
 The contractor will minimize air pollution by regularly maintaining all vehicles, watering dusty
surfaces at regular intervals, and providing enclosed areas for batching and crushing.
 The contractor will take all precautions regarding construction related accidents by adopting safe
construction measures.
 The local public and all interested parties will be kept informed about the impact on the
environment.
 Air quality due to emission can be mitigated through regular maintenance of engines, and in the case
of the crushing plant, isolating the crushing operation and spraying water regularly can control the
dust emission. Regular sprinkling of water on the road can minimize dust from roads.
 Microclimate of the project area will not be altered because of the insignificant impoundment at the
reservoir site. Significant loss of vegetation during construction affecting the microclimate will not
take place, as the construction area is located in a section, which contains limited vegetation cover.
During the implementation phase of the project construction and/or operation; the minimum loss of
vegetation will be considered in the project planning and minimum forest land will be used only for
the required purpose. Unnecessary use of forest land will be avoided. For this purpose, demarcation
of forest land, which will be disturbed during the project construction and/or operation phase, will
be assessed clearly before the project implementation.
Biological Impacts
 Loss of 2129 trees 2383 poles, 8884 seedlings and 10758 saplings due to project construction
 Impact on Annapurna conservation area in general (biodiversity loss, species migration, breeding
ground, disturbance, poaching, hunting, illegal trade of resources)
 All impacts are unchanged except the numbers of trees has been increased from 75 to 2129 trees
Mitigation Measures
 The land required for clearing will be minimized. The cleared land will be reforested with
indigenous tree and shrub species and afforestation of felled trees in 1:25 ratio in adjoining areas.
 The project will coordinate with the Division Forest Office for the project's needs of forest products,
including saplings.
 There will be restrictions on fuel wood use, prohibition of construction workforce to roam in the
forest and wild habitat area.
 The biodiversity conservation measures including the awareness raising program at the project
level will be implemented. The project will employ people to monitor the project staff and workers
against any violation of EMP, encroachment in biodiversity.
 There will be strict prohibition of unauthorized disposal of spoil, waste and spent oils etc. in the
river flood plain and water body. The wastes and construction spoils will be disposed in designated
areas.
Socio-economic and Cultural Impacts

All the socio-economic and cultural environment impacts of the projects are same as previous approved EIA
of 2014 except some change due to land use.
Land Acquisition and Resettlement
Acquisition of land will be minimized with proper planning. The land or other property acquired by the
project will be compensated according to the Land Acquisition Act (2034), Land Acquisition Guidelines
(1993) and Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy (2015).
Beneficial impacts
The Key beneficial impact of the project are:
 The project will generate employment opportunities for local people
 Enhancement of skills and knowledge of people in hydropower and associated construction activites
 Priority hiring to project affected people based on skills and qualifications
 Off sping development and generation of business opportunity for Local People
 Project may require land which are unproductive , difficult for cultivation and barren
 The project infrastructures and support will help in rural electrification of villages and settlements
in project vicinity
 The section of Besisahar-Manang road will be upgraded by the project which will ease to ply
transportation and movement of pedestrians
 The project will work in close coordination with ACAP and local stakeholders in conservation of
biodiversity in the area.
 Community support program will support several community development activities in project
affected rural municipalities
 Local government will obtain royalty from the project Benefit due to Royalty
Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) prepared for the Manang Marsyangdi Hydropower Project defines
project environmental management measures and procedures. The EMP outlines the organizational
structure, and describes the main roles and responsibilities of the parties involved in project environmental
management to safeguard the natural and social environments during the project development and
operation. To handle the grievance of the local people and other stakeholders, a robust grievance handling
mechanism is inbuilt with the EMP. To ensure that the environmental and social measures are implemented
in time bound fashion a protocol for supervision, monitoring and auditing has been established with an
inbuilt recording and reporting system. The EMP budget has been clearly mentioned in EIA report.
Conclusion
The benefits of the project are numerous and significant. Most of the identified environmental adverse
impacts are locally confined, and limited mainly to the period of construction. These impacts are typically
associated with the nature of construction works. The report has highlighted the approach in augmenting

the beneficial impacts and to reduce or minimize the adverse impact. The Environmental Management Plan
(EMP) has clearly mentioned the ways in mitigating the adverse impact, cost required for mitigation, the
roles and responsibilities of parties for the implementation of EMP, timeline for implementation. The EMP
will be an integral part of tender bid document of the contractor .All the contractors involved for the project
will abide with EMP The Proposal is very important as it generates much required electric energy for the
country currently facing energy crisis. The electricity facility will open up several opportunities for economic
development at local level and will significantly contribute towards the goal of poverty reduction of GoN.
Thus, based on this study, it is recommended that the Proposal is relevant for implementation.

1. Abbreviations and Acronyms

ACAMC Annapurna Conservation Area Manangement Committee
ACAP Annapurna Conservation Area Project
AD Anno Domini
ARI Acute Respiratory Infection
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BS Bikram Sambat
CBS Central Bureau of Statistics
CBO Community Based Organisations
CDC Compensation Determination Committee
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
CM Centimeter
CSP Community Support Program
CFT Cubic Feet
DoED Department of Electricity Development
DoEn Department of Environment
DoF Department of Forest
DFO Division Forest Office
DLRO District Land Revenue Office
DSO District Survey Office
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environment Manangement Plan
EPA Environment Protection Act
EPR Environment Protection Regulations
ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan
FDC Flow Duration Curve
FSL Full Suply Level
GIS Geographic Information System
GLOF Glacial Lake Outburst Flood
GoN Government of Nepal
GWh Giga Watt Hour
Ha Hectares
HRT Head Race Tunnel
IBMP Issue Based Management Plan
IDC Interest During Construction
IUCN International Union For Conservation of Nature
Km Kilometer
KM2 Kilo Meter Square
kW Kilo Watt
LARU Land Acquisition and Resettlement Unit
LDoF Landslide Dammed Outburst Flood
LMMHEP Lower Manang Marsyangdi Hydro Electric Project
LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas
M Meter
M2 Meter Square
M3 Meter Cube
M3/s Meter cube per second
MASL Meters Above Sea Level
MCT Main Central Thrust
MM Milli meter
MMHEP Manang Marsyangdi Hydro-electric Project
MoALD Ministry of Agriculture and Livestock Development
MoEWRI Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation
MoFE Ministry of Forests and Environment
MoHA Ministry of Home Affairs
MoLMCPA Ministry of Land Management, Cooperatives and Poverty Alleviation
MW Mega Watt
MT Metric Tons
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard
NEA Nepal Electricity Authority
Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. ii
NGO Non Governmental Organisation

NRs Nepalese Rupees
NTFPs Non Timber Forest Products
NTNC National Trust for Nature Conservation
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PAF Project Affected Families
PDCC Project District Coordination Committee
PPA Power Purchase Agreement
PRoR Peaking Run of the River
PRM Project Affected Rural Municipalities
RM Rural Municipalities
RoR Run of the River
SEIA Supplementary Environmental Impact Assessment
STDs Sexually Transmitted Diseases
T Tonnes
TSP Total Suspended Particles
VAT Value Added Tax
VDCs Village Development Committees

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NEPALI SUMMARY................................................................................................ ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ........................................................................................ ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ................................................................................................................................. II
CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................1

1.1. BACKGROUND ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2. PROPONENT ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1
1.3. INSTITUTION PREPARING THE REPORT.................................................................................................................................. 1
1.4. RATIONALE FOR CAPACITY CHANGE ....................................................................................................................................... 1
1.5. RATIONALE OF THE SEIA STUDY ............................................................................................................................................ 2
1.6. OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.7. STUDY TEAM MEMBERS............................................................................................................................................................ 2
CHAPTER II: GENERAL INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT .....................................................................................3

2.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.1 Location .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.2. Accessibility ................................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1.3. Project Description ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
2.1.3. Project's Comparative Salient Features ............................................................................................................ 8
2.1.5. Project's Ancillary Facilities and Requirements ..........................................................................................14
2.1.5.1. Land Requirement ..............................................................................................................................................14
2.1.5.2. Construction Materials .....................................................................................................................................15
2.1.5.3. Access Road and Bridges .................................................................................................................................15
2.1.5.4. Quarry and Burrow Areas (Aggregate, sand, clay) ...............................................................................16
2.1.5.5. Spoil/Muck Disposal Areas .............................................................................................................................16
2.1.5.6. Camps and Colonies ...........................................................................................................................................17
2.1.5.7. Construction Power ...........................................................................................................................................17
2.1.5.8. Construction Equipment..................................................................................................................................18
2.1.5.9. Human Resources ...............................................................................................................................................19
2.1.5.10. Major Project Activities ...............................................................................................................................19
2.1.5.11. Project Area Delineation .............................................................................................................................20
2.1.5.12. Project Cost.......................................................................................................................................................20
CHAPTER III: DATA REQUIREMENT AND STUDY METHODOLOGY................................................................... 22

3.1. DESK STUDY AND LITERATURE REVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 22
3.2. DATA REQUIREMENT, COLLECTION METHODS AND ANALYSIS ...................................................................................... 22
3.2.1. Physical Environment .............................................................................................................................................22
3.2.1.1. Data Requirement and Collection Methods .............................................................................................22
3.2.1.2. Data Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................22
3.2.2. Biological Environment ..........................................................................................................................................22
3.2.2.2. Data Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................23
3.2.3. Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ...................................................................................................23
3.2.2.2. Data Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................24
3.3 . IMPACT IDENTIFICATION AND PREDICTION ....................................................................................................................... 24
3.4. PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT ........................................................................................................................................................... 24
CHAPTER IV: REVIEW OF PLANS/POLICIES, LEGISLATIONS, GUIDELINES, STANDARDS AND

CONVENTIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 25
CHAPTER V: BASELINE ENVIRONMENT...................................................................................................................... 34

5.1. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................................................... 34
5.1.1. Physiography and Topography ...........................................................................................................................34
5.1.2. Geology and Soil .........................................................................................................................................................35
5.1.3. Climate ...........................................................................................................................................................................41
5.1.4. Drainage Basin and Hydrology ............................................................................................................................41
5.1.5. Erosion Land Stability and Sedimentation .....................................................................................................53
Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. iv
5.1.6. Seismicity ......................................................................................................................................................................53

5.1.7. Water Uses and Water Rights ..............................................................................................................................54
5.1.8. Land Use ........................................................................................................................................................................55
5.1.9. Glacier Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF) .................................................................................................................56
5.1.10. Water and Noise Quality ........................................................................................................................................57
5.2. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT.................................................................................................................................................. 57
5.2.1. Site Specific Characteristics ..................................................................................................................................58
5.3. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................................................... 75
5.3.1. Demographic Characteristics ...............................................................................................................................75
5.3.2. Public Service Facilities ..........................................................................................................................................79
5.3.4 Industrial Activity .....................................................................................................................................................80
5.3.5. Religious, Archaeological, and Historic Sites .................................................................................................80
5.3.6. Cremation Practices and Sites .............................................................................................................................80
5.3.7. Land Use Patterns .....................................................................................................................................................80
5.3.8. Aerial (Straight Line) Distance from Project Components to Settlements in the Project Area81
5.3.9. Tourism .........................................................................................................................................................................81
5.3.10. Tourism as Sources of Earning ............................................................................................................................81
5.3.11. Project Affected Households (PAFs) .................................................................................................................81
5.3.11.1. Population/Households ..............................................................................................................................82
CHAPTER VI: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ................................................................................................................ 87

6.1. ADVERSE IMPACTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 87
6.1.1 . Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ...................................................................................................87
6.1.1.1. Construction Phase ............................................................................................................................................87
6.1.1.2. Operation Phase ..................................................................................................................................................91
6.1.2. Physical Environment .............................................................................................................................................92
6.1.2.1. Construction Phase ............................................................................................................................................92
6.1.2.2. Operation Phase ..................................................................................................................................................96
6.1.3. Biological.................................................................................................................................................................... 101
6.1.3.1. Construction Phase ......................................................................................................................................... 101
6.1.3.2. Operation Phase ............................................................................................................................................... 105
CHAPTER VII: ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................. 107

7.1. DESIGN ALTERNATIVES........................................................................................................................................................ 107
7.1.1. Headworks Layout Selection ............................................................................................................................. 107
7.1.2. Construction Conditions...................................................................................................................................... 110
7.1.3. HRT layout selection ............................................................................................................................................. 110
7.1.4. Powerhouse selection .......................................................................................................................................... 112
7.2 ALTERNATIVES TO HYDROPOWER ENERGY...................................................................................................................... 113
7.3. NO FOREST ALTERNATIVE .................................................................................................................................................. 114
7.4. ASSOCIATED RISKS ON DIFFERENT ALTERNATIVES........................................................................................................ 114
7.5. ALTERNATIVE TO TECHNOLOGY, OPERATION, PROCEDURES, TIME SCHEDULES AND RAW MATERIALS.............. 114
7.6. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES ...................................................................................................................... 115
7.7. WHETHER OR NOT THE RISKS RESULTING FROM THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROPOSAL CAN BE ACCEPTED 115
CHAPTER VIII: MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................... 116

8.1. BENEFICIAL IMPACTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 116
8.2. ADVERSE IMPACTS COST...................................................................................................................................................... 117
8.2.1. Social and Socio-economic Environment ..................................................................................................... 117
8.2.1.1. Construction....................................................................................................................................................... 118
8.2.1.2. Operation............................................................................................................................................................. 124
8.2.2. Physical Environment .......................................................................................................................................... 126
8.2.2.1. Construction....................................................................................................................................................... 126
8.2.2.2. Operation Phase ............................................................................................................................................... 133
8.2.3. Biological.................................................................................................................................................................... 136
8.2.3.1 Construction....................................................................................................................................................... 136
8.2.3.2. Operation Phase ............................................................................................................................................... 140
CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN ................................................ 143

9.1. OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES ............................................................................................................................................. 143

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. v
9. 2. GUIDING PRINCIPLES ............................................................................................................................................................ 143

9.3. STATUARY LEGAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................................... 143
9.3.1. Environmental and Social Legislative Framework .................................................................................. 143
9.3.2. Environmental and Social Permits and Approval .................................................................................... 144
9.3.3. Environmental Standards ................................................................................................................................... 145
9.4. ESMP ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION RESPONSIBILITY ..................................................... 145
9.5. PLAN COMPONENTS AND STRUCTURE ............................................................................................................................... 150
9.5.1. Environmental/Social Mitigation Management Framework............................................................... 151
9.5.2. Environmental and Social Monitoring Management Framework ..................................................... 151
9.5.3. Supervision Framework ...................................................................................................................................... 161
9.5.4. Environmental Audit Framework ................................................................................................................... 162
9.5.5. Record Keeping and Reporting ........................................................................................................................ 163
9.6. ISSUE BASED MANAGEMENT PLANS (IBMP) .................................................................................................................. 163
9.7. SITE SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLANS (SSMP) ................................................................................................................ 166
9.8. SOCIAL ACTION PLAN ........................................................................................................................................................... 166
9.9. GRIEVANCE REDRESS............................................................................................................................................................ 167
9.10. CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING.................................................................................................................................. 168
9.11. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND ETD .................................................................................................................................... 169
9.12. ESMP MONITORING REVIEW ............................................................................................................................................. 169
9.13. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR ESMP ........................................................................................................................... 170
9.14. CUMULATIVE IMPACT ASSESSMENT................................................................................................................................... 171
9.15. ESMP IMPLEMENTATION PLAN SCHEDULE ..................................................................................................................... 171
CHAPTER 10: PROJECT COST AND BENEFIT .......................................................................................................... 174

10.1. ECONOMIC BENEFIT IN NEPALI CONTEXT ........................................................................................................................ 174
10.1.1. Direct Revenue Generation ................................................................................................................................ 174
10.1.2. Other Project Benefits .......................................................................................................................................... 174
10.2. PROJECT COSTS...................................................................................................................................................................... 174
10.2.1. Resource Loss .......................................................................................................................................................... 174
10.2.2. Environmental Mitigation. Monitoring and Environmental Enhancement Costs ...................... 174

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. vi
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1: Change of the Project Locations..................................................................................................................... 4

Table 2-2: Accessibility to Project Site and Road Type ............................................................................................... 4
Table 2-3: Month-wise Peaking Time Available for the MMHEP .............................................................................. 6
Table 2-4: Energy Generated from the Project .............................................................................................................. 6
Table 2-5: Estimated energy generation (with d/s release of 10% of monthly flow), m 3/s (Nepali
Months) .................................................................................................................................................................. 7
Table 2-6: Comparison of the Project Components as per UFSR 2019 and EIA 2014 ....................................... 8
Table 2-7: Land Requirement of the Project ................................................................................................................14
Table 2-8: Land Use Type for the Project ......................................................................................................................15
Table 2-9: Construction Materials Required for the Project ....................................................................................15
Table 2-10: Details of the Internal Access Road...........................................................................................................15
Table 2-11: Details of Quarry Sites ..................................................................................................................................16
Table 2-12: Spoil/Muck Disposal Sites ..........................................................................................................................16
Table 2-13: Project Camps and Colonies........................................................................................................................17
Table 2-14: Power required During Construction ......................................................................................................17
Table 2-15: Key Construction Equipment Required ..................................................................................................18
Table 2-16: Human Resources Required for Project .................................................................................................19
Table 2-17: Direct and Indirect Impact Area for the Project ...................................................................................20
Table 2-18: Project Cost Summary of Manang Marsyangdi Project......................................................................20
Table 5-1: Climate Data for Chame ..................................................................................................................................41
Table 5-2: Manang Marsyangdi Catchment Area at Proposed Intake & Powerhouse Site of
MMHEP at Various Elevation Ranges ..........................................................................................................42
Table 5-3: Marsyangdi River Catchment at Nearest Gauging Stations from MMHEP ......................................42
Table 5-4: Mean monthly flow derived from measured gauge data and gauge derived data from
rating curve at intake site of LMMHEP........................................................................................................43
Table 5-5: Long Term Mean Monthly Flow of Stations Considered for Regional Regression .........................44
Table 5-6: Comparison of Mean Monthly Flow at Proposed Intake Site from Various Methods ..................46
Table 5-7: Comparison of Estimated Mean Monthly Flow with Measured Flow ...............................................47
Table 5-8: Adopted Mean Monthly Flow .......................................................................................................................48
Table 5-9: Estimated Flow Duration Curves (FDCs) from various methods .......................................................49
Table 5-10: Recommended flow duration curve (FDC) at proposed intake site of the MMHEP ...................49
Table 5-11: Table of the Annual Maximum Discharge Frequency at Bhakundebesi Station ..........................50
Table 5-12: Table of the Annual Maximum Discharge Frequency at Bhakundebesi Station ..........................51
Table 5-13: Comparison Table of Flood Peak Modulus Measured at the Upstream and
Downstream Stations on the Marsyangdi River .......................................................................................51
Table 5-14: Maximum Flood Frequency Calculation Results Table of Each Station...........................................51
Table 5-15: Results of the Frequency and Flood at the Headworks and Powerhouse ......................................52
Table 5-16: Important Value Index (IVI) of Tree Species at diversion Weir Site ...............................................59
Table 5-17: Tree Volume and Biomass at Headworks ...............................................................................................59
Table 5-18: Shrub Details at Headworks........................................................................................................................60
Table 5-19: Herb Details at Headworks..........................................................................................................................60
Table 5-20: Trees Species and Density in Dewatered Zone .....................................................................................61
Table 5-21: Shrubs Stratum and Density at the Dewatered Stretch ......................................................................61
Table 5-22: Herbs Stratum and Density at the Dewatered Stretch ........................................................................62
Table 5-23: Tree Species at Powerhouse Site ..............................................................................................................63
Table 5-24: Tree Volume and Biomass at Powerhouse Site.....................................................................................63
Table 5-25: Shrub Analysis at Powerhouse Site ..........................................................................................................64
Table 5-26: Herb Analysis at Power House ..................................................................................................................65
Table 5-27: List of legally protected species found in the project area ................................................................66
Table 5-28: Ethnomedicinal plants used by the people in the project area ........................................................67
Table 5-29: List of Mammals Found Around Project .................................................................................................68
Table 5-30: Mammals recorded from the Annapurna conservation area ............................................................69
Table 5-31: List of Birds and their Status .......................................................................................................................71
Table 5-32: Distribution of Household and Population in the Project Districts and Rural
Municipality.........................................................................................................................................................75
Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. vii
Table 5-33: Population by Age and Sex ..........................................................................................................................76

Table 5-34: Population Distribution by Ethnic and Caste Groups in the Project Rural
Municipalities .....................................................................................................................................................76
Table 5-35: Distributions of Public Service Facilities in the Project Area ...........................................................79
Table 5-36: Project Affected Households by Ethnicity and Caste ...........................................................................82
Table 5-37: Family Structure of Survey Households ...................................................................................................82
Table 5-38: Age Groups of Surveyed Population .........................................................................................................83
Table 5-39: Distribution of Household with different Crop Types.........................................................................84
Table 6-1: Land Requirement for the Project ..............................................................................................................87
Table 6-2: Socio-economic Environment of MMHEP.................................................................................................91
Table 6-3: Adverse Physical Environmental Impacts, MMHEP ............................................................................ 100
Table 6-4: Loss of Trees, Poles, Seedlings and Saplings due to MMHEP............................................................ 101
Table 6-5: Cost of Felling, Plantation, and Caretaking for the Lost Trees .......................................................... 101
Table 6-6: Adverse Biological Environmental Impacts, MMHEP ......................................................................... 106
Table 7-1: Comparison of Different Project Layout ................................................................................................ 109
Table 7-2: Comparison of Quantities of Works for Option-1 and Option-2 ..................................................... 109
Table 7-3: Comparison and Energy Indicews for Options ................................................................................... 110
Table 7-4: Comparison of Layout and Geological Conditions along HRT .......................................................... 111
Table 7-5: Comparison of Upper and Lower Powerhouse Site............................................................................ 112
Table 8-1: Beneficial Socio-economic Environmental Impacts due to MMHEP .............................................. 116
Table 8-2: Adverse Socio-economic Environmental Mitigation Costs of MMHEP– Construction
Phase .................................................................................................................................................................. 119
Table 8-3: Adverse Socio-economic Environmental Mitigation Costs – Operation Phase, MMHEP ......... 125
Table 8-4: Adverse Physical Environmental Mitigation Costs – Construction Phase, MMHEP................... 127
Table 8-5: Adverse Physical Environmental Mitigation Costs – Operation Phase, MMHEP ........................ 134
Table 8-6: Adverse Biological Environmental Mitigation Costs – Construction Phase, MMHEP ................ 137
Table 8-7: Adverse Biological Environmental Mitigation Costs – Operation Phase, MMHEP ..................... 141
Table 9-1: Environmental and Social Permits and Approvals............................................................................... 144
Table 9-2: Project Environmental and Social Management Organizations. ..................................................... 145
Table 9-3: Responsibilities and Deliverables of the Parties involved in the ESMP Implementation ......... 147
Table 9-4: Environmental and Social Monitoring Framework............................................................................. 153
Table 9-5: Issue Based Management Plans (IBMP) ................................................................................................. 163
Table 9-6: ESMP Implementation Plan ......................................................................................................................... 171
Table 10-1: Cost Estimates of Environmental Mitigation, Monitoring and Environmental
Enhancement ................................................................................................................................................... 175

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. viii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1: Location of Manang Marsyangdi Project .................................................................................................. 3

Figure 2-2: Project Location with respect to the Annapurna Conservation Area .............................................. 4
Figure 2-3: Depth Volume Curve for the MMHEP .......................................................................................................... 5
Figure 2-4: Comparative Layout of MMHEP ................................................................................................................11
Figure 2-5:Headwork Plan Map for the Project Area (Source: UFSR, 2019) ....................................................12
Figure 2-6: General Layout of Headrace Tunnel (Source: UFSR, 2019)...............................................................12
Figure 2-7: General Layout of Penstock and Surge shaft (Source: UFSR, 2019) ...............................................13
Figure 2-8: General layout of Powerhouse Area (Source: UFSR, 2019) ..............................................................14
Figure 2-9: SEIA Schedule for Manang Marsyangdi Project ....................................................................................20
Figure 5-1: Elevation and hill slope angle across the Marsyangdi Catchment ...................................................34
Figure 5-2 : Greater Himalayan (metamorphic) sequence Modified from Brewer (2001) ..........................36
Figure 5-3: Rock Strata at the Weir Site .........................................................................................................................37
Figure 5-4: : Surge Shaft for the MMHEP ......................................................................................................................40
Figure 5-5: Debris Deposit at the Surface Powerhouse of the Project ................................................................41
Figure 5-6: Manang Marsyangdi Hydroelectric Project Catchment at Proposed Intake Site
Showing Area at Different Elevations (Source: UFSR, 2019) ...............................................................42
Figure 5-7: Nearby River Gauging Stations Considered for Analysis (Source: UFSR, 2019)..........................43
Figure 5-8: Regional Regression Graphs (Source: UFSR, 2019) ............................................................................46
Figure 5-9: Mean Monthly Hydrographs at Proposed Intake Site of MMHEP from Various
Methods ................................................................................................................................................................47
Figure 5-10: Comparison of Adopted Flow at Intake Site with Transposed Measured Flow ........................47
Figure 5-11: Adopted Mean Monthly Flow (Source: UFSR, 2019).........................................................................48
Figure 5-12: Comparison of FDCs (Source: UFSR, 2019) ........................................................................................49
Figure 5-13: Adopted Flow Duration Curve at intake site of MMHEP (Source: UFSR, 2019) ........................50
Figure 5-14: Maximum Peak Discharge Frequency Curve of Lower Manang MarsyangdiSpecial
Station....................................................................................................................................................................51
Figure 5-15: Maximum Peak Discharge Frequency Curve of Bhakundebesi Station ........................................52
Figure 5-16: Maximum Peak Discharge Frequency Curve of Bhakundebesi Station ........................................52
Figure 5-17: Seismic hazard Map of Nepal (Source: DMG) .....................................................................................54
Figure 5-18: Hydropower Stations Upstream and Downstream of the Project (Source: UFSR,
2019) .....................................................................................................................................................................54
Figure 5-19: Land Use Map of Marsyangdi Project Area..........................................................................................55
Figure 5-20: Google image Showing Glacier Lakes in Manang District ( Source: Google, 2019) ..................56
Figure 5-21: Project in Reference to Annapurna Conservation Area ..................................................................58
Figure 5-22: Vegetation Composition at Headworks and Inundation Area (Source: Field Visit,
2019) .....................................................................................................................................................................59
Figure 5-23: Zanthoxylum armatum (Timur) growing near diversion Weir site.............................................66
Figure 5-24: Macaca mulata (Rato Bander) and Ochotona macrotis (Humali muso) seen around
project site ...........................................................................................................................................................69
Figure 5-25: Eudynamys scolopacea (left) and Parus monticolus (right) seen near powerhouse
site ..........................................................................................................................................................................71
Figure 5-26: Forested Area and Project Components ...............................................................................................74
Figure 6-1: Typical Sediment Deposition Profile ........................................................................................................98
Figure 9-1:ESMP Implementation Organizational Structure ................................................................................ 146
Figure 9-2: Level of Environmental Management Plan ......................................................................................... 151

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. ix
ANNEXES
Annex 1 : License Details

Annex 2 : EIA Approval Letter and Consent Letter for SEIA from MoFE
Annex 3 : Focus Group Discussions
Annex 4 : Public Hearing Notice and Public Deeds
Annex 5 : Proceedings of Public Hearings
Annex 6 : Attendance Sheets from the Public Hearing
Annex 7 : Recommendation Letters for the SEIA
Annex 8 : Land Requirement Detail for the Project
Annex 9 : List of Project Affected families
Annex 10 : Water Quality Monitoring Report
Annex 11 : Declaration from the Proponent and the Consultant
Annex 12 : Project Layout
Annex 13 : Photographs

Prepared By: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. x
1. CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION
1.1. Background
Manang Marsyangdi Hydro-electric project of installed capacity 135.0 MW lies in the Manang District of Gandaki
Province of Federal Republic of Nepal. Marsyangdi Power Company P. Ltd. has acquired the survey license from
Department of Electricity Development, Government of Nepal (License No. B.B.B./064/65 B. U. Sa. 363. Period
from 2065/03/19 to 2066/03/18). The license issued in the name of Marsyangdi Power Company P. Ltd. has
been transferred to the Manang Marshyangdi hydropower company Pvt. Ltd on 2070/04/07. Copy of the letter
from DoED addressed to Manang Marshyangdi hydropower company Pvt. Ltd, duly amending the Survey
License for MMHEP, by MoEWRI.
The energy supply has been falling short in all the years and the maximum load in the system is increasing.
According to the Forecast of Nepal's Electricity Demand from 2015 to 2040 (Secretariat of Nepal Water
Conservancy and Energy Commission), the power demand of Nepal has been forecasted based on different
national economic growth rate. Three economic growth rates have been considered, normal growth rate of
4.5%, the higher growth rate of 7.2% and the high-speed growth rate of 9.2% where the current capacity
demand for each of the growth rates in 2020 is 3384 MW, 6621 MW and 6814MW respectively.
Although the project has the reduced capacity change as compared to the previous capacity from 282 MW to
135 MW, still since the project components of the projects lie in the changed (smaller) project boundary and
the locations of the different project components are altered and there will be changed land use by the project
component. So, as per the Rule 11 Gha (a) of the Environmental Protection Regulations (5th Amendments), the
SEIA for Manang Marsyangdi project has been carried out as per the consent provided by the MoFE.
1.2. Proponent
The proponent of the MMHEP is Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd, a Private Limited
Company incorporated under the laws of Nepal. The address of the proponent is:
Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt Ltd
Kathmandu-4, Nepal
Phone: 014427913
Email: mmhep777@gmail.com
1.3. Institution Preparing the Report

Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services Private Limited (NESS), an environmental consulting firm registered
to the government of Nepal, has prepared this document. The company is located in Kathmandu on the
following address:
Nepal Environmental and Scientific Services (NESS) P. Ltd.
GPO Box 7301, Jitjung Marga-26,
Thapathali, Kathmandu, Nepal
Tel: 977 - 1 – 4244989 / 4241001;
Fax: 977 - 1 - 4226028
E-mail: ness@mos.com.np;
Website: www.ness.com.np
1.4. Rationale for Capacity Change

The previous project was conceived to produce energy that would be consumed in India market. The
installation capcity of 282MW was found to be the most attrative one based on cost and benefit analysis.
However, transimmsion of the energy from the project site to India has been found the biggest challenge in the
perspectives of cross-border power trade issue, uncertainty of policies in India and so on. Bearing such
challenge in mind, the previous shareholders of the same proponent decided to focus on Nepal market and
follow NEA’s regulations for installed capacity of a hydropower project, namely the installed capacity shall be
based on a design discharge of not more than 40% exceedance. Therefore, an updated feasibility study report
was prepared and submitted to NEA in 2016 for Connection Agreement with the installed capacity of 144 MW
with the design discharge locked by NEA at 36.78 m3/s.
Based on a back-to-back agreement with three Chinese investors, namely SCIG International Ltd., CXIG
Investment (Hongkong) Ltd., and QYEC International Co., Ltd., and a local joint venture company SCIG
International Nepal Hydro Joint Development Company P. Ltd., Butwal Power Company purchased 100% share
of the proponent company. After a optimization study by QYEC in association with Hydro-Consult Engineering
on the three hydropower projects, namely Manang Marsyangdi HEP (282MW), Lower Manang Marsyangdi HEP
(140MW), and Upper Marsyangdi-2 HEP (600MW), location of powerhouse of Manang Marsyangdi HEP and the
Submitted by: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Prepared by: Nepal Environmental & Scientific Services [NESS] (P) Ltd. 1
headworks of the immediate downstream Lower Manang Marsyangdi HEP was shifted some 700 m upstream
from their previous locations, resulting in a reduced gross head of the MMHEP. With the locked design
discharge and reduced gross head as stated above, energy table was worked out on the basis of updated
hydrological study and a PRoR scheme. It was found out that an installed capacity of 135.0 MW was within the
limitation of NEA’s regulation and also able to produce energy in the dry season in 6 month over 30% of the
annual production.
1.5. Rationale of the SEIA Study

At the time when the MMHEP was initiated for study, the then Environment Protection Rule (EPR) 1997,
schedules mandated EIA study for the project for the subsequent generation licensing because the capacity of
the project has been reduced from 282.0 MW to 135.0 MW, the extension of the physical infrastructures and
relocation of the structures lie inside the impact area defined in the approved EIA, the land requirement has
gone to 53.8 ha from 52.11 ha and doesnot increase by more than 10%, and the project doesnot displace or
relocate more than 100 number of people than the approved EIA and the development site lies inside the
Annapurna Conservation Area. This SEIA for 135.0 MW is exclusively for the hydropower component and does
not include the transmission line component of the project. Rationality for conducting the SEIA is further
enhanced by following guidelines as adapted from the National Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines
1993 AD (2049/50 BS) and as per the Rule 11 Gha (a) of the Environmental Protection Regulations (5th
Amendments). The first phase of SEIA study was to obtain the consent from the MoFE. The SEIA study consent
was obtained on 2076/08/23. The SEIA study outcomes are:
 Make MMHEP environmentally sustainable and look for extra impacts if any.
 Identify environmental impacts on ecologically fragile landscape before the development of the
amended project
 Assess the effects of development pressures on the natural resources base as well as on the socio-
cultural aspects due to capacity change.
 Reduce adverse environmental impacts
 Reduce the overall environmental and economic costs of the project and
 Optimize project benefits
1.6. Objective of the Study

The main purpose of the presented Supplementary EIA is to access additional environmental issues (if any) that
may arise due to the change in the project’s capacity and change in design of some structural components. The
specific objectives of the supplementary EIA are to:
 Identify, predict and evaluate adverse and beneficial impacts on physical, biological, socio-economic and
cultural aspects of the environment due to the amendment in the project’s capacity (reduced) and
design;
 Recommend measures to enhance beneficial impacts and minimize adverse environmental impacts (for
the additional issues) identified by employing principles of avoidance, mitigation and compensation.
 Inform decision makers/stakeholders about environmental implications of MMHEP project due to the
amendment in the project’s capacity (reduced) and design and
 Obtain stakeholders concerns and inform them about measures to be implemented for
minimization/compensation of adverse additional impacts and enhancement of additional beneficial
impacts.
1.7. Study Team Members

A multidisciplinary team of experts with expertise and experience in their respective fields were involved in the
supplementary EIA study. The study team comprised of following key professionals:
Capacity Name Qualification Contact Number

Team Leader Er. Dwarika Adhikari B.E., M.Sc. Water Resources 9843804151
Biological Expert Dr. Chitra B. Baniya Ph.D. Botany 9849421945
Social Expert Dr. Jeevan Poudel Ph.D. Sociology 9841302522
Anthropologist Dr. Don Masserschmidt Ph.D. Anthropology 01-4241001
Environment Engineer Er. Srijan Regmi B.E. Environment 9841167573

2. CHAPTER II: GENERAL INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT

2.1. Project Description
2.1.1. Location
The project area of MMHEP is about 65 km from the nearest city Besisahar and about 235 km from capital city
Kathmandu. The project lies between the project boundary of 28º32’05” N to 28º33’37” N and 84º15’38” E to
84º20’00” E. The project components of MMHEP are located in Chame and Nashong Rural Municipalities of
Manang district, encompassing the villages Koto, Chitipu, Thanchok, Timang, Syarku and Danakyu. The
headworks components of the project are proposed near Koto Village approximately 500 m downstream of the
confluence of Nar Khola and Maryangdi River, Chame Rural Municipality-3. The surface powerhouse is located
at the left-bank terrace of the Marsyangdi River, approximately 1.4 km upstream of the confluence of China
Khola and Marsyangdi River at Bagarchhap Village, Nashong Rural Municipality Ward-9. The access road from
Powerhouse to headworks is nearly 13 km.The location map of the project is shown in the Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1: Location of Manang Marsyangdi Project
MMHEP is PRoR type project with daily peaking of 1.66 hours during the dry season. The design discharge
(Q40.8% exceedance) of the project is 36.78m3/s and the gross head is 430.2m. The water retaining structure is a
non-overflow concrete gravity dam with gated spillway. The proposed dam is 24m high. The water diverted
from Marsyangdi River will be conveyed through a 6075m long HRT to the surface powerhouse on the left bank
terrace of Marsyangdi River. The tailrace of MMHEP will be connected with LMMHEP headworks at the
downstream end. The proposed project lies in the core area of the Annapurna Conservation Area as shown in
the Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2: Project Location with respect to the Annapurna Conservation Area
There is no change in the physical location of the project but the powerhouse of the project has been slightly
shifted 700 m upstream. The comparative changes of the project physical location are shown in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Change of the Project Locations
Description Previous Present
District Manang
Province --
Local Body Chame, Tachai, Bagarchhap (VDCs) Chame, Nashong (RM)
Geographical location Lat: 280 31' 27" N- 280 33' 37" N Lat: 28º 32’05” N - 28º 33’37” N
Lon: 84°15’ 38” E - 84°20’ 00” E. Lon: 84º 15’38” E - 84º 20’00” E.
Source: UFSR, 2019
2.1.2. Accessibility
The project area is connected to Kathmandu and Terai via Prithvi Highway at Dumre. The hill road from Dumre
to Besisahar is also black topped. The road section from Besisahar to Khudi Khola is all weather gravelled road.
The Khudi Khola is crossed by a Bailey bridge. After Khudi Khola, the road/track is rough and narrow. The track
is just opened up to chame about 65 km from Besisahar. 4xW drive jeeps are plying on this road. This section of
road requires extensive rehabilitation to accommodate the construction traffic and transportation of
electromechanical/electrical equipment. Department of Road is now improving the road which follows the right
bank of Marsyangdi River. The details of the accessibility of the project site and road type are shown in Table
2-2.
Table 2-2: Accessibility to Project Site and Road Type
S.N. From-To Distance Road Type Remarks
1 Kathmandu-Dumre 133 km Black Topped National Highway
2 Dumre-Besisahar 42 km Black Topped District Feeder Road Black
topped
3 Besisahar-Koto (HW Site) 65 km Earthern Road Track Gravel Road partly with
Opened earthern track
Total 240 km
The road track from Besisahar to Syange is already in operation but needs maintenance at many places. The
cost of road is considerably low to justify the attractiveness of the project from accessibility point of view.
2.1.3. Project Description

The MMHEP is a PRoR type project with the reservoir just 500 m d/s of the confluence of the Nar Khola and the
Marsyangdi River. The total storage of the reservoir is 464,000 m3 with the live storage of 161,000 m3. The
backwater length due to the dam will be 800 m on Marsyangdi River while the Nar Khola experiences just 500
m of the backwater length. The maximum width of the reservoir is 90m with the maximum depth of 19 m. The
depth volume curve for the project is as shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3: Depth Volume Curve for the MMHEP
The water retaining structure is a non-overflow type concrete gravity dam with gated spillway having a total
crest length of 89.5m. It has two gated-spillway bays and one under sluice bay provided to safely pass floods.
The dam deck level is at 2584 masl. The Full Supply Level (FSL) is 2582 masl and the Minimum Operation Level
is 2579 masl. The invert level of the spillway and under sluice is 2563 masl while the original bed level of the
river is around 2560 masl. The size of spillway gates and openings is 8 x 8.5 m (W x H) m and that of the under
sluice way is 3 x 8.5 m (W x H). The dam has been designed to safely pass the flood of 500 years return period
i.e. 1053 m3/s of which the two spillway bays and under sluice pass 887 m3/s and 166 m3/s respectively. At
times other than floods, the sediments, debris and boulders accumulated in front of the intake is flushed out
from time to time through the under sluice.
The side intake structure is provided at the right bank adjacent to the under sluice bay with two openings of
size 6 x 5 m (W x H). Coarse trash rack is provided to prevent trash and large size floating debris from entering
the orifices. Flow is diverted to the settling basin from the intake through a single approach channel of width
10m and height of side walls 6-6.4 m with a top level fixed at 2583 masl. Double-chambered surface settling
basin further divided into two flat-bed hoppers in each chamber has been designed to settle suspended
sediments of size 0.1 mm with a trapping efficiency of 86.6%. The hydraulic dimensions of the settling basin are
160 x 14 x 13.6 m (LxBxH). The flushing arrangement is provided at the end of each bay to flush the settled
sediments back into the river through a flushing culvert. Intermittent gravity flushing system has been adopted.
The water from settling basin will be conveyed to the headrace tunnel through a concrete culvert, 3.5 m x3.5 m
in cross section and 51.33 m in length, from the head pond provided at the outlet of the settling basin. This
culvert also comprises of a river crossing structure to convey water from the settling basin at right bank to the
HRT at the left. The length of headrace tunnel is 6075.5 m from tunnel inlet to surge tank. The surge tank
consists of a vertical shaft and an upper chamber. The vertical shaft is 6m in diameter and 83.30 m in height.
The invert of the upper chamber is at 2586 masl and the total length is 180 m, 90m on each side from the shaft.
The longitudinal gradient of each section of the chamber is 1% inclining towards the shaft. The chamber has a D
shape cross section of 4.5 m in width and 5.2 ~ 6.1 m in height.

Water is conveyed to the powerhouse through a penstock conduit consisting of three horizontal sections and
two vertical-shaft sections. The length of penstock pipe up to the bifurcation point is 965.42m including bell-
mouth and surge shaft offset length, which through two numbers of bifurcated pipes feeds water to two sets of
Pelton turbine units housed in the surface power house. The bifurcated length of penstocks is 47.08m and the
diameter before and after bifurcation are 3.3m and 2.2m respectively. The size of powerhouse is 66 x 25 x 35 m
(LxBxH). The water released from the tailrace of the powerhouse feeds into the collection pond for LMMHEP.
The size of the pond is 6 x 6 m and 80 m in length. The normal water level is 2147 masl in the pond.The Manang
Marsyangdi Hydro-electric Project will generate a total average energy of 751GWh annually. Energy generated
during the dry and wet seasons is 229GWh and 522GWh respectively with 30.5% dry energy in 6 months
(December-May).The project is able to sustain a minimum of 1.66 hours of daily peak energy production
throughout the dry season months.
The project life has been taken as 30 years, the debt-equity ratio is 80:20, interest rate is 6.8% and an inflation
rate of 4% for O & M cost has been considered. The tariff rates of NRs. 8.5 and 8.4/kWh for dry energy during
peaking and non-peaking time, and NRs. 4.8 /kWh for wet energy have been taken. The IRR on total investment
is 8.6% and that on equity is 10.4%.
Considering the crucial energy demand during the dry period (December to May) peak time, the plant has been
design as PRoR type with the peaking time of 1.66 hours overall. In the dry months, i.e. from December to May,
the plant has been proposed to run with full capacity during peak hours and with remaining available flow after
allocating the discharge required to fill up the reservoir of 161,000 m3 in off-peaking hours for the next day.
Thus estimated operation modality of peak and off-peak hours for each month has been presented in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3: Month-wise Peaking Time Available for the MMHEP

Month Peaking time (hr.) Dry period Off-peak time and wet period operation time (hr)
Baishakh 1.66 22.34
Jestha-dry 1.66 22.34
Jestha-wet - 24.00
Ashadh - 24.00
Shrawan - 24.00
Bhadra - 24.00
Asoj - 24.00
Kartik - 24.00
Mangshir-wet - 24.00
Mangshir-dry 1.66 22.34
Paush 1.66 22.34
Magh 1.66 22.34
Falgun 1.66 22.34
Chaitra 1.66 22.34
As per the current PPA regulations of Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA), the energy to be generated during
months of December to May (i.e. 15th of Mangsir to 14th Jestha as per Nepali calendar) has been estimated as
dry energy and the energy generation during the rest of the months has been considered as wet energy. The
total estimated annual energy is found to be 751 GWh of which 229 GWh is total dry season energy and the rest
522 GWh is wet season energy. The summary of the computed energy for the two cases are presented in Table
2-4 and Table 2-5.
Table 2-4: Energy Generated from the Project

Dry season peaking energy (GWh): 38.59
Dry season off-peak energy (GWh): 190.93
Total dry energy (GWh) 229.52 30.51%
Wet energy (GWh): 522.72 69.49%
Total annual energy (GWh): 752.24 100.00%

Table 2-5: Estimated energy generation (with d/s release of 10% of monthly flow), m3/s (Nepali Months)

2.1.3. Project's Comparative Salient Features

Table 2-6 highlights the changes or “additionally” between the approved EIA 2014 and UFSR 2019. This
comparison will assess the “additionally” which will ease to identify additional impacts, predication of impacts
and to propose subsequent mitigation measures.
Table 2-6: Comparison of the Project Components as per UFSR 2019 and EIA 2014
1. GENERAL
Name of Project Manang Marsyangdi (M1) Hydro-Electric Project
Name of River Marsyangdi River
Type of Scheme PROR Run of the Rive (RoR)
Peaking hours 1.66 hours
Project Location
Province Gandaki
District Manang
Rural Municipalities Chame-3and Nashong-9 of Manang
License Boundary coordinates
Latitude 28º 31’ 27” N to 28º 33’ 37” N 28º32’05” N to 28º33’37” N
Longitude 84º 15’ 38” E to 84º 20’ 00” E 84º 15’38” E to 84º 20’00” E
Intake Site About 500 m Downstream of the Confluence of MarsyangdiRiver&
Nar Khola
Powerhouse site About 1400 m Upstream From the About 600m Upstream From
Confluence of Marsyangdi the Confluence of
Riverand China Khola MarsyangdiRiver & China
Khola
Nearest Settlement Beshisahar, Lamjung
2. ORGANIZATION
Developer M/s Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.
3. HYDROLOGY
Catchment area 1635 km2
Design discharge 36.78 m3/s
(Q40.8) 74.00 (Q33)
Mean annual discharge 55.19 m3/s 111.11 m3/s
4. GEOLOGY
Regional Geology Main Central Thrust (MCT) in the south and the South Tibetan
Detachment Fault System (STDFS) in the north. and north-west.
5. STRUCTURES
Reservoir
Total Storage 464,000m3
Live Storage 161,000m3
Dead Storage 303,000m3
Backwater Length 800 m on Marsyangdi, 500 m on
Nar Khola
Maximum Width 90 m
Maximum Depth 19 m
a. Diversion structure
Type of weir/dam Non-overflow concrete gravity Weir with radial gates.
dam with gated spillway
Length of Dam at crest 89.5 m
Spillway Gate Size (W x H) 8 m x 8.5 m 12.00 m x 15.00 m
No of spillway Gates 2 3
Full supply level 2582 masl 2580 masl

Minimum Operating level (MoL) 2579 masl

Spillway Crest Elevation 2563 masl 2565 masl
Deign Flood 69.00 cumecs (Q50) 1989.00 cumecs (Q200)
Type of Gate Radial
Undersluice Opening (W x H) 3 m x 8.5 m

b. Intake Structure
Type of intake Side Intake
No. of opening 2 4 no. of bays
Size of intake (W x H) 6mx5m 5.30 m x 5.00 m with
intermediate piers 1.50 m thick
Intake invert level 2577 masl 2568.30 masl
c. Approach / Feeder Canal
Type Rectangular Circular & Concrete lined with
clear dia. 5.60m.
No 1
Length 43.5 m
Size (W x H) 10 m x 6-6.4 m
d. Settling Basin
Type Surface Undergoround
No of bays 2 4
Dimension (L x B xH) 160 m x 14 m x 13.6 m 132 m x 9.60m x 19.90
Particle size to be settled 0.1 mm >0.2 mm in size
Trapping Efficiency 86.6% (above 90% for 0.15 mm)
e. River Crossing
Type D-shaped Culvert
Length 51.327 m
Size(W x H) 3.5 m x3.5 m
f. Headrace Tunnel
Type Inverted D circular shapeafter finished
&excavation in horse-shoe
shape
Internal Dia. (W x H) 4.4-5.3 mx 4.95-5.3 m Finished diameter of 5.00 m
Length 6075.50 m 5550.00 m
Construction Adits
3 nos.
Types of lining Shotcrete/concrete
g. Surge Shaft
Type Vertical shaft with extended upper Restricted Orifice
chamber
Diameter 6m 14.00 m with Reinforced
Concrete Lining
Structure Depth 83.3 m 70.00 m
h. Penstock
Length before bifurcation 965.42 m 537.83 m
Internal Diameter (m) 3.3 m 4.60 m with horse-shoe shaped
tunnel with dia. 6.10m
Type Circular steel
i. Power house
Type Surface
Size (L x W) 66 m x 25 102.20 m( x19.70 m

Height 35 m 21.70 m(Height of

substructure) & 13.00 m
(Height of superstructure)
Turbine Axis level 2151.80 masl 2125 masl
6. Turbine
Type Pelton
Number 2 4
Rated Output Capacity per unit 69.58 MW 70.5 MW
Turbine Setting level 2151.80 masl 2125.00 masl
Rate net head 418.9 m 455 m
7. Governor
Type Potential Integral Differential (PID)
Adjustment for Speed Drop Less and Equal to 30%
8. Generator
Types synchronous 3 phase
Rated Output 67.5 MW 70.5 MW
Power factor 0.85
Voltage 11kV
Frequency (Hz) 50 Hz
No of units 2 4
Excitation system Static type Static/Brushless
Efficiency 97%
9. Transformer
Rated Capacity 80MVA 27.65 MVA
No of unit 2 13(12+1spare)
Voltage Ratio 220/11 (kV)
Transformer efficiency 99% 99.5%
10. Transmission Line
Voltage Level 220 kV 220 kV (Single circuit)
Length of Transmission Line 2 km 100 km (Middle Marsyandgi
Hub)
From ~ to Switchyard of MMHEP ~ Proposed Manang Marsyangdi HPP ~
Dharapani Sub-Station of NEA New-Marsyangdi S/S
11. Power and Energy

Installed capacity 135 MW 4 x 70.50 MW
Dry Energy 229 GWh (30.5%) 147.02 GWh
Wet Energy 522 GWh (69.5%) 1246.49 GWh
12. Land Requirement
Permanent 34.03 19.95 Ha
Temporary 19.7 32.16 Ha
13. Financial parameter
a. Total investment without IDC (USD) 286 Million 322.94 Million
b. EIRR 7.4%
c. NPV 24.2 million USD
d. FIRR 8.5%
Sources: UFSR 2019 and EIA Report 2014
The comparative layout of the MMHEP is shown in Figure 2-4.

Figure 2-4: Comparative Layout of MMHEP

Headworks
The headworks site is proposed in Koto village at about 500 m downstream from the confluence of Nar
Khola and Marsyangdi River. The headworks lie in the same side of the village Koto. The intake will be on the
right bank of the river. The diversion structure will be a non-overflow dam with gated spillway with a total
crest length of 89.5 m. The maximum water supply level shall be El. 2582.0. A settling basin will be
constructed in the right bank of the Marsyangdi River to settle suspended sediments before entering the
HRT. After settling basin, the water will be conveyed through a culvert which crosses from right bank to the
left bank where the HRT inlet portal is situated. The general layout of the headworks is shown in Figure 2-4.
Figure 2-5:Headwork Plan Map for the Project Area (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Head Race Tunnel

An inverted D-shaped headrace tunnel will be 6075.5 m long and will pass through the left bank of the
Marsyangdi River. The invert level of the HRT at the inlet portal is 2553 masl. The tunnel will have a bottom
width of 4.4-5.3 m, and height of 4.95-5.3 m. A rock trap is provided at the end of the headrace tunnel to
prevent falling rocks from getting into the turbine units. The general layout of the headrace tunnel is shown
in Figure 2-5.
Figure 2-6: General Layout of Headrace Tunnel (Source: UFSR, 2019)

Surge Shaft
The surge tank, located on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, is an underground type. The surge tank consists
of vertical shaft and upper chamber. It has an overlying rock cover of 150 m and a lateral cover of 200 m. The
shaft has a circular shape with inner diameter 6.0m and height 83.30m.
Penstock
The underground penstock (Figure 2-7) consists of 2 vertical and 3 horizontal sections of underground steel
lined conduit. It will be lined with high strength steel. The penstock main section has a diameter of 3.3 m and
a total length of 965.422 m. The penstock consists of the upper horizontal section, vertical shaft-1, mid-
horizontal section, vertical shaft-2 and the lower horizontal section. The layut of the penstock pipe is shown
in Figure 2-7
Figure 2-7: General Layout of Penstock and Surge shaft (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Adit Tunnels
Considering the length of headrace tunnel, the topography and geological conditions along the tunnel, a total
of four adits are planned for the construction of the headrace tunnel. The adit 1, with a total length of 290 m,
is located on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, about 500 m downstream from the dam site. The adit 2, with
a total length of 300 m, is located on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, about 350 m upstream from the
confluence of Kote khola. The adit 3, with a total length of 380 m, is located on the left bank of Marsyangdi
River at the confluence of Takrenso khola. The adit 4, with a total length of 490 m, is located at the back slope
of the powerhouse area. One additional adit tunnel, with a total length of 360 m, is also located at the back
slope of the powerhouse area for penstock construction.
Powerhouse
A surface powerhouse has been proposed on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, 1.4 km upstream of the
confluence of the China Khola near Bagarchhap. Considering the head and flow availiability in the site, Pelton
turbine with vertical alignment has been selected. The powerhouse with the size of longitudinal 66.07 m
length 25m wide and 35m height has been designed to accommodate 2 units assembly of pelton turbine with
generator, machine hall, auxiliary powerhouse and GIS building. The general layout of the powerhouse of the
project is shown in Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-8: General layout of Powerhouse Area (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Tailrace Channel
The tailrace structures include the culvert, open channel and discharge channel. The tailrace open channel is
52.86 m in length and 5 m in width. The discharge from tailrace and upstream river channel will be merged
at the regulating pond of 80 m length and 15-20 m width and diverted to HRT of the downstream cascade
through a river crossing culvert. When the downstream cascade is shut down for maintenance, the discharge
from the tailrace is directly release to the river through an open channel.
2.1.5. Project's Ancillary Facilities and Requirements

2.1.5.1. Land Requirement
The total land required for the project is 521100 m2 or 52.11 ha as per the approved EIA 2014. Except
private land all other land parcels are forested land and river bed under the management of ACAP.
Component wise land requirement and the total area required for each component. The details of the land to
be acquired by the project are presented in Table 2-7.
Table 2-7: Land Requirement of the Project

Project Component 282 MW Category Type
Headworks 2.0 Permanent Forest
Inundance 2.0 Permanent Riverine Bed
Powerhouse and Tailrace 2.15 Permanent Forest
Access Road 6.0 Permanent Forest
Miscellanoeus 7.80 Permanent -
Disposal Site 21.03 Temporary Private
Quarry 0.36 Temporary -
Camps and Workshops 10.77 Temporary Private
Access Road 0.0 Temporary Forest
Total 52.11
Source: Approved EIA, 2014

As per approved EIA of 2014, out of 52.11 ha, 10.22 ha land will be the private land and rest 39.53 ha land is
forested land (including rocks, grassland, shrub land and waste land) and river bed of 2.36 ha which is
government land as shown in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8: Land Use Type for the Project

Ownership Permanent (ha) Temporary (ha) Gross Total (ha)
Government (Forest) 12.98 26.55 39.53
Private 4.97 5.25 10.22
Government (River Bed) 2 0.36 2.36
Grand Total 19.95 32.16 52.11
The total land use for the project has increased due to design change. The new data obtained from the
updated feasibility report and Arc GIS, 53.8 ha of the land is required for the project after deducting the land
that also will be used by LMMHEP. Previously it was 52.11 ha. Of the total land requirement, 34.03 ha of the
land are to be acquired on permanent basis and 53.8 ha of the land is to be acquired for temporary basis. Of
the total land, 20.2313 ha of the land will be private land whereas the remaining 33.47 ha land is the
government land. The comparative land requirement for the projet is shown in Table 2-8 a.
Table 2-8a. Comparative Land Requirement for the Project

Project Component 282 MW 135.0 MW
Headworks 2.0 3.4776
Inundance 2.0 6.9114
Powerhouse and Tailrace 2.15 3.3276
Access Road 6.0 19.806
Miscellanoeus 7.80 -
Disposal Site 21.03 13.20
Quarry 0.36 -
Camps and Workshops 10.77 2.8495
Access Road 0.0 19.866
Total 52.11 53.5
2.1.5.2. Construction Materials

Cement, reinforcement bars, timbers, fuel required for the construction of project shall be purchased from
the local market, whereas the aggrergrate, sand and clay will be purchased from the depicted quarry sites as
described in Section 2.1.5.4. The explosive materials shall be purchased from the vendors specified by the
government, which shall all be transported to the construction site by road. The explosive material shall be
handled safely by the Nepal Army as per their Standard Operating Procedure for the purpose on the
designated area shared by the LMMHEP project. The details of the construction materials required for the
projects are shown in Table 2-9.
Table 2-9: Construction Materials Required for the Project

SN Materials Units Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Total
1 Cement t 20489 96602 17694 134784
2 Timber m3 170 801 147 1118
3 Rebar and Steel t 3080 14522 2660 20262
4 Explosive t 352 66 1 419
5 Fuel t 4950 1639 153 6742
Source: UFSR, 2019
2.1.5.3. Access Road and Bridges

The project will require different sections of road to access various project structures and facilities. The
details of access roads are tabulated in Table 2-10. A total of 16.67 km of internal access roads will be
constructed to approach various project structures and facilities, which will require 20.57 ha of land.
Table 2-10: Details of the Internal Access Road

Area Total Length
S. N. Description
(ha) (km)
1 Road from Disposal site to Headworks (1-2# Road) 0.50 0.94
Area Total Length

S. N. Description
(ha) (km)
2 Road from Access road to road leading to headworks (1-1# Road) 0.18 0.42
3 Connecting Headworks to 2-1# Road (2-2# Road) 0.20 0.60
4 From Accessroad to Road 3-2# Road (2-1# Road) 1.15 0.56
5 Road from Headworks to Adit 1 (3-1# Road) 0.19 0.18
6 Connecting Road 3-2# Road to Adit 1 (3-2.1#Road) 0.14 0.10
7 From Adit 1 to Adit 2 (3-2# Road) 2.68 2.23
8 From Adit 2 to Adit 3 (3-3# Road) 2.23 1.86
9 Road from Ventilation room to bridge (7# Road) 8.12 5.57
10 Branch hole steel pipe connecting to 7# Road (7-1# Road) 1.58 1.33
11 7-2# Road 0.66 0.62
12 Access Road to Approach Traffic Bridge (4# Road) 0.70 0.31
13 From 4# Road to Powerhouse (5# Road) 0.70 0.45
14 LMM Headwork to 7# Road (6# Road) 1.38 0.87
15 LMM Headwork to 4# Road (4-1# Road) 0.59 0.50
16 Bridge connecting Koto to Kyupar Village 0.02 0.03
17 Bridge connecting 2-1# Road to 3-2# Road 0.02 0.03
18 Approach Traffic Bridge 0.04 0.07
Total 20.57 16.67
Source: UFSR, 2019
Three bridges will be required to be constructed across the Marsyandi River. The first bridge will link Koto
to Kyupar village. This bridge will span 30 m. The next bridge will connect the roads 2-1# to 3-2# and this
will span upto 30 m. The last bridge is the approach traffic bridge, which will connect the existing acces road
and #5-Road. This will span 70 m.
2.1.5.4. Quarry and Burrow Areas (Aggregate, sand, clay)

The total production area of Tal natural sand and gravel quarry (28: 28' 34.27"N, 84: 22' 35.54" E )is about
120,100 m2, the useful layer reserves are about 490,400 m3 of which 130,100 m3 is overwater reserves and
360,300 m3 is underwater reserves. Furthermore, coarse aggregates for concrete shall be preferred to be
produced by processing underground excavated materials at Koto (28: 33' 18.22"N, 84: 15' 35.57"E).
Proposed quarry sites for gravel and sand are shown in Table 2-11.
Table 2-11: Details of Quarry Sites

Overwater Underwater Total Reserves
S. N. Description Area (ha)
Reserves (m3) Reserves (m3) (m3)
1 Area I 1.87 18,700 56,100 74,800
2 Area II-1 3.52 52,800 105,600 158,400
3 Area II-2 0.94 - 28,200 28,200
4 Area III-1 1.10 - 33,000 33,000
5 Area III-2 2.55 38,300 76,500 114,800
6 Area III-3 2.03 20,300 60,900 81,200
Total 12.01 130,100 360,300 490,400
Source: UFSR, 2019
2.1.5.5. Spoil/Muck Disposal Areas

Excavated material from the head works, HRT, adits, pressure shaft and other project locations have to be
safely disposed in identified disposal sites. The total quantity of spoil to be disposed is around 1.476 million
cum. 14.21 ha of land is identified in five different locations as mentioned in Table 2-12.
Table 2-12: Spoil/Muck Disposal Sites

S. N. Description Area (ha) Capacity (m3) Location
1 Disposal Site 1 3.21 337,050 a. Koto, Left bank of Nar: 28: 33' 19.9"N, 84: 15'
2 Disposal Site 2 2.27 238,350 38.94" E, b.Kote, Right Bank of river: 28: 33'
3 Disposal Site 3 2.80 294,000 9.12"N, 84: 17' 5.3" E, c.Baggarchhap, Left Bank of
4 Disposal Site 4 4.75 498,750 river: 28: 32' 5.7"N, 84: 20' 8.8" E d. Baggarchhap,
S. N. Description Area (ha) Capacity (m3) Location

5 Disposal Site 5 1.18 123,900 Left Bank of river: 28: 32' 5.04"N, 84: 20' 18.44"
Total 14.21 1,492,050 E
Source: UFSR, 2019
The spoil areas after completion of the project construction will be managed properly (merging into
landscapes and covered by top soil as far as possible) for use as lay down areas, storages, camp facilities etc.
2.1.5.6. Camps
Permanent residential and office and other facilities need to be established at key project locations, both for
project staffs and labor force. The permanent accommodation for the staff of the project and also for the
contractor has to be built near the construction sites. During peak construction period, the work force at the
powerhouse and the head works sites could be approximately 1500 persons. Three potential sites with an
approx. area of 2.26 ha (Table 2-13) have been identified for project site office/colonies, labor camps and
other facilities, at dam site, surge tank area and powerhouse area to accommodate the permanent and
temporary quarters.
Table 2-13: Project Camps and Colonies
S. No. Description Area (ha)
1 Headworks Camp 0.40
2 Labour Camp 0.60
3 Comprehensive Camp Area 0.18
4 Owner's Supervision Camp 0.34
5 Danyaku Contractor's Main Camp 0.59
6 Campsite 3 at Surge Shaft Area 0.15
Total 2.26
Source: UFSR, 2019
The contractor has to construct camps for its work force comprising of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled
laborers. The camp will be well managed to avoid hazards to maintain environmental integrity. It is
envisaged that the civil contactor will have to construct two such camps - one near powerhouse site and
another near the headwork site. Other contractors will also have to construct their camps in designated area
between powerhouse and headwork. The employer will also construct separate camp for his/her employees
and Engineer's staff. The employer's camp will be subsequently converted to the camp required for the
operation and maintenance of the power plant. If properly coordinated and provisions are made some of the
camp facilities constructed by the contractor also may be used for O & M of power plant as required.
The area required for the construction facilities will also comprise space for permanent camps for
construction management staff, temporary camps for contractors' staff and labors, contractors' offices, yards
for construction materials processing and stock piling, workshops, equipment storage, medical facilities etc.
It is estimated that an approximate area of 55,787 m² will be required for the construction facilities.
2.1.5.7. Construction Power

The construction power will be required at the powerhouse location, head works location, adit tunnels,
batching plant, crushing plant, camp area and etc. of MMHEP for the operation of the machinery and
equipment. The peak construction power required during the construction phase of the project shall be
around 4,000 kW. The breakdown of the loads (anticipated) is given in Table 2-14.
Table 2-14: Power required During Construction

S.N. Load Location Load Demand (kW)
1 Headworks, incl. HRT portal 375
2 1# Adit 375
3 Aggregate plant at headworks 600
4 2# Adit 375
5 3# Adit 375
6 Aggregate plant at 3# Adit 225
7 4# Adit, incl. surge shaft 375
8 Aggregate plant at 4# Adit 225
9 Penstock (middle elbow) 300
10 Aggregate yard at powerhouse 750
11 Powerhouse 472.2

S.N. Load Location Load Demand (kW)

12 Camp at headworks 187.5
13 Main camp at powerhouse 300
Sum 4935
Diversity Factor 0.8
Peak Power Demand 4000
Source: UFSR, 2019
Based on the above calculations, 5 sets of DG 1 each at portals of adits #1, #2, #3, #4 & #5 (to middle
horizontal section of penstock; 3 sets of DG 1 each at #1, #2 & #3 camps and 5 sets of DG 1 each at #1, #2
comprehensive plants; #1, #2 batching plants will be provided during the construction phase. Tal aggregate
processing plantBased on the comparative analysis of different available options, power supply by tapping
from NEA 33kV transmission line seems the best option. A consent of 2.5 MW power supply in the ealier
stage was granted from Lamjung district dispatching center. In addition, diesel gensets will also be available
in construction site. Also, the energy produced from Chino Khola HEP can also be used if constructed in time
which seems suitable based on lower investment cost, lesser power loss and voltage regulation. Apart from
it, during operation phase, 1 set of DG will be on dam and 1 set of DG in powerhouse.
2.1.5.8. Construction Equipment

The key construction equipment required during the project construction period for the construction of the
different key project components is presented in Table 2-15.
Table 2-15: Key Construction Equipment Required

Qty.
S/N Equipment Name Model Units
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3
I. Machinery for earthwork & stonework
1 Backhoe 1.0-1.6m3 Set 10 10 6
2 Loader 1-2m3 Set 16 16 10
3 Dozers 118kW Set 4 4 2
4 Rolling machine 13.5t Set 4 4 2
5 Handheld pneumatic rock drill YT28 Set 30 30 10
6 Air-leg pneumatic rock drill 7655 Set 40 40 15
7 Raise-boring machine BMC400 Set 3 3 3
8 Axial fan 55kW Set 12 12 12
III. Machinery for concrete production
1 Concrete mixing station HZ60 Set 1 1 1
2 Concrete mixing station HZ90 Set 1 1 1
3 Concrete mixer JQ750 Set 5 5 5
4 Concrete pump HBT-60 Set 5 5 5
5 Shotcreting machine HPJ rotor type Set 30 30 10
6 Concrete vibrator Immersible 2.2kW Set 50 50 50
7 Horizontal tank 1-2m3 Nos. 4 4 4
III. Machinery for grouting treatment
1 Geological drilling rig XY-2PB Set 4 4 4
2 Grout pump TBW-200/40 Set 10 10
3 Drilling rig CZ30 Set 2 2
IV. Machinery for jack-up and transportation
1 Dump truck 5-10t Set 20 20 10
2 Dump truck 10-15t Set 40 40 30
3 Hoists 10t Set 4 4
4 Tower crane 10t Set 2 2 2
V. Machinery for aggregate processing
1 Sieving machine 2YAH1842 Set 5 5 5
2 Sieving machine YAH1842 Set 7 7 7
3 Sieving machine YH1842 Set 4 4 4
4 Jaw crusher CE100120 Set 2 2 2
7 Cone crusher GX1000C Set 1 1 1
8 Cone crusher GX900C Set 3 3 3

Qty.
S/N Equipment Name Model Units
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3
9 Cone crusher GX900M Set 4 4 4
10 Vertical shaft impact crusher PL-9000 Set 2 2 2
11 Spiral classifier FC-15 Set 3 3 3
12 Spiral classifier FC-20 Set 2 2 2
VI. Construction of wind and water power systems
1 Pump IS80-50-200 Set 4 4 4
2 Pump IS80-50-250 Set 2 2 2
3 Pump IS65-40-200 Set 6 6 6
4 Pump IS65-40-315 Set 2 2 2
5 Pump IS100-65-200 Set 4 4 4
6 Pump IS125-100-400 Set 12 12 12
7 Pump (MD)D25-50 Set 7 7 7
8 Air compressor 4L-20/8 Set 24 24 4
9 Transformer S9-800/35 Nos. 6 6 6
10 Transformer S9-1000/35 Nos. 4 4 4
11 Diesel generator 200kW Set 10 10 10
Source: UFSR, 2019
2.1.5.9. Human Resources

Nearly 1500 skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers will be required during peak construction period.
About 20 to 25% of the required human resources will be skilled and semi-skilled. The unskilled workforce
will be sourced from the local area as far as possible, while for the skilled and semiskilled not available from
the local area will be sourced from Nepal. For the semi-skilled and unskilled human resources, local will be
given preference. Sector wise, the manpower requirement is shown in Table 2-16.
Table 2-16: Human Resources Required for Project

Sector Numbers
Headwork Construction work Force 350
Underground Construction Work Force 300
Powerhouse Construction Work Force 250
Electro-mechanical Work Force 100
Others 500
Source: UFSR, 2019
2.1.5.10. Major Project Activities

The construction of the project consists of different activities such as construction of access road including
bridges; river diversion facilities; river intake and desander, construction of waterway system consisting of
headrace tunnel, surge shaft, penstock shaft; construction of powerhouse, tailrace and switchyard. The
construction will also consist of installation of the electromechanical equipment comprising of turbines,
generators, accessories like governors, exciters, auxiliary equipment and 220 KV transmission line. In
addition, hydro-mechanical installations such as gates, values, hoisting devices, penstock pipes etc. will also
be installed. Major works to be carried out for the construction of the project will be:
o Excavation for Headworks : 3, 96,749 m³

o Excavation for HRT : 1, 91,254 m³
o Excavation for Surge Chamber and Penstock : 77, 831m³
o Excavation for Powerhouse : 5,10,879 m³
o Concrete Works : 1,82,929 m3
o Reinforcement Works : 12,187 ton
o Shotcrete Works : 9,893 m3
o Electromechanical Works in Powerhouse for 2 units
o 220 KV Transmission Line Works : 2 km
The major project activities for undertaking SEIA are shown in the Figure 2-1.
Activities Months
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Seeking Consent for SEIA Study
Study of the Approved EIA Report
Acquisition of the secondary Information

Field Investigation and Surveys
Consultation
Comparative Study of the approved EIA and SEIA
Draft Report
Public Hearing
Finalizing SEIA Report
SEIA Report presentation
Comments Incorporation and Approval
Figure 2-9: SEIA Schedule for Manang Marsyangdi Project
2.1.5.11. Project Area Delineation

Direct Impact Area: This area has been studied in greater detail regarding the impacts on physical,
biological as well as socio-economic and cultural environment. Since most of the project related construction
activities, and establishment of project facilities are confined to Koto to Danaque Village, they are defined as
direct impact area. Similarly, the river stretch and the immediate areas about from the intake site to the
powerhouse site, including the adit site has been categorized as direct impact area. Table 2-1 shows the
Direct and Indirect impact area for the project.
Table 2-17: Direct and Indirect Impact Area for the Project
Area Direct Impact Area Indirect Impact Area
u/s Dam site and impounding area, opposite to Koto Immediate upstream area from dam site
Zone village area of Chame RM of Manang (Both side of Koto village), Chame and
Nashong RM, Manang
d/s Area between intake and desanding basin, Koto Immediate downstream area, Nashong RMs
zone Village to Danaque Chame and Nashong RM, Manang of Manang
Site Area and settlements in the project components or Area and settlements around the project
Area project facilities components or project facilities
Indirect Impact Area: This category included the areas, which will not have direct impact of construction
activities but may be influenced by the activities of the construction workers. As the route is one of the most
important tourist destinations, the villages and settlements between Koto and Danaque village could be
affected due to project activities. The area consists of forest areas and settlements within two to three hours
Walking distance from the project site including Annapurna Conservation Area, were also considered as
Indirect Impact area. The physical and biotic environments in areas far from project structures will probably
experience minimal impacts. However, some impacts may be felt in the socio-economic and cultural
environment because such an area like surrounding villages may supply technical and labor force for the
project. Overall, adverse impacts on such areas will be very low, hence such areas were considered as
indirect impact areas
2.1.5.12. Project Cost

The total project cost including VAT and all taxes but excluding IDC as estimated from this study has been
found to be 283.72 Million USD. The details of the project cost estimate are available as shown in Table 2-18.
Table 2-18: Project Cost Summary of Manang Marsyangdi Project

Amount
S.N. Works or Expenses
(US$ '10,000)
A Civil Works
I Headwork
1 Spillway and under sluice works 834.96
2 Retaining dam works 264.36
3 Water intake works 80.41
4 Desanding chamber works 1,727.93
Sub-total of Headwork 2,907.65
II Waterways
1 Headrace Tunnel 3,845.44
2 Surge Chamber 494.77
3 Penstock tunnel and penstock civil Works 857.19
Sub-total of Waterways 5,197.40

Amount
S.N. Works or Expenses
(US$ '10,000)
III Powerhouse and switchyard works
1 Powerhouse foundation works 471.04
2 Powerhouse superstructure works 318.90
3 Plant area works 259.09
4 GIS building works 186.69
Sub-total of Powerhouse and Switchyard 1,235.73
IV Tailrace Channel 125.84
V Miscellaneous 123.19
Total of Main Civil Works 9,589.82
B Infrastructure Works
1 Roadway Works 873.22
2 Housing and Building Works 343.68
Auxiliary works for construction such as temporary camps, haulage road construction,
3 2,685.52
etc.
Total of Infrastructure Works 3,902.42
C Electromechanical equipment and installation works
Equipment Cost 2,295.06
Installation Cost 822.90
Total cost of EM Works 3,478.08
D Hydro mechanical structure equipment and installation works
Equipment Cost 336.30
Installation Cost 1,489.81
Total cost of HM Works 1,937.57
E Transmission Line Works 230.05
F Environmental and Social Cost 159.09
G Land acquisition and resettlement cost 191.42
H Engineering Cost
Project Study and Design Cost 1,595.27
Construction Supervision Cost 1,659.98
Other engineering cost 55.26
Total of Engineering Cost 3,310.51
I Taxes
VAT Amount 2,413.55
Duties and other taxes 1,001.24
Total of Taxes 3,414.78
J Contingencies
I Physical Contingencies
Contingencies in Civil Works 766.78
Contingencies in Infrastructure Works 312.03
Contingencies in EM Works 173.90
Contingencies in HM Works 96.88
Sub-total 1,349.59
II Price Contingencies
Price Contingencies in Civil Works 766.78
Price Contingencies in EM Works 173.90
Price Contingencies in HM Works 96.88
Sub-total 1,037.56
Total of Contingencies 2,387.15
K Total Project Cost without IDC (Total of A to J) 28,600.90
L Interest During Construction Period (IDC) 3,693.61
M Total Project Cost Including IDC 32,294.51
Source: UFSR, 2019

3. CHAPTER III: DATA REQUIREMENT AND STUDY METHODOLOGY

3.1. Desk Study and Literature Review
Available literature on the project area were collected and reviewed. The literatures include the updated
project feasibility report of the MMHEP (135.0 MW), Approved EIA of MMHEP (282.0MW), District profile of
the Manang district, topographic maps, available metrological and hydrological records, forests and
vegetation types, geological maps and reports etc. Lists of literature reviewed are presented in section
reference of this report.
3.2. Data Requirement, Collection Methods and Analysis

3.2.1. Physical Environment
3.2.1.1. Data Requirement and Collection Methods
The data required for the evaluation of the physical environment are based on same parameter as in the
approved EIA which includes Topography and Geomorphology, Climate and Hydrology, Geology, Soil erosion
and Land instability, Air quality, Water quality, Noise Level, Watershed conditions and Natural hazards. Of
the above data required, information on topography and geomorphology were derived from the topographic
maps. Important topographic and geomorphic features were mapped and located in the topographic maps
during field survey for the key project facility sites.
Geological investigations were conducted during the field investigation to verify the data obtained from
literature review for the key project sites. Information on soil, erosion, and land stability were obtained by
direct field observations and mapping. The soil types, features of erosion, and areas of land instability were
mapped in the field. Air quality and noise levels were derived from the indirect inferences in the field. The
key parameters noted for the evaluation of air and noise is the level of industrial development, and the key
anthropogenic activities of the area. The water quality of the river is obtained by sampling the river water
and analysis for key indicators of pollution in the laboratory. Watershed conditions and potential natural
hazards were evaluated based on the field observation taking into account of the land usage, forest coverage,
historical records of natural events and activities of the communities located in the project areas. Altered
project components and its design are main points of considerations.
3.2.1.2. Data Analysis

The data obtained from the approved EIA, literature review and the field investigations on the topography
and geomorphology, climate and hydrology, Geology, Soil, Erosion and Land instability, Air quality, Water
quality, Noise level, Watershed conditions and Natural hazards were collated to generate comprehensive
sets of database in the respective field. Geomorphic features were analyzed in the context of the geomorphic
processes that led to the development of the geomorphic features. The climatic and hydrological records of
the area were analyzed to generate spatial and temporal variations that characterize the area. Geologic maps
were prepared to identify the weak geologic formations and zones that are critical in terms of geologic
instabilities. The erosion and land stability features were analyzed in terms of the geology and
geomorphologic process including climate and hydrological variations to activate the erosion and land
instabilities. Based on the industrial and anthropogenic activities of the area, the air quality and noise levels
of the project area were evaluated. The water quality of the river was analyzed and the data obtained were
evaluated in terms of key pollution indicators.
3.2.2. Biological Environment

The study identified importance and urgency of baseline data regarding on the existing diversity, status of
forest and their species, vegetation and their status, and their significance; wildlife diversity and their status
and significance; aquatic biodiversity, habitat and ecological status. Each of these primary data of the project
will help in an evaluation of both direct as well as indirect impacts on the biological environment.
The vegetation survey was carried out by random sampling through quadrat throughout the project’s direct
and indirect impact areas. Type of vegetation and forest were identified based on the species composition,
their importance value indices as well as direct observation. Forest sampling (random sampling, and
stratified random sampling) was carried out to collect quantitative baseline data on the forest structure,
composition, density and dominance after establishing quadrat sampling plot of 20 × 25 m2 area each. All
species occurred in the field were identified with the help of locals, standard field guides as well as experts.
Ethno-botanical information was obtained by conducting Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA) method with the local
people in the project area. The loss of trees, total biomass, carbon storage and list of protected animal and

plant species (rare, endangered, threatened etc. as per IUCN Red Book, CITES Appendices, and GON list)
were enumerated and calculated based on comparing with standard list of species by those organizations.
Wildlife biodiversity, habitats, mobility ranges, migratory routes etc. were studied in the field through direct
walk along transect and observation method and gathering information through community consultations
and signs. The indicator wildlife and threatened or endangered species (as per IUCN Red Book, CITES
Appendices, and GON list) in the area were identified by direct observational surveys and consultation with
the local communities as well as consultation with experts.
Birds in the area were studied by direct observation of sights and sounds. Bird calls, tracks, eggs and nests
were referred in recognizing the presence of birds and the extent of their territory. The number of different
kinds of birds including rare, endangered etc (as per IUCN Red Book, CITES Appendices, and GON list)
observed during transect walk within the specified time of specified length, direction were used as an
indicator to estimate abundance, range and typical habitats for feeding, breeding and nesting requirements.
Effects to the wildlife and the vegetation due to project design and components alterations are main points
of analysis.

The quantitative data from forest sampling plots were used for the analysis of frequency, density, basal area,
relative basal area, crown coverage, and wood volume. These quantitative field data obtained from the
sampling plots were used for the estimation of the loss of trees and vegetation and loss of vegetation
diversity including the loss of rare and endangered species by the project implementation. Similarly, the data
on terrestrial wildlife, birds and aquatic life were used for the estimations of abundance, range, typical
habitats for feeding, breeding and nesting requirements within the project area.
3.2.3. Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

The following data were envisaged to carry out the environmental evaluations of the project due to change
in design and capacity.
 Land use and land capability of Project Impact RM.
 Demographic characteristics (population, ethnicity, literacy, religion, health and sanitation,
occupational status, income and expenditure, economic activities etc.) of Project Impact RM.
 Demographic characteristics (population, ethnicity, literacy, religion, health and sanitation,
occupational status, income and expenditure, economic activities etc.) of Project direct impact
Households
 Infrastructure and support service facilities of the Project Impact RM.
 Infrastructure and support service facilities of Project direct impact areas
 Agriculture practice and production of the Project Impact RM.
 Agriculture practice and production of Project direct impact areas
 Prevailing market price of land and property in the Project direct impact areas
Information on general socio-economic conditions of the people of the project area RM were collected
through focus group discussions or informal public hearing at the RM level by the use of participatory rural
appraisal methods. The information was collected through pre-designed checklists, which include key socio-
economic characteristics of the people of all class, caste and economic categories. The information included
demographic features of the households, migration pattern, employment, landholding size, agricultural
production, food sufficiency, other productive resources, livestock, access to different social infrastructures
such as drinking water, education, health-posts, general health, hygiene and sanitation condition etc.
All the land area to be permanently acquired was identified in field in the cadastral maps. The directly
affected households were surveyed for their socio-economic conditions using structured questionnaires.
The survey question included, the family size, education, health, religion, economic activities, land holding
size, agricultural production, horticultural production, livestock, household income (farm and off farm),
general household expenditures etc. to assess the status of the affected households. Information on social
infrastructures such as schools, health posts, drinking water etc. was collected from the RM or Ward offices,
consultation with village elites and through focus group discussions at RM levels. All sites of religious,
cultural and historical importance on the directly project affected area were visited and observed in the area.
The social, cultural and religious values and significance of these sites were noted through consultation with
the communities. In a nutshell, the socio-economic and cultural environment effected due to the amended
project will be collected qualitatively and quantitatively.


The obtained data for the amended project due to change in capacity and design on the general socio-
economic conditions of the project area RM were tabulated statically in order to evaluate the social and
economic status of the people of the project area RMs. Only the changed structural, physical, biological and
social baseline informations and the impacts are considered for the analysis and interpretation whereas the
unchanged sections are left intact.
3.3 . Impact Identification and Prediction

The environmental impacts of the project were identified by overlapping the project baseline with the
project layout and the project activities. The expert judgment and the lessons learned from the past projects
of similar nature were the key while identifying the project impacts. The project impacts were predicted in
terms of direct/indirect impacts; extent of impacts, duration of impacts etc to assess the magnitude of the
impacts. The assessment of environmental impacts in this study is based mostly on analogy methods, and
Delphi technique taking into consideration of reversible, irreversible nature of impact and mitigation
possibility of impacts. Only the changed impacts are predicted and the remaining is considered same.
3.4. Public involvement

Consultation with the project area communities is a must for this SEIA study. Site visit was conducted to the
field from 4 November to 12 November 2019 for the public consultation and informing project about the
SEIA. Public hearing was conducted in the project area on 14 December 2019 and the notice for informing
the locals about the public hearing was published in the Aarthik Abhiyaan National daily on 11 December
2019. The comments received from the locals about the SEIA have been incorporated in the report and a
draft is prepared and submitted to the MoFE through the DoED, MoEWRI for approval.

4. CHAPTER IV: REVIEW OF PLANS/POLICIES, LEGISLATIONS, GUIDELINES, STANDARDS AND

CONVENTIONS
Chapter 4 reviews the policies and legislative provisions of Nepal that have a direct relevance with the
proposed project. The comparative analysis of the plans, policies, legislations, guidelines, standards and
conventions are shown below.
Constitution of Nepal
Constitution Related Provisions
Constitution of Nepal Article 16 (1) human rights - environment and health;
Article 27 - right to information;
Article 35 (5) - priority given to the prevention of adverse impacts in the
environment from physical development activities, protection of the environment
and special safeguard of rare wildlife, protection and sustainable use of flora /
fauna and biological diversity; Section 13, Part 3 - equal treatment of citizens and
provisions by law for the protection, empowerment or advancement of women,
Dalits, indigenous people (Adivasi / Janajati);
Article 19 - Rights to Property, compensation to acquired property;
Article 33 - socio-economic security to the economically and socially disadvantaged
minorities, including the landless, bonded labourers, tillers and Harawa / Charawa;
Article 22 (1-5) - rights of children.
Article 30- Every citizen shall have the right to live in a clean and healthy
environment
Article 51 (G)-to protect and make environment friendly, sustainable use of natural
resources; to conserve, promote, and make sustainable use of, forests,
wildlife, birds, vegetation and bio-diversity, by mitigating possible risks
to environment from industrial and physical development, while raising
awareness of general public about environment cleanliness
Plans Attracted by the Project

Policies Related Provisions
15th Plan Approach paper The State will make such arrangements as may be required to keep the
(2076/77-2080-81) environment clean. The State will give priority to the prevention of adverse
impacts in the environment from physical development activities, by increasing the
awareness of the general public about environmental cleanliness, as well as to the
protection of the environment. The plan also emphasizes the need of sustainable
utilization of natural resources of Nepal.
National Biodiversity The National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan has been prepared with a 35-
Strategy and Action Plan year vision of have been prescribed to facilitate its implementation.
(2014-2020) The strategies for managing protected area and forest biodiversity aim at reducing
or managing human pressures on natural resources, reducing human-wildlife
conflict, controlling invasive alien species, mitigating climatic threats to
ecosystems, species and their habitats, and addressing economic and social
concerns of local and indigenous communities through targeted programmes,
enabling policy and legislative environment.
Reducing the rate of loss and degradation of forest habitats, improving biological
connectivity, enhancing knowledge and understanding about forests, promoting
conservation of species and genetic diversities, enhancement of forest-based
livelihoods are some of the focused areas.
National Water Plan, 2058 The National Water Plan emphasizes the need for Strategic Environmental
B.S. Assessment.
Section 7 of the NWP highlights the Environment Management Plan (EMP) as a
strategic document for the implementation, monitoring and auditing of
environmental protection programs.
Policies Attracted by the Project

Policies Related Provisions
Land Acquisition, Recognize the need for resettlement and rehabilitation plan to ensure the
Rehabilitation and livelihoods of project-affected persons or households be at least above the pre-
Resettlement Policy, 2071 project conditions;
B.S. Emphasize that the project development agency conducts meaningful consultation
with project- affected persons, communities and sensitive groups, particularly
poor, landless, senior citizens, women, children, indigenous / Janajati groups,

disabled, helpless and persons having no legal rights on the operated land while
preparing land acquisition, resettlement and rehabilitation plan;
Employment opportunities to seriously project-affected households and Vulnerable
groups (Dalit, Janajati or marginalized Indigenous, single women, helpless,
disabled, senior citizens, etc.) based on their skills and capabilities, and
Requires an adequate mechanism to listen to, register and resolve the grievances of
the project-affected persons and communities;
Hydropower Development Section 5, sub-section 5.7 – environmental protection,, sub-section 5,8 - mitigation
Policy 2058 B.S. planning of the affected resources, sub-section 5.20 – opportunity for local people
in employment); Section 6, sub-section 6.1 - environmental release, assistance in
the land and property acquisition, responsibility for resettlement and
rehabilitation of project-affected people; sub-section 6.5 – provisions of HEP
transfer to Government of Nepal, sub-section 6.12 - Royalty payments to local area,
licensing provisions for survey and generation, terms of license, sub-section 6.13 –
fee provisions. The policy also recommends riparian release of 10% of the average
minimum monthly flow or as recommended by the study.
National Forest Policy 2075 Land use planning and change in land use categories, conservation of bio-diversity,
eco-systems and genetic resources.
The policy also aims to conservation of water, soil on basin level studying and
planning based on catchment level.
To reduce and mitigate the adverse impacts of climate related hazards and enhance
climate change adaptation measures and resilience in Nepal.
Land Use Policy, 2069 B.S. The policy is formulated to improve social and economic status of project affected
families by providing fair and adequate compensation, appropriate resettlement
and rehabilitation assistances/allowances while acquiring land for infrastructure
development projects.
It aims to ensure the optimum use of land and portions of land, and aims to
encourage optimal use of land for agriculture.
The policy also talks of adopting the concept of aggregating parcels of land to
acquire land for development projects.
Nepal Environmental Policy Five policy principles apply, including: a) to manage efficiently and sustainably
2076 B.S. natural and physical resources; b) to balance development efforts and
environmental conservation for sustainable ulfilment of the basic needs of the
people; c) to safeguard natural heritage; d) to mitigate adverse environmental
impacts of development projects and human actions; and e) to integrate
environment and development through appropriate institutions, adequate
legislation and economic incentives, and sufficient public resources.
National Water Plan, 2058 The National Water Plan emphasizes the need for Strategic Environmental
B.S. Assessment.
Section 7 of the NWP highlights the Environment Management Plan (EMP) as a
strategic document for the implementation, monitoring and auditing of
environmental protection programs.
Climate Change Policy, Includes climate adaptation and disaster risk reduction; low carbon development
2076 B.S. and climate resilience; access to financial resources and utilization; capacity
building, peoples’ participation and empowerment; study, research, technology
transfer, climate friendly natural resources management and institutional set up
with legal provisions, and importance of monitoring and evaluation.
Rangeland Policy 2012 One of the objectives is to help maintain ecological balance by conserving,
promoting, and sustainable utilization of rangeland biodiversity.
Emphasizes sustainable utilization of biodiversity and natural resources and
protection of such commodities by bringing them under the ambit of intellectual
property rights legislation.
Highlights studying and developing records / data of biodiversity and genetic
differences of rangelands and updating them regularly.
Promotes in-situ and ex-situ conservation of rangeland-based resources that are
rare and on the verge of extinction.
Plans carrying out research to learn the contribution of rangelands in carbon
sequestration.
Sets up a 13-member Steering Committee at the central level and a 15 member
District Coordination Committee.
National Wetlands Policy Envisions healthy wetlands for sustainable development and environmental

2012 balance.
Aims at conserving and managing wetlands resources sustainably and wisely.
Objectives are to conserve biodiversity and protect environment by conservation of
wetlands, involving local people in the management of wetlands, and conservation,
rehabilitation and effective management of wetland areas; supporting the
wellbeing of wetland dependent communities; and enhancing the knowledge and
capacity of stakeholders along with maintaining good governance in management
of wetland areas.
Acts Attracted by the Project

Acts Related Provisions
Environment Protection Act Article 3 mandates IEE/EIA study for development projects; Article 4 prohibits
2076 B.S. implementation of projects without approval; Articles 5 and 6 describe the
approval procedures; Article 7 prohibits emission of pollutants beyond the
prescribed standards; Articles 9 and 10 stipulate provisions for the protection of
natural heritage and Environmental Protection Area; Article 17 stipulates
compensation provisions arising from the discharge of waste and pollution;
Article 18 includes provision of punishment for actions against the Act and rules,
guidelines and standards formulated under the Act; Article 19 stipulates the rights
to appeal to the concerned Appellate court against the decision of concerned
authority.
Electricity Act 2049 BS Mandates to develop electric power by regulating the survey, generation,
transmission and distribute the survey, generation, transmission, and distribution
of electricity and to standardize, and safeguard the electricity services.
Performance Based Social It ensures the social security rights of laborers based on their contribution.
Security Act, 2074 BS Every listed employer should deposit funds regularly as per their contract or
deposit additional amount to the laborer's contributable income as mentioned in
Article 7. According to sub-section 1, the amount should be deposited from the
day the labor is listed to the last day of his/her employment.
If a situation arises where the labor does not receive remuneration and cannot
deposit the amount to be deposited by him/her then the listed employer should
deposit the funds for a maximum of 3 months.
The listed employer can deposit the amount by deducting from the laborer's
remuneration, allowance or other facility as prescribed. If the employer does not
deposit the fund within the cited period, then s/he will have to pay an interest of
10% of contribution amount in addition to the contribution amount.
Muluki Aparadh Samhita, The Criminal Code was adopted in 2017 alongside five other Acts, designed to
2074 BS (Criminal Code) replace the Civil Code, 2021. It outlaws the practice of Chhaupadi as was as the
evangelization of citizens to other religions.
Muluki Debani Samhita, A meeting of the Legislature-Parliament passed the Muluki Ain (Civil Code) Bill,
2074 BS (Civil Code) 2074 BS. The bill includes provision on division of property. Earlier, the
parliament had directed the committee concerned to incorporate this provision
instead of the provision of granting will on parental property to be effective 19
years after the granting of the will. The provision of will on parental property was
in the bill when it was first presented in parliament.
International Trade Control This Act provides a framework to be respected by each Party, which has to adopt
Act for Endangered Species its own domestic legislation to ensure that CITES, is implemented at the national
of Wild Fauna & Flora, 2073 level.
Soil and Watershed Article 10 prohibits actions within any protected watershed area declared
Conservation Act 2039 B.S. pursuant to Article 3 of this Act; Article 24 stipulates there are no obstacles for the
Government of Nepal to use and develop of waters resources.
National Parks and Wildlife Article 5, includes provisions to restrict damage to forest products and to block,
Conservation Act 2029 B.S. divert any river or stream flowing through a national park or reserve, or any other
source of water, or restrict the use of any harmful or explosive materials without
obtaining written permission; Article 9 lists protected wildlife species that are
prohibited from being hunting; Article 13 prohibits collection of samples from
National parks and Reserves without obtaining a license.
National Parks and Wildlife It states that, without permission, no one shall cut, fell, remove overshadow any
Protection Act, 2029 BS, tree, plant or any forest produce or to do anything by which the forest produce
may die, burn or get damaged.
Water Resources Act 2049 Article 3 stipulates the water resource rights of Government; Article 4 prohibits
B.S. use of water resources without obtaining a license, except for specified uses under

the Act; Article 7 establishes the order of priority for the utilization of water
resources; Article 8 stipulates procedures for water resource licensing; Article 16
empowers Government to utilize the water resources and acquisition of other
lands and property for the development of water resource as stipulated in the Act;
Article 18 stipulates the right of the Government to fix the quality standards of
water; Article 19 prohibits pollution of water resources above prescribed
pollution tolerance limits; Article 20 prohibits causing harm and adverse effects
on the environment while developing a water resource project.
Land Acquisition Act 2034 Article 3 grants power to the Government to acquire any land anywhere for public
B.S. purposes, subject to compensation under the Act; Rule 4 empowers Government
to acquire land upon request by institutions subject to the payment of
compensation and all other expenses under the Act; Rules 5, 6, 7 and 8 stipulate
provisions and procedures for initiating initial land acquisition process and
estimating compensation rates; Rules 8 and 9 stipulate procedures and provisions
for notification of land acquisition; Rule 11 provides for the right to file complaints
by those affected by public notice with regard to the land rights; Rules 13, 14, 15
stipulate procedures and provisions of setting compensation; Rules 16 and 17
stipulate criteria for setting compensation; Rule 19 stipulates disclosure of
compensation entitlement through public notification; Rule 25 includes provision
of complaints against the compensation rates to the Ministry of Home affairs. The
decision of the Ministry of Home affairs on the complaint is final.
Ancient Monument Section 2 defines the ancient monuments; Sections 3, and 17 empower
Protection Act 2013 B.S. Government to declare any place or area as a monument site / area; Section 13
restricts transfer, transaction, export or collection of ancient monuments and
archaeological objects or curio without prior approval of the government.
Labour Act 2075 Describes classification of job postings; makes provision of appointment letter
and prohibition on child labour and restriction on minors and women; Section 10
- job security; section 12 - retrenchment and reemployment; Section 16, 17, 18
and 19 - working hours; Sections 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 and 26 - remuneration;
Sections 27 to 36 - occupational health and safety; Sections 37 to 44 - welfare
arrangements; Section 46 - special arrangements for construction sites; Sections
50 to 60 - conduct and penalties; Sections 72 to 82 - settlements of labour
disputes.
The Sexual Harassment at The Act affords protection to employees, and workers employed by the entities
Workplace Prevention Act, (including contract workers), as also to customers (and persons accompanying
2071 B.S. such customers) who may visit the workplace to avail of any services.According to
section 5, management of the company should make workplace free of any kind of
harassment.
It also describes that company should appoint grievance handling officer to deal
with such kind of issues.
Explosives Act 2018 B.S. Section 2 - defines explosives; Section 4 - permission for the production, storage,
use, transportation and import of explosives.
Land Act 2021 B.S. Section 7 - land ceiling and rights of tenant; Section 12 - exemption from upper
ceiling; Sections 25, 26, and 29 - tenancy rights; Section 51 relating to land use,
control of land fragmentation and plotting.
Aquatic Animal Protection Section 5 (5B) - provisions of fish ladder and fish hatchery while constructing
Act 2017 B.S. water diversion structures and requirement of prior permission from the
government.
Guthi Corporation Act, 2033 Articles 16 and 17 empower the Corporation for the management and operation
B.S as amended of the Guthi lands and properties and have stipulated the roles and
responsibilities to the corporation; Article 18 prohibits corporation to register
the Guthi barren land (ailani) as a registered land; Article 27 establishes tenancy
rights on the Guthi land; Article 30 provisions for tenancy rights to be sold and
purchased; Article 32, 33, and 34 provides for revenue and or rent on the Guthi
land which will be collected by the Corporation; Article 42 includes provisions for
reimbursement of land as far as possible, if such lands are acquired by
Government.
National Foundation for The Act prescribes a number of provisions to overall improve the lot of the
Upliftment of Aadibasi / Janjati by formulating and implementing programs relating to the
Aadibasi/Janjati Act, 2058 social, educational, economic and cultural development through:
B.S. Creating an environment for social inclusion of disadvantaged and indigenous
people ensuring participation of disadvantaged groups in the mainstream of

overall national development of the country, by designing and implementing

special programs for disadvantaged groups;
Protecting and preserving their culture, language and knowledge and promoting
the traditional knowledge, skills, technology and special knowledge of the
Aadibasi / Janjati and providing assistance in its vocational use.
Forest Act 2076 B.S. The Act aims to control the encroachment into forests and forest areas, illegal
cutting, falling, hunting and trading of flora, fauna and forest products. It aims to
attain social and economic development and to promote a healthy environment
and to ensure the development and conservation of forest and the proper
utilization of forest products and extend co-operation in the conservation and
development of private forest by managing the national forest in the form of
government managed forest, protected forest, community forest, leasehold forest
and religious forest.
Electrictiy Regulatory Act, Sec 3(1): Regulates the generation, transmission, distribution, and trade of
2074 B.S. electricity
Sec 4: ERC is a self-governing corporate body with perpetual succession
Sec 17(1): Ensure compliance of Licensees with the Act, sub – legislation (rules,
orders etc) or other prevailing laws
Sec 37: Power to issue directions to licensees under the Act. Duty of all to comply
with such directions
Sec 19(1): Power to fine licensees not complying with orders or directions
Solid Waste Management Act Solid Waste Management Act aims to manage solid waste and mobilize resources
2011 related thereto and ensure the health convenience of the common people by
controlling the adverse impact on pollution from solid waste. The commercial or
industrial establishments should adhere to the clauses mentioned in the act
during the construction and operation phases of the projects.
Right to Information Act, The aim of this act is to make the functions of the state open and transparent in
2064 B.S. accordance with the democratic system and to make it responsible and
accountable to the citizens. It intends to make the access of citizens to the
information of public importance held in public bodies simple and easy and to
protect sensitive information that could have an adverse impact on the interest of
the nation and citizens.
Clause 3 of the act ensures the Right to Information. It says that every citizen shall,
subject to this Act, have the right to information and they shall have access to the
information held in the public Bodies unless confidentiality has been maintained
by laws.
Clause 4 of the act describes the Responsibility of a Public Body to disseminate
information. It mentions that each Public Body has to respect and protect the right
to information of citizens. Public Bodies shall have the following responsibilities
for the purpose of protecting the right to information of citizens: - to classify and
update information and make them public, publish and broadcast to make the
citizens' access to information simple and easy; to conduct its functions openly
and transparently;0020to provide appropriate training and orientation to its
staffs.
Public bodies may use different national languages and mass media while
publishing, broadcasting or making information public. A Public Body shall
arrange for an Information Officer for the purpose of disseminating information
held in its office.
The clause 7 of the act prescribes the Procedures of Acquiring
Information. It states that a Nepali Citizen, who is interested to obtain any
information under this Act, shall submit an application before a concerned
Information Officer by stating the reason to receive such information.
Local Government Operation This Act states the roles of local bodies in Nepal. The jurisdiction, roles and
Act 2074 B.S. responsibilities of personnel appointed in local bodies are clearly mentioned in
this Act.
National Trust for Nature The act guides to conserve and manage the nature and natural heritage. The act
Conservation Act, 2039 BS forms a trust under the guidance of Nepal government to conserve, promote and
manage wildlife and other natural resources. Most importantly the trust aims to
manage necessary arrangements related to the development of national parks.
Therefore if any project takes its route from national parks the trust is to be
consulted.

Rules and Regulations Attracted by the Project

Rules and Regulations Related Provisions
Environment Protection Rule 3 stipulates environmental screening criteria for undertaking IEE / EIA
Rules 2054 B.S., as amended study;
Rules 4-6 stipulate procedures for determining scope for IEE / EIA, including
public notification and approval of IEE / EIA scope of works;
Rules 7, and 10 stipulate provisions for conducting IEE / EIA assessment,
including public notifications and public hearings for IEE / EIA works and
requirements of recommendation letters from the project development VDCs /
Municipalities;
Rule 11 stipulates approval procedures including disclosure of IEE / EIA report;
Rule 12 mandates developers to comply with the approved IEE / EIA provisions to
avoid, mitigate, and monitor impacts;
Rule 13 stipulates the responsibility of the concerned body to monitor project
implementation;
Rule 14 stipulates the responsibility of the Ministry to conduct environmental
examination of the project 2 years after construction completion;
Rules 15-20 identify prohibitions and control of pollution;
Rules 26-33 stipulate procedures and provisions for the conservation of Natural
Heritage and Environmental Conservation Zones;
Rules 45-47 stipulate procedures and provisions for compensation to those
affected by a project.
Forest Rules 2051 B.S. Rule 7 prohibits forest cutting without obtaining a license; Rule 8 stipulates the
procedures of licensing for forest products; Rule 65 makes a national priority
project developer that uses national forest areas responsible for the compensation
of the loss or harm to any local individual or community due to the project, and
also makes the developer responsible to cover all expenses required for the
cutting, milling and transporting the Forest Products in a Forest Area to be used.
Performance Based Social Section 2 provides the provision for involvement in the program in the formal and
Security Regulation, 2075 BS informal sectors.
Electricity Regulatory It ensure balance between demand and supply of electricity by making the
Commission Regulation, generation of electricity, transmission, distribution or business simplified, regular,
2076 B.S. systematic and transparent, to regulate the electricity tariff, to protect the right
and interest of the electricity consumers, in order to make the electricity service
reliable, available to all, qualitative and secured one.
Wildlife Reserve Rules 2034 Rule 4 stipulates provision of entry pass to enter into the Parks or Reserve, Rule 6
B.S. stipulates restricted activities within the Parks and Reserves, Rule 11 stipulates
prior approval for any research activities or study within the parks or reserves.
Electricity Regulation This Act is related to provision related to licenses related to electricity survey, and
2050 BS distribution, to issue license for survey (format and template for license
applications etc)
Stipulated requirements for production of electricity
,Permission for import of electricity
Regarding the design and construction of electric circuit
Safety provisions to be followed during electrical works
Water Resources Rules 12 to 21 specify the provisions and procedures of licensing for water
Regulations 2050 B.S. resource utilization; Rules 32 to 35 specify provisions, procedures and
responsibilities for the acquisition of land and property for the development of
water resources.
Conservation Area The concerned conservation officer shall constitute a conservation area
Management Regulation, management committee in each Village Development Committee within the
2053 B.S. Conservation Area for the effective implementation of the construction works
related to the community development activities in the Conservation Area,
protection of the natural environment of that area and management program
related to the balanced utilization of natural heritage,
Labor Regulation, 2075 B.S. Section 11 (3) of the Labor Act provides for the employment contract and the
matters to be covered under the employment contract.
The Labor Rules requires the Employer to provide notice to the Employees for lay
off. The Notice should cover (a) reason of lay off and its duration, (b) details of
Employee such as name, position, branch or division and job description, (c)
information that mentions payment of half remuneration during lay off, (d) other

matters as required by the Employer. The Labour Rules also requires the
Employer to lay off the Employee on rotation if the layoff is partially enforced.
The Labour Rules specifies the documents requirement for work permit. The
application for work permit may be submitted by the Employer or by the foreign
national in individual capacity.
Explosives Regulation 2020 This regulate the Production, Storage, Use, Sale, Transportation and Import of
B.S. Explosives
Guidelines and Manuals

Guidelines and Manuals Related Provisions
Hydropower Environmental Generic information on the procedures for EIA Scoping, ToR preparation, baseline
Impact Assessment Manual, environmental studies, information disclosure, public consultation, prediction and
2075 B.S. evaluation of impacts, mitigation prescriptions, monitoring and EIA report
preparation in line with the EPA and the EPR.
Hydropower Licensing This guideline states all the criteria, rules and regulation regarding the survey
Guideline 2075 B.S. license who want to generate the electricity. This directive has been framed by the
former Ministry of
Energy utilizing the power conferred by the Electricity Regulation, 2050 and
describes in details the procedural requirements for issuing or
obtaining/amending/renewing/withholding survey license for electricity
generation, transmission or distribution, electricity generation license and
transmission or distribution license. It lists the information and document
requirement for these processes.
Department of Electricity Specific environmental manuals for hydropower development studies. A total of 7
Development Manuals manuals have been prepared by DoED to cover different components of EIA,
environmental management and monitoring. These include:
Manual for preparing Scoping Document for Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) of Hydropower Project (2001)
Manual for Public Involvement in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
Process of Hydropower Project )1002(
Manual for Preparing Terms of References (ToR) for Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) of Hydropower Projects, with Notes on EIA Report Preparation,
(2001)
Manual for Preparing Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Hydropower
Projects, (2002)
Manual for Developing and Reviewing Water Quality Monitoring Plans and Results
for Hydropower Projects, (2002)
Manual for Conducting Public Hearings in the Environmental Impact Assessment
Process for Hydropower Projects (2004)
Manual for Addressing Gender Issues in Environmental impact Assessment /
Initial Environmental examination for Hydropower Projects, (2005)
Guidelines for Handing Over The guideline addresses conditions required to make forest lands available to
the Forest Area for National development projects and required compensatory measures for the loss of forest
Priority Projects, 2074 B.S. land use and forest products.
The proponent has to afforest the area equal to the forest area lost at the
minimum, if the forest area occupied by the project is a barren land. The land area
for afforestation will have to decide based on the discussion with the Division
Forest Office. Or the proponent could deposit the required amount as per forest
norm to the Division Forest Office.
The proponent should plant 25 trees for every lost tree of above 30cm DBH in
areas designated by the Division Forest Office and look after the plantation for 5
years to ensure their protection and growth of every planted tree. Or the
proponent deposit the required amount for plantation and protection for five
years to the Division Forest Office.
Forest Products Collection, The guidelines specifies various procedure and formats for getting approval for
Sale and Distribution vegetation clearance, delineation of lands for vegetation clearance, evaluation of
Guidelines 2073 B.S. wood volume, etc.
EIA Guidelines for Forestry The guideline specifies the EIA procedures to be followed while undertaking
Sector, 2051 B.S. environmental studies that involve forest areas.
Community Forest Guideline sets processes and procedures to identify and build capacity within the
Guidelines 2058 B.S. community forest user groups, prepare community forest management plans and
implement community forest management plans.

Community Forest Inventory Community Forest Inventory Guidelines detail the process and procedures for
Guidelines 2062 B.S. evaluating the forest stock and its harvesting potential in Community Forests.
Environmental Management The guideline for roads focuses on the major issues for environmental
Guidelines (Road) 2056 B.S. management while developing or upgrading a road corridor. It sets procedures
for environmental assessment and highlights the potential impacts and mitigation
measures for road projects.
MoPE Guide to MoPE has published guidelines for conducting IEE / EIA of hydropower
Environmental Management development projects, which detail methods and procedures for the preparation
Plans of Hydropower of environmental management plans, environmental auditing and environmental
Projects 2063 B.S. monitoring plans.
A Guide to Environmental Management Plans of Hydropower Projects (MoEST,
2006)
A Guide to Environmental Auditing of Hydropower Projects (MoEST, 2006)
A Guide to Environmental Monitoring of Hydropower Projects (MoEST, 2006).
EIA Guidelines for Water The guideline sets procedures for: a) identification of positive and negative
Resource Sector 2050 B.S. impacts of water resource projects over both short-term and long-term periods on
natural and human environments; b) development of mitigation management and
monitoring plans; and c) public hearings and interaction with affected groups,
NGOs, donors and relevant government agencies.
Guideline for Physical Sets guidelines for infrastructure development in protected areas.
Infrastructure Development
and Operation in Protected
Areas 2065 B.S.
Conservation Area The conservation area management guideline is prepared based on the
Management Guidelines, conservation area rules 2053. The objectives of this guidelines is to protect,
2056 B.S. conserve and rational use of biodiversity by the people and community living
close and adjacent to the conservation area. For these the working procedures,
formation of committees, roles and responsibilities of members of committees etc
are clearly spelled out in the guideline.
Procedure for the Use of The procedure allows the projects, built by the private sector under public-private
Forest for National Priority partnership model, projects relating to goods or services for public use like roads,
Projects 2076 B.S. drinking water and electrification projects, to pay the government in cash in case
of its inability to provide compensation in the form of land for the used forest
land.
Directives Attracted by the Project

Directives on waiver of land This order has made various provision for use of excess land different industries,
holdings 2074 B.S. institution, hydropower project and other projects to acquire, use land more than
limit if such land is essential for them.
The land acquired in such way shall be used for any other proposes. This order
has made provision that if any industries, institution, hydropower project and
other projects require land more than limit delineated by Land Act 2021, they
have to apply for their authoritative agencies with all the information related to
required land and proper documentations.
Conservation Area This sets different guideline for the management of the conservation area.
Management Directives
2056 B.S.
Electricity Licensing Section 2 determines the capacity of the hydropower projects.
Directive, 2075 BS Section 3 determines the licensing of the project based on financial and technical
capability.
Section 5 determines the provision for the storage type project.
Section 6 determines the project on the project bank.
Social Security Schemes Section 4: Grace Period for coverage of Medical Treatment, Health and
Operational Directives, 2075 Motherhood Protection Scheme
B.S. Section 6(6)): Permissibility to obtain similar benefits from other Schemes.
Section 10(2), 10(3): Coverage of Employment related accidents and occupational
diseases
Section 10(1), 11(2): Coverage of Non Employment related accidents
Section 15(1) (2): Scope of entitlement
Section 19(3) (4): Provision of Provident Fund and Gratuity of the past period
Section 20(b): Participaition in the pension scheme,

Section 23(1): Retirement Benefit

Section 24(A): Foreign employees allowed to withdraw the amount under Old Age
Protection Scheme
International Conventions Attracted by the Project

Conventions Related Provisions
Convention on Biological Article 14 of the Convention to introduce appropriate procedures requiring
Diversity, 1992 (2049 B.S.) project EIA.
Convention on International Article II of the Convention classifies species as Appendix I, II, and III species that
Trade in Endangered Species are subjected to regulation so as not to endanger their survival.
of Wild Fauna and Flora
(CITES), 1973 (2029 B.S.)
Convention (No.169) Article 7 - the right of the indigenous and tribal people to decide their own
Concerning Indigenous and priorities for the process of development; Articles 12, 13, 14 and 15 - the
Tribal Peoples in safeguards of rights of the indigenous people in the land and natural resources in
Independent Countries 1989 territories traditionally occupied by them; Article 16 - participation in the
(2046 B.S.) decision-making process and resettlement process with full compensation of the
resulting loss or injury.
United Nations Declaration The Declaration sets out the individual and collective rights of indigenous peoples,
on the Rights of Indigenous as well as their rights to culture, identity, language, employment, health, education
Peoples, 2007 and other issues ( Article 1-4). It also "emphasizes the rights of indigenous
peoples to maintain and strengthen their own institutions, cultures and traditions
(Article 5) and to pursue their development in keeping with their own needs and
aspirations (Article 23)". It "prohibits discrimination against indigenous peoples"
(Article 21), and it "promotes their full and effective participation in all matters
that concern them and their right to remain distinct and to pursue their own
visions of economic and social development" (Articles 25-30).
United Nations Framework Article 4 (f) - impact assessment to avoid or mitigate or adapt to climate change.
Convention on Climate
Change 1992 (2047 B.S.)
Standards to be maintained by the Project

Standards Related Provisions
Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission Compliance to Type I to Type V tests for vehicles fuelled with gasoline and
Standard, 2069 B.S. diesel while importing vehicles for a project.
Generic Standard Part I : Tolerance limits of effluent discharged into inland surface waters.
Tolerance Limits for Industrial
Effluents to be discharged into
Inland Surface Waters, 2058 B.S.
Nepal Ambient Air Quality Limits of ambient air quality parameters around construction sites.
Standards 2069 B.S.
Drinking Water Quality Quality of drinking water supply in the project camps and construction sites.
Standards 2063 B.S.
Nepal Noise Standards 2069 B.S. Noise levels for different land use categories and noise generating equipment.
Indoor Air pollution Standards Air quality for enclosed areas.
2066 B.S.
Exhaust Emission Standards for Emissions standards for exhaust emissions of Diesel plants / Generating sets.
Diesel Generating Sets 2069 B.S.
National Indoor Air Quality The time weighted (1~24hrs) standards are given for PM10, PM 2.5, CO &
Standards (NIAQS), 2066BS carbon dioxide (CO2) for indoor environments. The units of measure for the
standards are parts per million (ppm) by volume, milligrams per cubic meter
of air (mg/m3), and micrograms per cubic meter of air (µg/m3). Monitoring of
carbon dioxide is to ensure the adequacy of the ventilation of the monitoring
sites. The provision for measurement of PM2.5 is preferred; the PM2.5 values
can be converted to the corresponding PM10 values by application of a PM 2.5/
PM10 ratio of 0.5.

5. CHAPTER V: BASELINE ENVIRONMENT

This section compares the existing environmental status of the project area to the environmental baseline of
the approved EIA report, based on the site specific information gathered during SEIA field level studies. The
objective of the environmental baseline description in this section is to provide basis for the identification
and prediction of the changed environmental impacts of the project.
5.1. Physical Environment

5.1.1. Physiography and Topography
The Marsyangdi is a snow fed Perennial River and it originates from the area of the Annapurna Region and
Tibet. The watershed area of the river has topography of steep slopes with mostly rocky terrain, sharp
crested ridges, narrow steep river valleys, and little area of gently sloping lowland in the valleys. The
headwork area of the river is characterized by high mountains with snow covered peaks, glaciers and their
deposits, steep valleys with slope deposits, etc. The area is very rugged. The project area has high
topographic relief with maximum and minimum elevations of approximately 4800 m and 2100 m,
respectively. Figure 5-1 shows the elevation and hill slope angle across the Marsyangdi Catchment.
Figure 5-1: Elevation and hill slope angle across the Marsyangdi Catchment

Majority of the adjoining project area lies in the slopes with little lowlands in the river valley area. The
project area has mostly more than 50 degrees slope in most of the places. The Nar Khola, Chhitipu Khola,
Kote Khola, Gharle Khola, Takrenso Khola, Timan Khola, Syarkyu Khola, Danakyu Khola, Ghyuche Khola and
China Khola are some of the tributaries of the Marshyandi River within the project area. Among these Nar
Khola is the major one, which merges into the Marsyangdi River at about 500 m upstream from the
Headwork site. The Marsyandgi River valley at Koto, where the intake site lies, is located at about 2560 m
altitude and the river valley at Bagarchhap, where the powerhouse site location, is situated at about 2100 m
altitude. The Marsyangdi River flows from west to east between the Koto and Syarkyu villages then it turns
for short distance to south east direction and again it flows toward east up to Bagarchhap. The river valley
with about 8 km length from the intake to powerhouse site has high gradient. The major geomorphic units of
the project area are steep rocky slopes, scree and talus deposits, alluvial fan deposits, rock avalanche
deposits, fluvial and lacustrine terrace deposits.
5.1.2. Geology and Soil

The Marsyangdi River valley can be divided into four main reaches—an alluvial portion north of the Greater
Himalaya; a bedrock reach that cuts across the Greater Himalayan divide; around 70-km-long stretch of
alluvial channel in the intramontane valley south of the main topographic front; and another reach of
bedrock channel where the river flows through the 2000-m-high Mahabharata Range and joins the Trisuli,
Seti, and Kali Gandaki Rivers. The project area lies on the cross junction of Higher Himalayan Zone and
Tibetan Tethys Zone (Figure 5-2). The intramontane alluvial reach corresponds to a region of low mean hill
slope angles and low topographic relief, as well as a high frequency of hill slopes< 10 0. Higher slope angles,
greater relief, and a low frequency of slopes <10o correspond to bedrock reaches in the Mahabharata and
Greater Himalaya. The bedrock reaches of the Marsyangdi within the Greater Himalaya and the Mahabharata
are characterized by narrow V-shaped valleys whose walls hover close to the critical angle (>300) for land
sliding.
The MMHEP project area displays rugged topography, high relief, steep hill slopes and difficult terrain to
access. The bedrock is structurally competent, composed of gneiss and schist, weathering to coarse textured
soils. The Greater Himalayan (metamorphic) sequence of the project section is presented in Figure 5.2. The
higher valleys were glaciated and have experienced significant postglacial down cutting. The study sites are
situated within the Marsyangdi and Bhuri Gandki drainages, tributaries to the Trisuli and part of the Ganges
River system. The trace of MCT is located about 12 Km south of the Powerhouse site near Mipra. The rocks
exposed are predominantly gneisses of Garnet-Kyanite metamorphic grade. Average hill slope angles: all
slopes and slopes >100. (D) Percent of slopes < 100.
Pratt-Sitaula, et al (2004) studied Landscape disequilibrium on 1000 – 10,000 year scales Marsyangdi River.
On 104 -year timescales, the Marsyangdi River in the central Nepal Himalaya has oscillated between bedrock
incision and valley alluviation in response to changes in monsoon intensity and sediment flux. Stratigraphy
and14C ages of fill terrace deposits reveal a major alluviation; coincident with a monsoonal maximum, ca. 50
– 3 5 k y B P. Cosmogenic10Be and 26 Al exposure ages define an alluviation and reincision event ca. 9 – 6 k y
BP, also at a time of strong South Asian monsoons. The terrace deposits that line the Lesser Himalayan
channel are largely composed of debris flows which originate in the Greater Himalayan rocks up to 40 km
away. The terrace sequences contain many cubic kilometres of sediment, but probably represent only 2 – 8
% of the sediments which flushed through the Marsyangdi during the accumulation period. At ~ 104 -year
timescales, maximum bedrock incision rates are ~ 7 mm/year in the Greater Himalaya and ~ 1.5 mm/year
in the Lesser Himalayan Mahabharata Range. Their model shows river channel erosion is temporally out-of-
phase with hill slope erosion. Increased monsoonal precipitation causes an increase in hill slope-derived
sediment that overwhelms the transport capacity of the river. The resulting aggradation protects the
bedrock channel from erosion, allowing the river gradient to steepen as rock uplift continues. When the
alluvium is later removed and the bedrock channel re-exposed, bedrock incision rates probably accelerate
beyond the long-term mean as the river gradient adjusts downward toward a more ‘‘equilibrium’’ profile.
Efforts to document dynamic equilibrium in active orogens require quantification of rates over time
intervals significantly exceeding the scale of these millennial fluctuations in rate.

Figure 5-2 : Geological Map of Nepal and the Regional Geology

Geology of Different Structural Sites

Dam Site
The headwork site is proposed in Koto village at about 200 m downstream from the confluence of Nar Khola
and Marsyangdi River. The river width at weir axis is about 30 m. The Marsyangdi River is flowing towards
east in the headwork area, where basement rock is exposed at the left bank of the river (Figure 5-3). The
basement rocks are forming the river valley slope at left bank of the river while the right bank consists of
about 50 m thick sediments of fluvial, slope failure and fluvio-lacustrine origin. The proposed intake and
weir axis area is situated on the basement rock at left bank of the river. The hill slope to the left side of the
river in weir axis is comprised of banded gneisses with occasional granite intrusion. There are a prominent
two sets of joints, which are continuous for long distance. These joint sets are forming wedges together with
the foliation of the rocks.
Figure 5-3: Rock Strata at the Weir Site

Headworks
Headworks of MMHEP are near Koto Village, about 400m downstream from the confluence of Marsyangdi
River and Nar khola. Quaternary loose deposits distribute in the river bed as well as the lower parts of the
broad and gentle platforms and slopes on the right bank. According to the field geological survey and drilling
exploration data, the overburden is deep and thick, about 120m in thickness, and the material composition
and structural features are (from old to new):
 Rock blocks, gravels and soil in Stratum 1

 Rock blocks, gravels and soil in Stratum 2
 Boulders, cobbles and gravels in Stratum 3
 Boulders, cobbles and gravels in Stratum 4
 Rock blocks, cobbles, gravels and soil in Stratum 5
Conveyance System
The headrace tunnel is divided into three sections according to the landform, stratum lithological characters,
and geological structure, angles between the main structure planes and the tunnel, ground water movement
and other factors along the tunnel. Description of the engineering geological conditions for each tunnel
section is as follows.
Section I: Chainage 0+000m-0+192m, 192m long, horizontal buried depth of 0m-190m and vertical buried
depth of 30m-180m. Surrounding rock in this section is composed of gneiss, weakly weathered-slightly
weathered, mainly rock support class III, secondarily rock support class IV and partially rock support class V.
The ground water is found is abundance along this section.
Section II: Chainage 0+192m-4+076m, 3,884m long, horizontal buried depth of 280m-400m and vertical
buried depth of 160m-420m. Surrounding rock in this section is composed of gneiss, slightly weathered-
fresh, unstable, mainly rock support class III, secondarily rock support class IV and partially rock support
class II and V. The ground water is found is abundance along this section

Figure 5-4 a: Engineering Geological Map of the MMHEP Project Area

The tunnel in Chainage 2+720-2+830m section passes through Kote khola, which is a seasonally dry gully.
The vertical buried depth of this section is 200-220m and the horizontal buried depth is about 300m. The
surrounding rock is composed of gneiss, which is unstable and is mainly rock support class IV. Underground
water in this tunnel section moves actively, which may lead to concentrated water burst during excavation,
therefore, water pumping and drainage measures shall be strengthened and special attention shall be paid
during construction.
Section III: Chainage 4+076m-6+061.265m, 1,999.465m, horizontal buried depth of 400m-1100m and
vertical buried depth of 250m-515m. Surrounding rock in this section is composed of gneiss, slightly
weathered-fresh, unstable, mainly rock support class III and IV and partially rock support class V. The
ground water in some areas has a medium-strong movement.
The tunnel in Chainage 4+220m-4+260m section passes through an unnamed gully, which is seasonally dry.
The vertical buried depth of this section is 200-250m and the horizontal buried depth is about 300m. The
surrounding rock is composed of gneiss, which is unstable and is mainly Category IV. Ground water in this
tunnel section moves actively, which may lead to concentrated water burst during excavation, therefore,
water pumping & drainage and supporting measures shall be strengthened and special attention shall be
paid during construction. Generally, buried depth in the diversion tunnel section is not very large, about
250m-350m, and the buried depth in only Chainage 0+470-0+800m and Chainage No. 4+760-5+700m
sections is 350m-480m, and the maximum value is 520m. Geological conditions for slight rockburst exist in
the surrounding rock of this section, which has little influence on the construction. During excavation,
effective monitoring on harmful gases shall be carried out, and handling measures for the tunnel sections
where slight rockburst and water burst may occur shall be strengthened.
Adits
Four adits are planned for construction of the Headrace tunnel, and the engineering geological conditions for
each adit are as follows:
Adit 1
It is located on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, about 500m in the downstream side of the dam site, with
the inlet elevation of 2,575.0 masl and total length of 290m. Predicted surrounding rock conditions: In 0-
65m section, joint development exists in the rock, which is weakly weathered and weakly-strongly relief
shape, with poor completeness, mainly rock support class IV and V, surrounding rock consists of a small
portion of rock support class III and is unstable, therefore, supporting measures shall be strengthened; in 65-
290m section, the rock is slightly weathered-fresh, relatively complete, blocky structure, with relatively good
stability, mainly the rock support class III surrounding rock and a small amount of rock support class IV and
V.
Adit 2
It is located on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, about 350m in the upstream side of Kote khola, with the
inlet elevation of 2,510.0 masl and total length of 300m. Bed rock at the tunnel opening is exposed, which is
composed of gneiss. Predicted surrounding rock conditions: In 0-55m section, joint development exists in
the rock, which is weakly weathered and weakly-strongly relief shape, with poor completeness and unstable,
therefore, supporting measures shall be strengthened mainly surrounding rock falls under rock support
class IV and V and a small portion of rock support class III; in 55-300m section, the rock is slightly
weathered-fresh, relatively complete, blocky structure, with relatively good stability, mainly the rock
support class III surrounding rock and a small amount of rock support class IV and V.
Adit 3
It is located at Takrenso khola opening, on the left bank of Marsyangdi River, with the inlet elevation of
2,510.0 masl and total length of 380m. Predicted surrounding rock conditions: In 0-55m section, joint
development exists in the rock, which is weakly weathered and weakly-strongly relief shape, with poor
completeness and unstable, therefore, supporting measures shall be strengthened mainly surrounding rock
falls under rock support class IV and V and a small portion of rock support class III; in 65-380m section, the
rock is slightly weathered-fresh, relatively complete, blocky structure, with relatively good stability, mainly
the rock support class III surrounding rock and a small proportion of rock support class IV and V.
Adit 4
It is located in the rear slope of the plant, with the inlet elevation of 2,500.0 masl and total length of 490m.
Predicted surrounding rock conditions: In 0-80m section, affected by weathering, releasing, buried depth
and other factors, the rock is poor in completeness and broken in local parts. The surrounding rock is mainly
rock support class IV & V and is unstable, therefore, supporting measures shall be strengthened; in 80-490m
section, the rock is slightly weathered-fresh, relatively complete, blocky structure, with relatively good
stability, mainly the rock support class III and IV surrounding rock and a small proportion of rock support
class V.
Surge shaft
Buried layout is adopted for the surge shaft, with the dome buried depth of about 140m and the lateral
minimum buried depth of about 130m. The surrounding rock is composed of gneiss, which is slightly
weathered-fresh and hard. The surrounding rock is favorable, but is poor-relatively broken in local parts. It
is mainly composed of rock support class III about 52% followed by rock support class IV, about 40% and a
small proportion of rock support class V, about 8%.
Figure 5-5: : Surge Shaft for the MMHEP

Penstock
The circular section is adopted for the penstock with the excavation diameter of 4.5m, which is composed of
the upper horizontal section, the inclined section, the middle horizontal section, the inclined section and the
lower horizontal section, with a total length of 965.422m. The overlying rock mass of the tunnel is generally
200-300m thick and the minimum lateral depth is 125-135m. The lithology of the surrounding rock is gneiss,
slightly weathered and hard generally, and the engineering geological conditions of the upper and middle
horizontal sections are almost the same as those of the surge chamber, mainly the rock support class III
surrounding rock. The borehole on the back slope of the plant and the surface survey indicate that the rock
mass of the lower part of the lower inclined section and the lower horizontal section is relatively fractured.
The ground water level in this area is about 2,200m high, and the tunnel is below the ground water level. The
underground water is abundant and there may be a concentrated water gushing phenomenon locally, so the
tunneling conditions are poor. The surrounding rock is mainly rock support class IV and secondarily rock
support class III and V. It is necessary to strengthen drainage and support measures and pay attention to the
construction safety during construction.
Hence, it is speculated that the surrounding rock along the penstock is mainly rock support class IV,
accounting for about 50%, and secondarily rock support class III, accounting for about 30%, and partially
rock support class V, accounting for about 20%.
Surface Power house

The powerhouse is located at the broad and plain land of in the downstream side of Retuphat khola, and
Marsyangdi River flows in in N10ºE direction and flows out in N40ºE direction. According to the field
geological survey and drilling exploration data, as well as the formation cause, material composition and
structural features of the overburden, the overburden of the site can be divided into five layers (from old to
new) (Figure 5-5):
 Gravelly soil in Layer 1

 Boulders, cobbles and gravel in Layer 2


 Gravelly soil in Layer 5
Figure 5-6: Debris Deposit at the Surface Powerhouse of the Project
5.1.3. Climate
The region receives rainfall approximately 80% of the annual rainfall during this period. Rainfall intensities
vary throughout the basin with maximum intensity occurring on the south facing slopes. This is known as a
tundra climate. It is very cold all year long. This location is classified as ET by Köppen and Geiger. The
temperature here averages 0.5 °C. About 427 mm of precipitation falls annually. The driest month is
November, with 4 mm of rain. In August, the precipitation reaches its peak; with an average of 94 mm. July is
the warmest month of the year. The temperature in July averages 6.5 °C. At -6.7 °C on average, January is the
coldest month of the year. There is a difference of 90 mm of precipitation between the driest and wettest
months. The variation in annual temperature is around 13.2 °C. Table shows the climate data for the Chame
just 3 km u/s of the headworks.
Table 5-1: Climate Data for Chame

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Avg. Temp(0C) -6.7 -5.8 -2.4 0.8 3.6 6.3 6.5 6.2 4.8 1.1 -3.4 -5.2
Min. Temp(0C) -13 -12 -8.3 -5.9 -3.0 0.7 2.2 1.9 0.0 -5.0 -9.5 -11.5
Max. Temp(0C) -0.3 0.4 3.6 7.5 10.3 11.9 10.9 10.6 9.7 7.2 2.8 1.2
Rainfall (mm) 32 22 34 22 14 29 93 94 46 27 4 10
Source: https://en.climate-data.org/, 2019
The evaporation occurs at the maximum rate during the dry period of the pre-monsoon season. The
maximum and minimum monthly relative humidity at the project location is 100% and 44% respectively (as
per data of the station 0816). The atmosphere is humid with average monthly relative humidity (RH)
ranging from 77 to 100 % in January. April is the driest month with relative humidity at 44%. The average
monthly maximum wind speed at the site is 8.8 km/hour. Since, the headwork of the project has not differed
physically; there is no change in the baseline information of the climate data.
5.1.4. Drainage Basin and Hydrology

Marsyangdi River is a snow fed river originating from Tilicho Lake at an elevation of about 5000 masl and
flows along the popular trekking route (Round Annapurna Trek) in the Annapurna Conservation Area
receiving additional flows from tributaries like Thorong Khola, Nar Khola and many other small streams
before it reaches the proposed intake site of MMHEP. The drainage pattern of the basin is dendritic; however

the basin is divided into two distinct drainage system; namely Marsyangdi and Nar drainages. The latter,
joins with the former just upstream of Koto village near Chame.
The size of the entire catchment of Marsyangdi River at the proposed intake site is 1635 km2 and lies
completely within Manang District. About 55% area of this catchment is surrounded by high Himalayas
greater than 5000 m, about 44 % area is between 3000 to 5000 m and the rest is below 3000 masl. The
altitude variation of this catchment is between 2565 masl to 7924 masl. According to land cover
classification, huge part of the catchment is barren land (71%), while other land classes consist of bushes
(15%), glacier (8%), forest (4%), cultivation, sand and snow. Table 5-2 and Figure 5-7 shows the catchment
area at proposed intake and powerhouse site of MMHEP
Table 5-2: Manang Marsyangdi Catchment Area at Proposed Intake & Powerhouse Site of MMHEP at
Various Elevation Ranges
Description At Intake At Powerhouse Area
Area (km2) % Area (km2) %
Above 5000 masl 901 55% 909 54%
Below 5000 masl 734 45% 784 46%
Total 1635 100.00% 1693 100.00%
Source: UFSR, 2019
Figure 5-7: Manang Marsyangdi Hydroelectric Project Catchment at Proposed Intake Site Showing
Area at Different Elevations (Source: UFSR, 2019)
For the hydrometer logical analysis, the following river guaging stations established across the Marsyangdi
River as shown in the Figure 5-8 has been considered.
The catchment area of the different stations from the project is shown in Table 5-3.
Table 5-3: Marsyangdi River Catchment at Nearest Gauging Stations from MMHEP
Station Below 5000 Total Area
Catchment Unit Above 5000 masl
Index masl (km2)
Marsyangdi at dam km2 901 734 1635
-
site % 55% 45% 100%
Marsyangdi at - km2 909 784 1693

Station Below 5000 Total Area

Catchment Unit Above 5000 masl
Index masl (km2)
powerhouse site % 54% 46% 100%
Marsyangdi at km2 1118 1879 2997
439.35
Bhakundebesi % 37% 63% 100%
Marsyangdi at 439.7 km2 1161 2890 4051
Bimal Nagar % 29% 71% 100%
Khudi at Khudi km2 0 136 136
439.3
Bazaar % 0% 100% 100%
Source: UFSR, 2019
Figure 5-8: Nearby River Gauging Stations Considered for Analysis (Source: UFSR, 2019)
From above catchment description it is concluded that, the catchment property of Bhakundebesi (439.35) is
closer to MMHEP intake or powerhouse site when compared to Bimalnagar (439.7). So, Bhakundebesi
(439.35) is considered as base station but for flow comparison. The mean monthly flow derived from
manually measured flow and gauge derived flow at near Powerhouse site of MMHEP has been presented in
Table 5-4.
Table 5-4: Mean monthly flow derived from measured gauge data and gauge derived data from rating
curve at intake site of LMMHEP
Mean monthly flow derived from Mean monthly flow from gauge derived
Month
measured flow, m3/sec data, m3/sec
Jan 13.6 13.8
Feb 11.9 12.3
Mar 11.9 12.4
Apr 17.1 16.7
May 31.8 32.9
Jun 70.7 97.0
Jul 151.2 137.9
Aug 119.8 126.7
Sep 86.2 84.8

Mean monthly flow derived from Mean monthly flow from gauge derived
Month
measured flow, m3/sec data, m3/sec
Oct 41.1 41.7
Nov 22.6 23.2
Dec 17.0 16.8
Source: UFSR, 2019
The mean monthly flow of the above stations considered for the generation of monthly regression between
the flow and catchment area has been presented in
Table 5-5.
Table 5-5: Long Term Mean Monthly Flow of Stations Considered for Regional Regression
River Stn. No. Area (Km2) Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Marsyangdi 439.4 2999.6 38.2 33.1 33.6 43.5 71.8 156.7 330.8 372.6 259.4 134.4 74.1 51.3
Marsyangdi 439.7 4047.9 51.0 44.9 44.9 55.5 97.5 254.2 554.5 665.6 427.7 184.9 95.8 64.6
Marsyangdi 439.8 4110.3 49.1 41.6 40.7 54.9 95.6 229.1 571.5 606.5 462.7 209.6 104.0 65.8
Khudi 439.3 136 3.9 3.5 3.6 3.9 5.0 9.1 21.4 29.0 21.6 11.8 6.9 4.5
Chepe Khola 440 309 5.8 4.8 4.4 4.6 6.6 21.1 67.7 78.4 57.0 25.8 12.3 7.7
Trishuli River 447 4627 50.0 44.4 44.9 56.5 106.6 278.6 589.1 667.8 437.0 183.5 90.5 61.7
Phalandu Khola 446.8 147 2.4 1.9 1.7 1.9 2.7 12.0 36.0 43.8 31.1 12.4 5.4 3.3
Tadi Khola 448 651 9.6 7.3 5.2 5.6 9.9 34.3 98.9 129.4 92.3 43.1 21.7 13.1
Budhi Gandaki 445 3870 36.5 31.2 36.0 59.5 107.0 230.7 408.5 431.5 318.1 157.4 82.2 50.4
Madi 438 851 17.1 15.0 15.0 17.8 28.8 79.0 214.7 223.5 153.8 64.9 32.1 21.8
Seti 430 573 12.8 11.3 11.3 13.0 18.9 49.6 128.7 148.6 102.6 55.6 25.5 17.0
Mardi 428 139 3.4 2.9 2.8 2.8 3.9 14.7 48.2 60.0 42.0 17.5 7.1 4.4
Source: UFSR, 2019
The relationships obtained between the long terms mean monthly flows and their respective catchment
areas for each month are shown below in the Figure 5-9.


Figure 5-9: Regional Regression Graphs (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Monthly flow from all the methods discussed above has been presented in Table 5-6 and monthly
hydrographs are shown in Figure 5-10.
Table 5-6: Comparison of Mean Monthly Flow at Proposed Intake Site from Various Methods
Transposed Transposed
M-CAR
M-CAR with measured gauge derived
with dailly Regional CAR (from CAR (from
monthly flow flow at intake flow at intake WECS MHSP
Month flow Regression Bimalnagar) Bhakunde-
coefficients 3
site of site of (m3 /s) (m3 /s)
Coefficients (m /s) (m3 /s) Besi) (m3 /s)
(m3 /s) MMHEP MMHEP
(m3 /s)
(m3 /s) (m3 /s)
Jan 12.9 13.1 22.9 13.1 13.2 8.9 18.6 20.5 20.7
Feb 10.4 10.6 19.6 11.6 11.8 7.6 15.6 18.0 17.9
Mar 10.7 10.8 20.2 11.7 11.9 7.0 14.8 18.0 18.2
Apr 16.6 16.6 24.1 16.2 16.0 7.7 16.7 22.3 23.6
May 32.6 32.6 40.3 31.0 31.5 11.1 24.3 39.1 38.9
Jun 77.3 77.5 105.2 80.5 93.1 52.6 52.4 102.0 84.9
Jul 155.8 154.8 250.2 138.7 132.4 74.2 124.0 222.5 179.2
Aug 157.9 157.9 283.8 118.3 121.6 86.7 150.4 267.1 201.8
Sep 104.9 103.9 199.9 82.0 81.4 63.6 114.4 171.7 140.5
Oct 53.1 52.0 90.9 39.7 40.0 29.3 54.3 74.2 72.8
Nov 22.4 19.0 46.1 22.0 22.3 22.2 26.9 38.4 40.1
Dec 16.0 13.6 30.0 16.2 16.1 14.9 18.0 25.9 27.8
Source: UFSR, 2019

Figure 5-10: Mean Monthly Hydrographs at Proposed Intake Site of MMHEP from Various Methods
This shows that the estimated flow is very close to the measured flow during the dry period months which
validates the estimated flow. It is strongly recommended to continuously measure the flow at intake site of
the project for the further verification of estimated hydrology (Table 5-7 and Figure 5-11).
Table 5-7: Comparison of Estimated Mean Monthly Flow with Measured Flow
Adopted Mean monthly flow at intake site of Measured flow at intake site of MMHEP
MMHEP derived from M-CAR with daily flow transposed from measured flow at the intake
Month
coefficient site of downstream project
(m3/s) (m3/s)
Jan 13.1 13.1
Feb 10.6 11.6
Mar 10.8 11.7
Apr 16.6 16.2
May 32.6 31.0
Jun 77.5 80.5
Jul 154.8 138.7
Aug 157.9 118.3
Sep 103.9 82.0
Oct 52.0 39.7
Nov 19.0 22.0
Dec 13.6 16.2
Source: UFSR, 2019
Figure 5-11: Comparison of Adopted Flow at Intake Site with Transposed Measured Flow

The comparison made above shows that in dry months, the selected flow (M-CAR with daily flow coeff.),
particularly for the dry months, are almost matching with the measured flow data at the start of monthly
hydrograph, which means that the estimated hydrograph is following the actual river discharge at proposed
intake site. While comparing with the measured flow, the flow estimated from M-CAR method using daily
flow coefficients were found to be overestimated during the months of November and December. So, to
overcome this fluctuation and to get the estimated mean monthly flow at the intake site of MMHEP a
coefficient of 0.7 was further applied to the flow derived from M-CAR method for the months of November
and December.
The plot of adopted mean monthly flow after correction is presented in Table 5-8 and Figure 5-12. Since,
the flow measurement is the only way to validate the estimated flow, it is strongly recommended to measure
the actual flow at the intake site of MMHEP so that further verification can be made.
Table 5-8: Adopted Mean Monthly Flow

Month Discharge, m3/s
Jan 13.07
Feb 10.62
Mar 10.84
Apr 16.57
May 32.64
Jun 77.51
Jul 154.79
Aug 157.94
Sep 103.87
Oct 52.05
Nov 19.03
Dec 13.65
Source: UFSR, 2019
Figure 5-12: Adopted Mean Monthly Flow (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Several gauged catchments within the Narayani basin were analyzed for similarity. The flow duration curve
at MMHEP intake obtained from above-mentioned different methods have been presented in Table 5-9 and
shown in Figure 5-13.

Table 5-9: Estimated Flow Duration Curves (FDCs) from various methods
% Exceedance M-CAR with Adopted M- WECS/DHM MHSP CAR (from CAR (from
monthly flow CAR with daily 3 3 Bimalnagar) Bhakunde Besi)
(m /s) (m /s)
coeff. (m3 /s) flow coeff. (m3 /s) (m3 /s)
(m3 /s)
5% 194.4 189.7 96.2 284.9 217.2
10% 154.5 150.1 234.4 185.2
15% 125.7 125.2 197.5 160.3
20% 103.1 102.0 87.2 159.7 136.7
25% 80.3 78.6 70.9 128.0 108.9
30% 63.3 62.2 93.1 83.9
35% 47.5 48.0 67.4 66.6
40% 36.0 38.0 30.8 53.4 53.9
45% 28.6 29.3 27.6 43.3 44.0
50% 24.0 24.1 36.0 37.6
55% 20.7 20.1 31.2 33.2
60% 18.4 17.8 15.2 27.5 29.2
65% 16.6 16.2 19.9 24.9 26.3
70% 15.1 14.2 22.8 24.3
75% 13.0 12.5 21.0 22.5
80% 11.4 11.2 7.3 19.5 20.2
85% 10.1 10.1 16.3 18.3 18.4
90% 8.9 9.1 17.1 17.1
95% 7.6 7.8 5.1 9.9 15.7 15.9
Source: UFSR, 2019
Figure 5-13: Comparison of FDCs (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Recommended FDC from this study has been presented in Table 5-10 and Figure 5-14
Table 5-10: Recommended flow duration curve (FDC) at proposed intake site of the MMHEP
% Exceedance Discharge, m3/s
5% 189.7
10% 150.1
15% 125.2
20% 102.0
25% 78.6
30% 62.2
% Exceedance Discharge, m3/s

35% 48.0
40% 38.0
Q40.8% 36.78
45% 29.3
50% 24.1
55% 20.1
60% 17.8
65% 16.2
70% 14.2
75% 12.5
80% 11.2
85% 10.1
90% 9.1
95% 7.8
Source: UFSR, 2019
Figure 5-14: Adopted Flow Duration Curve at intake site of MMHEP (Source: UFSR, 2019)
Floods in the Marsyangdi River Basin are mainly caused by heavy rains, mostly occurring from June to
September, especially in July and August. According to the statistical data from 1974 to 2015 of Bimalnagar
Station in the lower reaches of Marsyangdi (in 1974-1986m, the interpolation and extension of Gopling ghat
Station), the maximum measured discharge was 3720m3/s (occurred on August 5, 1974), and the minimum
value was 878m3/s (occurred on August 12, 1997). The annual maximum flow appeared first on June 14
(2002), the peak flow was 2070m3/s, the latest appeared on September 14 (2015) with the discharge of
1310m3/s. There are no actual cases in October. The annual maximum flood mostly occurred from June to
September, of which 85.0% occurred from July to August. The frequency of occurrence in July and August
was the same and it was 42.5%.
According to the observed data from 2000 to 2015, the annual maximum discharge occurred from July to
September, most of which occurred from July to August, accounting for 75% of the discharge throughout the
year. It can be seen that due to the uneven distribution of elevation and heavy rain, the occurrence date of
annual maximum discharge at Bhakundebesi Station was earlier than that at the lower reaches. The
frequency of annual maximum discharge of stations is shown in Table 5-11 and Table 5-12.
Table 5-11: Table of the Annual Maximum Discharge Frequency at Bhakundebesi Station
Month June July. August September Whole year Statistical year
Time of occurrence 3 15 15 2 40
1974-2015
Percentage (%) 7.50 42.5 42.5 7.50 100
Source: UFSR, 2019

Table 5-12: Table of the Annual Maximum Discharge Frequency at Bhakundebesi Station
Month July. August September October Whole year Statistical year
Time of occurrence 6 6 3 1 16
2000-2015
Percentage (%) 37.5 37.5 18.75 6.25 100
Source: UFSR, 2019
As the precipitation increases rapidly from upstream to downstream in the basin, the corresponding heavy
rain increases obviously with the decrease of elevation from upstream to downstream, this can also be
concluded from the variation of flood peak modulus at stations (Table 5-13). The flood peak modulus in the
table increases gradually from 0.177 to 0.410, and the interval flood peak modulus is 0.23 m3/s.km2 and 1.00
m3/s.km2, the latter is 4.3 times of the former. In terms of flood area composition, the flood at Bimalnagar
Station is dominated by the interval flood between Bhakundebesi and Bimalnagar, a maximum of 77%.
Table 5-13: Comparison Table of Flood Peak Modulus Measured at the Upstream and Downstream
Stations on the Marsyangdi River
Time period Special Bhakundebesi Bimalnagar
Item
(year) station (LMM) Hydrometric Station Hydrometric Station
Measured peak discharge (m3/s) 300 604 1660
2012-2015
Modulus of flood peak (m3/s/km2) 0.177 0.202 0.410
Measured peak discharge (m3/s) 650 1615
2000-2015
Modulus of flood peak (m3/s/km2) 0.217 0.399
Source: UFSR, 2019
The frequency of the maximum peak discharge series of the above Lower Manang Marsyangdi (2000-2016),
Bhakundebesi Station (2000-2015) and Bimalnagar Station (1974-2015) are calculated. The parameters are
initially estimated by moment calculation method, and the statistical parameters are determined by the
estimating fitting line of P-III theoretical frequency curve. The maximum flood frequency calculation results
of the each station are shown in Table 5-14 and Figure 5-15, Figure 5-16 and Figure 5-17.
Table 5-14: Maximum Flood Frequency Calculation Results Table of Each Station
Statistical Indices Design Value (m3/s, 100 million m3)
Cross section
X0(m3/s) Cv Cs/Cv P=0.2% P=0.5% P=1% P=2% P=3.33% P=5% P=10%
LMM 400 0.3 3.5 898 824 767 708 663 626 561
Bhakundebes
660 0.22 3.5 1210 1140 1080 1010 966 926 854
i Station
Bimalnagar
1600 0.35 5 4370 3900 3540 3190 2920 2710 2340
Station
Figure 5-15: Maximum Peak Discharge Frequency Curve of Lower Manang MarsyangdiSpecial Station

Figure 5-16: Maximum Peak Discharge Frequency Curve of Bhakundebesi Station
Figure 5-17: Maximum Peak Discharge Frequency Curve of Bhakundebesi Station
The frequency and flood at headworks and powerhouse is shown in Table 5-15: Results of the Frequency and
Flood at the Headworks and Powerhouse.
Table 5-15: Results of the Frequency and Flood at the Headworks and Powerhouse
Basin Design Value (m3/s, 100 million m3)

Location
Area P=0.2% P=0.5% P=1% P=2% P=3.33% P=5% P=10% P=20%
Headworks 805 749 692 648 612 548 479
1635
+△Q 1053
Powerhouse 767 708 663 626 561 490
1693
+△Q 989
Source: UFSR, 2019

5.1.5. Erosion Land Stability and Sedimentation

One the major concerns of construction in the mountainous/hill region is slope instability. Though steep
slope dominates the project area, majority of the project components are located in stable geology consisting
of rocky hills and mountains of gneiss. Some of the slopes also have colluviums deposits, which have risk of
failure. Nevertheless, the project area can be considered stable in terms of slopes because of stable geology.
The proposed headwork structures are located in a narrow “V” shaped river valley. The exposed bedrock at
the reservoir area is composed of gneiss having attitude of N70°-75°E/10°-20°NW and intersecting with the
river direction mostly at a small angle. The rock mass is hard and slightly too moderately weathered. The
strength of these rocks is considered to be medium to very strong with uni-axial strength of around 80 mpa.
The geology and rock orientation make this site favorable for construction of the dam, with minimum or no
possibility of slope failure.
The exposed bedrock in the headrace route area is composed of gneiss in the attitude of schistosity of N30° -
60°E/NW∠10° - 20° through the joints along the schistosity relatively developed and in the strike
intersecting with river direction at a small angle - medium angle. The rock is hard. The Quaternary loose
deposit is mainly distributed in the riverbed and the gentle slope on both sides of the river. It is mainly
composed of Qcol-dl block stone (rubble) soil, alluvial boulder, pebble and gravel, proluvial boulder, (block)
pebble and (rubble) gravel and glacial-deposit block stone (rubble) soil. The physio-geological processes of
the headrace route mainly include the weathering, unloading and collapse and no large-scale debris flow or
landslide is developed. According to the geological survey of surface, the overall weathering of the rock mass
on bank slope is weak but the unloading and loosening is obvious. It is reckoned that the depth of the strong
unloading of the rock mass is generally 20-25 m and the depth of weak weathering and weak unloading is
generally 35-50 m.
The powerhouse site is located on the river floodplain of the left bank of Marsyangdi River, about 600 m
from the upstream of China Khola. The ground elevation of the floodplain is 2,113-2,116 masl, which is 1.5-
2.0 m higher than the river level, 10-25 m wide and 80 m long along the river. The glacial and aqueoglacial
deposits are distributed on a large area at the back slope, with a natural slope of 40°-50° and a slope height
of more than 200 m. The right bank is a glacial deposit terrace. The natural slope is generally 25°-35°; the
landform is relatively flat and gentle; the height above river level is 30-40m. The Quaternary overburden in
the powerhouse site mainly includes layer 2 glacial and aqueoglacial deposit, composed of boulder (block
stone), pebble (rubble) and gravel, and layer 4 alluvial deposits, composed of boulder, pebble and gravel.
Due to the steep slopes on both banks of the valley, the rock weathering is weak on the whole, and unloading
is relatively strong. It is estimated that the slope rock mass has a strong unloading depth of 35-40 m and the
weak weathering and unloading depth of 70-80 m.
5.1.6. Seismicity
. Several Seismicity studies have been carried out for various projects in the country during the study and
engineering design phases and seismic design coefficient are derived for those projects. Theoretically,
Nepalese standard is basic criteria to derive the design coefficient for the design of hydraulic structures in
the absence of detailed Seismicity study of the projects. Therefore, based on Seismicity study carried out for
other projects and theoretical methods, the basic design coefficient for the Manang Marsyangdi Hydropower
Project can be derived based on Nepalese standard.
In order to determine the seismic coefficient a seismic design code for Nepal has been prepared. The country
is divided into three seismic risk zones based on allowable bearing capacity of three types of soil foundation.
The Manang Marsyangdi HPP is located in the second seismic risk zone of Nepal and the basic horizontal
seismic coefficient is considered to be 0.06. By using the empirical method, the effective design coefficient
according to seismic design code of Nepal is given by the equation, αeff = R * α = R * Amax/980 Where, αeff =
effective design seismic coefficient
R = Reduction Factor (Empirical value of R = 0.5 – 0.65)
For the maximum acceleration of 250 gal according to Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal (Figure 5-18), Published
by DMG, National seismological Center, September 2002 and reduction factor of 0.5 the calculated effective
design seismic coefficient for the MMHEP is approximately 0.05 to 0.077. Therefore, the design horizontal
seismic coefficient for the dam at MMHEP is 0.13 to 0.16. An epicenter distribution map (Bajracharya,
1994) of Nepal shows that the epicenters with magnitude 4-5 have been reported in the project area.
Likewise, simplified risk map (Bajracharya, 1994) of Nepal based on the historic seismic data shows that
the project area lays in the area of medium risk.

Figure 5-18: Seismic hazard Map of Nepal (Source: DMG)
5.1.7. Water Uses and Water Rights

There are ten cascade stations planned on the Marsyangdi River. They are Marsyangdi-7, Manang
Marsyangdi, Lower Manang Marsyangdi, Upper Marsyangdi 2, Upper Marsyangdi 1, Upper Marsyangdi-A,
Upper Marsyangdi-Besi, Mid Marsyangdi, Marsyangdi-3 and Marsyangdi (upstream to downstream order).
Of all these schemes, planned on the Marsyangdi River, Upper Marsyangdi A (50 MW) was completed in
2016 and is currently owned by China Power. Mid Marsyangdi (70 MW) and Marsyangdi (69 MW) which
was completed in 1998 and 1985 respectively, is owned by NEA. Whereas, Upper Marsyangdi B (Upper
Marsyangdi-Besi) has an installation capacity of 50 MW and utilizing 92 m water head has not been
completed yet. The development on the upstream reach of Marsyangi River is shown in the Figure 5-19.
Figure 5-19: Hydropower Stations Upstream and Downstream of the Project (Source: UFSR, 2019)
5.1.8. Land Use

The Marsyangdi catchment area above intake is dominated by the forest land used of the ACAP as shown in
the Figure 5-20. Land is classified as cultivated, barren, forest, grazing, and other (river, foot trail, cliff,
shrubland, etc.). Manang District is largely mountainous, bisected by the Marsyangdi River in both the upper
valley and the lower valley. The project area is in the lower valley. According to the then District
Coordination Committee (DCC) report published in 2002, the total district area (both upper and lower
Manang) covers 224,600 ha, with the following breakdown by type:
 Hills and Rock: 82.95% (186,289 ha).
 Fores: 8.53% (19,166 ha).
 Shrublan: 4.38% (9,846 ha).
 Pastur: 2.18% (7.174 ha).
 Cultivated land: 0.96% (2,153 ha).
Figure 5-20: Land Use Map of Marsyangdi Project Area

Pinus wallichiana, Juniperus indica, Abies spectabilis, Betula utilis and Salix species are the dominant tree
species. B. utilis is found only in the moist north aspect and Juniperus species are more common in the dry
south aspect. Due to high moisture content and organic components like trees and vegetation ruminants, the
soil is rich in humus and fertile although less land is available for farming.
5.1.9. Glacier Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF)

A thorough review of the studies on glaciers and glacial lake in the upper catchment of Marsyangdi River
revealed that the threat of Glacial Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF) is minimum in the Marsyangdi River. The
types of glaciers found in the Marsyangdi River basin are ice-cap, valley glacier, mountain glacier, ice apron,
Cirque, and Niche (Figure 5-21).
Figure 5-21: Google image Showing Glacier Lakes in Manang District ( Source: Google, 2019)
The Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau, Frankfurt, the BGR, in cooperation with the Department of Hydrology
and Meteorology in Kathmandu, have carried out studies on some Glacier and have concluded that even
assuming the worst case, a disastrous outburst of lakes can be excluded in the near future. Glaciers lakes is
dammed up by a huge mass of dead ice, which most probably dates from the end of the last Ice Age, and not
by an end moraine, as expected. The only current hazard is slope instability of the valley sides, even
assuming the worst case, a disastrous outburst of the lake can be excluded for the near future.
It is therefore to be noted that peak discharge in case of occurrence of GLOF for any ice dammed glacier lake
in the region should not exceed 1100 m³/s at the lake itself. As concluded in the hydrology report of the
project, the GLOF peak discharge at dam site will not be more than 1100 m³/s. Since GLOF due to ice melting
and floods generated by heavy rains are two independents events, the GLOF peak discharge shall not be
added to floods discharge derived from hydrological studies. Moreover, it is shown that the value of GLOF
peak discharge is much less than floods discharge and therefore is not a major design criterion for design of
diversion structure. Based on those observations, and many inventories of glacial lake in Marsyangdi basin it
was concluded that none of those lakes are identified as potential threat to the project.
5.1.10. Air, Water and Noise Quality

The Project is located in the Valley of Marsyangdi River and is surrounded by steep hills. No permanent
roads exist in the project area; a seasonal road goes to the Syange region. The sources of noise in the project
area are only natural such as animals, wind movement, flowing river and streams. Sound pressure level
measured in Koto by Reed Sound Level Meter with Data Logger SD-4023, H297250, Class-2 instrument on
2019 December 19 at 10:00 a.m., is given below:
Daytime Average Sound Pressure Level (Ld) : 49 dB(A)

Nighttime Average Sound Pressure Level (Ln) : 40 dB(A)
Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq) : 39 dB(A) to 54dB(A)
There is no permanent environmental monitoring station in the project area. However, site specific expert
judgment indicated that the air quality in the project area was good during the evaluation period. There are
no industrial pollution sources in the project area, and transportation density is not high. The proposed
Project area lies in hilly area with no point or ambient sources of air pollution such as industries, vehicular
emission, etc. Summary of the ambient air quality measured at Koto, by Sibata Low Volume Air Sampler
Andersa Type, AN-200, on 2019 December 19 at 10:00 a.m. is given below:
Total Suspended Particles (TSP) = 260/m3

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10) = 96 µg/m3
Respirable Fine Particles (PM2.5) = 36 µg/m3
The water quality test report of the project site, sampled at Koto, is provided in Annex 9. The values of the
water and noise level are within the national standard.
5.2. Biological Environment

The project lies inside the Annapurna Conservation Area (ACA) Project as shown in Figure 2-2 and Figure
5-22. The project site lies within the temperate zone with humid bio-climate zone. In this zone in Nepal is
characterised by mixed blue pine with broad leaved forest which is common Forest type in Nepal. The
proposed powerhouse area of this hydro power project is mainly covered by blue pine-broad leaf forest
while the headworks zone is covered by sparse mixed blue pine forest.
The diversed landform of the area corresponds to its complex topographic conditions with high elevation,
steep slopes, and narrow gorges. The altitudinal and climatic variations within this Manang district makes
the habitat of a wide range of flora and fauna. Acer caesium, Acer campbellii, Acer pectinatum, Acer
sterculiaceum, Alnus nepalensis, Euonymus tingens, Juglans regia, Juniperus indica, Ligustrum confusum, Lyonia
ovolifolia, Meliosma dilleniifolia, Myrica esculenta, Myrsine semiserrata, Neolitsea pallens, Quercus floribunda,
Quercus semecarpifolia, Rhododendron arboreum, Rhus wallichii, Sorbus cuspidata, Ulmus lanceifolia etc. were
found mainly associated with Pinus wallichiana in this area.
According to the classification done by Dobremez, 1976, the forest area of Manang falls under the category of
lower temperate to alpine forest. However, this proposed project area in Manang lies within the temperate
zone with mixed blue pine and broadleaf forest. Species like Castanopsis, Quercus and Alnus are found
associated in the south facing slopes of the district.
Forest of the region can be divided into sacred forest and used forest. The sacred forest is further divided
into spiritual forest and religious forest. Spiritual forest is further divided into ghost forest and worship
forest. The forest around the project area falls under the category of used forest. It is thus important to
preserve and reactivate cultural resources, since cultural resources and natural resources are linked directly
to each other which provides backup for endurance of the systems. Indigenous institution in Manang falls
into five categories, which are social, religious, political, judicial and economic. This institution directly or
indirectly plays role for sustainable management of forest/natural resources.
Project
Figure 5-22: Project in Reference to Annapurna Conservation Area
5.2.1. Site Specific Characteristics

The fieldwork for this supplementary fieldwork was carried out during Nov 2019. The whole forest area was
divided into two transects (one in weir site and another above powerhouse). The phytosociological analysis
(frequency, density, abundance and basal area) was done on 10 X 10 m2 quadrats for tree and 5 X 5 m2
quadrats for shrubs and saplings (Misra, 1968). Altogether 30 quadrat for trees and shrub and sapling were
sampled during the EIA. But for this supplementary EIA, each quadrat size of 20 X 25 m2 for trees, 5 X 5 m2
for shrubs and 2 X 5 m2 for seedlings as per Forestry Inventory Guideline utilised. A total of eight (8)
quadrats were sampled during this time covering only the significant changed area. In each quadrat number
and size of individuals of each species were recorded. Circumference at breast height (cbh) of each tree was
measured at 1.37 m above the ground level by using measuring tape and converted it into diameter at breast
height (dbh). Individuals of each tree species were grouped into tree (dbh>30 cm), pole (dbh<30 >10 cm),
sapling (dbh<10 cm, height >30 cm) and seedling (height <30 cm). The field data was used to calculate
frequency, density, abundance and basal area as per Zobel et al. (1987). Importance value index (IVI) of all
species was calculated by the formula given by Holdrege et al. (1971). For this time supplementary EIA field
work was done focusing into area with probable significant change.
Altogether 11 tree species were identified in the study area. P. wallichiana was the dominant tree species in
the forest. The shrub/sapling layer of the forest was dominated by Berberis aristata, B. angulosa, and
Lonicera webbiana. Myricaria rosea, Potentella fruticosa, Rosa sericea, Salix sp, Spirea canescence, Viburnum
cotnifolium and Acer sp. This supplementary EIA found impacted on four different species of trees. The site

specific vegetation diversity remains almost same and hence the same species of the trees are considered for
the SEIA 2019. There were some changes in the number of poles, trees, their diameter, height and their
related parameters which are given at the last of this section.
Vegetation at Inundation Area Vegetation at Headworks

Figure 5-23: Vegetation Composition at Headworks and Inundation Area (Source: Field Visit, 2019)
Inundation and Weir Site

Six quadrats were laid down in the dam site where all together 10 tree species were found. As per approved
EIA, total tree density was 25 trees/ha among which Pinus wallichiana were more dominant as shown in
Table 5-16, whereas the density of the trees at the weir and inundation is shown in Table 6-5.
Table 5-16: Important Value Index (IVI) of Tree Species at diversion Weir Site
S.N. Species Local name D*(N/ha) RD* (%) F* RF* (%) BA* (m2) RBA* (%) IVI
1 Celtis sp Khari 18.3 16.6 16.6 4.5 0.1069 4.3 5.5
2 Acer sp Firfire 4.1 2.3 5.6 4.5 0.1321 5.4 13.2
3 Tsuga dumosa Thignre salla 4.1 5.3 6.6 4.5 0.0491 2.0 9.8
4 Pinus wallichiana Gobre salla 17.1 12.3 19.5 13.6 0.442 18.0 25.9
5 Myrsine semiserrata Seti kath 4.1 3.3 16.6 4.5 0.0227 0.9 8.8
6 Pyrus sp Mayal 5 20.0 50 13.6 0.0593 2.4 36.0
7 Rhododendron sp Gurans 4.7 3.3 16.6 4.5 0.0079 0.3 8.2
8 Viburnum sp Mallado 16.7 13.3 50 13.6 0.6017 24.5 51.5
9 Zanthozylum armatum Timur 8.3 6.6 16.6 4.5 0.4341 17.7 28.9
10 Sorbus sp Lekh mayal 4.7 3.3 16.6 4.5 0.0113 0.4 8.3
Source: Approved EIA, 2014 and Field Survey, 2019
Note: TN* = Total Number, D* = Density, RD* = Relative Density, F* = Frequency, RF* = Relative Frequency, BA* = Basal Area, RBA*
= Relative Basal Area, IVI* = Important Value Index
Standing tree volume in this site was found to be 1.68 m3/ha and biomass 1397kg/ha (Table 5-17), whereas
the biomass volume as per the new SEIA is given in Table 6-5.
Table 5-17: Tree Volume and Biomass at Headworks

Stem Branch Foliage Total
Volume
S.N. Species Local name Biomass Biomass Biomass Biomass
(m3/ha)
(kg/ha) (kg/ha) (kg/ha) (kg/ha)
1 Celtis sp Khari 0.7793 286.79 259.09 55.46 601.34
2 Acer sp Firfire 0.7287 432.83 400.37 97.39 930.58
3 Tsuga dumosa Thingre salla 0.1182 70.21 69.22 12.92 152.35
4 Pinus wallichiana Gobre salla 0.2905 172.57 170.16 31.75 374.48
5 Myrsine semiserrata Seti kath 1.9807 1176.55 1368.33 214.13 2759.01
6 Pyrus sp Mayal 0.0579 34.39 25.72 34.39 94.5
7 Rhododendron sp Gurans 0.1883 111.86 72.15 13.98 197.98
8 Viburnum sp Mallado 0.0217 12.88 7.74 1.84 22.46
9 Zanthozylum armatum Timur 2.3001 1366.23 1483.32 249.85 3099.4
10 Sorbus sp Lekh mayal 1.6889 1163.66 195.49 38.4 1397.55
All together 29 plant species were identified in shrub plot including tree saplings as per the approved EIA.
Details are given in the Table 5-18.
Table 5-18: Shrub Details at Headworks

S.N. Name of species Common name TN * D*(No/ha) RD* F* RF* AC* RC* IVI
1 Colquhounia coccinea Phulpath 4 266.67 0.52 16.67 1.56 0.83 0.51 2.6
2 Coriaria nepalensis Macchaino 2 13.33 0.26 16.67 1.56 0.83 0.51 2.34
3 Cotoneaster sp Ruis 155 333.33 20.34 83.33 7.81 17.5 10.77 38.92
4 Daphne sp Lokta 2 133.33 0.26 16.67 1.56 0.83 0.51 2.34
5 Hydrangea sp Phusre kath 14 933.33 1.84 66.67 6.25 5.83 3.59 11.68
6 Leptodermis lanceolata - 30 2000 3.94 66.67 6.25 5.83 3.59 13.78
7 Lonicera myrtillus Gibse 12 800 1.57 33.33 3.13 8.33 5.13 9.83
8 Lonicera obovata Gibse 2 133.33 0.26 16.67 1.56 0.83 0.51 2.34
9 Lonicera sp Gibse 86 733.33 11.29 66.67 6.25 12.5 7.69 25.23
10 Piptanthus nepalensis Suga ful 2 133.33 0.26 33.33 3.13 0.83 0.51 3.9
11 Potentilla fructicosa Cinquefoil 1 66.67 0.13 16.67 1.56 1.67 1.03 2.72
12 Prinsepia utilis Dhatelo 2 133.33 0.26 33.33 3.13 0.83 0.51 3.9
13 Rabdosia pharica Jwane 3 200 0.39 33.33 3.13 1.67 1.03 4.54
14 Rosa brunonii Gulaf 7 466.67 0.92 16.67 1.56 2.5 1.54 4.02
15 Rosa macrophylla Gulaf 22 1466.67 2.89 16.67 1.56 3.33 2.05 6.5
16 Rosa sericea Bhogate Gulaf 9 600 1.18 16.67 1.56 1.67 1.03 3.77
17 Sarcococca hookeriana Chille kath 8 533.33 1.05 16.67 1.56 11.67 7.18 9.79
18 Spiraea arcuata Panda 3 200 0.39 16.67 1.56 4.17 2.56 4.52
19 Spiraea sp Panda 51 3400 6.69 83.33 7.81 15.83 9.74 24.25
20 Spiraea canescens Panda 13 866.67 1.71 16.67 1.56 2.5 1.54 4.81
21 Viburnum cotinifolium Mollado 158 533.33 20.73 33.33 3.13 13.33 8.21 32.07
22 Clematis buchananiana Abi jalo 8 533.33 1.05 33.33 3.13 4.17 2.56 6.74
23 Clematis montana Junhe laharo 58 866.67 7.61 66.67 6.25 11.67 7.18 21.04
24 Holbellia latifolia Malkati 7 466.67 0.92 33.33 3.13 1.67 1.03 5.07
25 Colquhounia sp Phulpath 24 1600 3.15 50 4.69 9.17 5.64 13.48
26 Berbaris sp Chutro 57 3800 7.48 83.33 7.81 11.67 7.18 22.47
27 Cotoneaster acuminates Ruis 6 400 0.79 16.67 1.56 0.83 0.51 2.86
28 Rosa sp Gulaf 5 333.33 0.66 16.67 1.56 4.17 2.56 4.78
29 Hydrangea heteromalla Phushre kath 9 600 1.18 16.67 1.56 4.17 2.56 5.31
Note: TN* = Total Number, D* = Density, RD* = Relative Density, F* = Frequency, RF* = Relative Frequency, AC *=Average Coverage,
RC*= Relative Coverage, IVI* = Important Value Index, (U*) = Unidentified species
All together 16 plant species were recorded. The details are given in the Table 5-19.
Table 5-19: Herb Details at Headworks
S.N. Name of species Common name TN* D*(/m2) RD* F* RF* AC* RC* IVI
1 Persicaria barberetum Bishalarin 13 1.7 1.3 16.7 3.3 0.8 1.0 5.8
2 Datura sp Dhatura 4 0.5 0.2 16.7 3.3 0.8 1.0 4.6
3 Salvia sp Gwalapaani 6 0.3 0.6 16.7 3.3 11.6 14.9 18.2
4 Ageratina adenophorum Kalobanmara 9 0.7 0.7 16.7 3.3 1.0 2.4 5.34
5 Euphorbia wallichii Duk 17 2.3 2.4 16.7 3.3 0.83 1.2 7.8
6 Lilium nepalense Khiraunla 19 33.7 34.7 83.3 15.6 14.7 17.5 57.4
7 Notholirion macrophyllum Lily 7 14.5 13.3 50 9.8 0.8 1.2 25.2
8 Roscoea purpurea Bhordaya 28 4 4.5 33.3 6.5 3.3 4.8 14.8
9 Serratula pallida Salaha 70 11.3 12.6 16.7 3.3 3.3 4.8 19.7
10 Valeriana sp Nakali jatamansi 3 0.5 0.2 16.7 3.3 11.7 14.9 17.3
11 Persicaria barbata Bishalarin 9 1.3 1.8 33.3 6.5 3.3 4.8 11.1
12 Rungia parviflora Ukche jhar 2 0.3 0.5 16.7 3.3 5.8 7.4 10.1
13 Thaliopteris sp Uneu 6 2 2.7 16.7 3.3 0.8 1.2 6.2
14 Bergenia ciliata Pakhenbed 51 8.5 8.1 33.3 6.5 0.8 1.2 16.8

15 Thaliopteris sp - 7 1.7 1.1 16.7 3.1 1.6 2.4 6.7

16 Thaliopteris sp - 11 1.3 1.9 16.7 3.1 0.8 1.2 6.5
Note: TN* = Total Number, D* = Density, RD* = Relative Density, F* = Frequency, RF* = Relative Frequency, AC *=Average
Coverage, RC*= Relative Coverage and IVI* = Important Value Index
Dewatering Zone
Of the total 23 different tree species in 10 different sampling plots in dewatering zone of the project area, of
which P. wallichiana is the dominant one, as shown in Table 5-20 and the trees stratum and desnity for the
dewatered stretch for the SEIA is provided in Table 6-5.
Table 5-20: Trees Species and Density in Dewatered Zone
S.N. Species Name Common name D * RD* F* RF* BA* RBA* IVI*
1 Pinus wallichiana Gobre salla 35 15.05 50 10.9 0.7207 17.3475 43.27
2 Acer pectinatum Firfire 13 5.376 30 6.52 0.166 3.99599 15.89
3 Acer sterculiaceum Firfire 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.0755 1.81739 5.067
4 Alnus nepalensis Utis 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.0805 1.93653 5.186
5 Betula utilis Bhojpatra 10 4.301 20 4.35 0.306 7.36412 16.01
6 Corylus ferox Lekh katus 25 10.75 40 8.7 0.4771 11.483 30.93
7 Cotoneaster frigidus Ruis 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.1135 2.73081 5.98
8 Dodecadenia grandiflora Kholme 5 2.151 10 2.17 0.0456 1.09686 5.421
9 Euonymus tingens Kasuree 8 20.43 40 8.7 0.4666 11.2315 40.36
10 Ilex dipyrena Seto khashru 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.0314 0.75646 4.006
11 Ilex sp Seto khashru 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.0201 0.48413 3.733
12 Leucosceptrum canum Bhusure 5 6.452 50 10.9 0.2104 5.06449 22.39
13 Lindera heterophylla Sil Timur 7.5 3.226 30 6.52 0.0756 1.81928 11.57
14 Lindera pulcherrima Sil Timur 5 2.151 10 2.17 0.0409 0.9834 5.308
15 Litsea sericea Kutmero 7.5 3.226 10 2.17 0.1087 2.61735 8.017
16 Lyonia ovalifolia Angere 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.1964 4.72786 7.977
17 Magnolia campbellii Purbeli Chanp 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.1591 3.82957 7.079
18 Neolitsea umbrosa Kharane 5 2.151 10 2.17 0.1087 2.61735 6.942
19 Osmonthus suavis Seto chemeli 5 2.151 10 2.17 0.0192 0.46144 4.786
20 Pentopanox sp Kut simal 5 2.151 20 4.35 0.0453 1.0893 7.588
21 Pieris formosa Lek angeri 2.5 1.075 10 2.17 0.0154 0.37067 3.62
22 Macaranga sp Malata 5 2.151 10 2.17 0.029 0.69783 5.022
23 Prunus cornuta Lek painu 3 9.677 40 8.7 0.643 15.4771 33.85
= Relative Basal Area and IVI* = Important Value Index
The analysis of the shrubs and herbs in the dewatered section is analysed as shown in Table 5-19 and Table
5-20 respectively as per the approved EIA, whereas the stratum for these as per the new SEIA is provided in
Table 6.5.
Table 5-21: Shrubs Stratum and Density at the Dewatered Stretch
SN Name of the Species Common name D* RD* F* RF* C* RC* IVI*
1 Berberis chitria Chutro 80 0.2535 10 1.37 20 1.68 3.307
2 Berberis sp Chutro 80 0.2535 10 1.37 10 0.84 2.465
3 Berchemia flavescens Ghungi 960 3.0418 20 2.74 25 2.1 7.886
4 Buddleja crispa Bhimsen Pati 4160 13.181 50 6.85 65 5.47 25.502
5 Coragana brevispina Bebali kanda 3240 10.266 10 1.37 50 4.21 15.845
6 Colquhounia coccinea Phulpath 40 0.1267 10 1.37 15 1.26 2.759
7 Cotinus sp Rato bhalayo 560 1.7744 10 1.37 40 3.37 6.511
8 Cotoneaster acuminates Sano ruis 240 0.7605 10 1.37 10 0.84 2.972
9 Cotoneaster congestus Ruis 80 0.2535 10 1.37 20 1.68 3.307
10 Daphne bholua Lokta 320 1.0139 20 2.74 10 0.84 4.595
11 Desmodium multiperum Bhatte 200 0.6337 10 1.37 10 0.84 2.845
12 Deutzia staminea Sun toule 680 2.1546 20 2.74 75 6.31 11.207
13 Edgeworthia gerdneri Japanese lokta 2160 6.8441 50 6.85 63 5.3 18.996
14 Goultheria fregrentissima Dhasingre 1120 3.5488 30 4.11 20 1.68 9.342
15 Hydrangea anomala Phushre kath 40 0.1267 10 1.37 10 0.84 2.338

16 Hydrangea heteromalla Phushre kath 2560 8.1115 40 5.48 70 5.89 19.483

17 Hypericum uralum Aasare 320 1.0139 10 1.37 10 0.84 3.226
18 Indigofera cylindracea Bakhre 40 0.1267 10 1.37 5 0.42 1.917
19 Juniperus communis Dhupi 680 2.1546 10 1.37 15 1.26 4.787
20 Leptodermis lanceolata - 80 0.2535 10 1.37 5 0.42 2.044
21 Leycesteria formosa - 80 0.2535 10 1.37 5 0.42 2.044
22 Lonicera myrtillus Sano ruis 840 2.6616 20 2.74 80 6.73 12.135
23 Lonicera obovota Ruis 880 2.7883 10 1.37 25 2.1 6.263
24 Lonicera purpuriscens Ruis 480 1.5209 20 2.74 20 1.68 5.944
25 Lonicera quinquelocularis Ruis 40 0.1267 10 1.37 5 0.42 1.917
26 Lonicera webbiana Ruis 360 1.1407 20 2.74 20 1.68 5.564
27 Piptanthus nepalensis Suga ful 840 2.6616 10 1.37 20 1.68 5.715
28 Potentilla fructicosa Cinquefoil 120 0.3802 20 2.74 15 1.26 4.383
29 Prinsepia utilis Dhatelo 240 0.7605 10 1.37 60 5.05 7.181
30 Robdosia sp - 40 0.1267 10 1.37 5 0.42 1.917
31 Randia tetrasperma Ghanaalo 200 0.6337 10 1.37 5 0.42 2.424
32 Rhododendron sp Guras 120 0.3802 20 2.74 20 1.68 4.803
33 Rhododendron campanulatum Seto Chimal 1800 5.7034 10 1.37 45 3.79 10.861
34 Rhododendron sp Chimal 1000 3.1686 10 1.37 25 2.1 6.643
35 Rhododendron sp Chimal 360 1.1407 10 1.37 5 0.42 2.931
36 Ribes sp Galdam 1200 3.8023 20 2.74 40 3.37 9.909
37 Ribes glaciata Galdam 320 1.0139 10 1.37 10 0.84 3.226
38 Rosa brunonii Gulaf 1120 3.5488 40 5.48 65 5.47 14.5
39 Rosa mocrophylla Gulaf 80 0.2535 10 1.37 60 5.05 6.674
40 Rosa sericea Bhogate gulaf 800 2.5349 30 4.11 25 2.1 8.749
41 Rubus peniculatus Kalo Aiselu 200 0.6337 10 1.37 5 0.42 2.424
42 Spiraea arcuata Panda 1960 6.2104 30 4.11 35 2.95 13.266
43 Spiraea belle Panda 800 2.5349 10 1.37 40 3.37 7.272
44 Spiraea canescens Panda 40 0.1267 10 1.37 5 0.42 1.917
Note: TN* = Total Number, D* = Density, RD* = Relative Density, F* = Frequency, RF* = Relative Frequency, C* = Coverage, RC* =
Relative Coverage and IVI* = Important Value Index
Table 5-22: Herbs Stratum and Density at the Dewatered Stretch

SN Name of the Species Common D* RD* F* RF* C* RC* IVI*
name
1 Nepeta sp. Fokse jhar 6240 25.08 40 8 7 7.78 40.858
2 Argemone sp Argemon 80 0.322 10 2 0.5 0.56 2.877
3 Bidens pillosa Kuro 1160 4.662 20 4 4 4.44 13.107
4 Bouhmeria sp. Githi 2280 9.164 50 10 14.5 16.1 35.275
5 Cannabis sativa Ganja 200 0.804 10 2 1.5 1.67 4.471
6 Cheilanthes sp Rani sinka 480 1.929 10 2 2.5 2.78 6.707
7 Colocasia sps. Fause 280 1.125 20 4 2 2.22 7.348
8 Cyperus rotundus Mothe 400 1.608 10 2 0.5 0.56 4.163
9 Dryopteris sp Uneu 440 1.768 20 4 2.5 2.78 8.546
10 Elatostema sp. 200 0.804 10 2 1 1.11 3.915
11 Pteris sp. Uneyou 160 0.643 10 2 1 1.11 3.754
12 Cheilanthes sp. Ranisinka 160 0.643 10 2 2 2.22 4.865
13 Adiantum sp. 240 0.965 20 4 1 1.11 6.076
14 Actinopteris sp. 480 1.929 10 2 0.5 0.56 4.485
15 Pteris sp. Uneyou 840 3.376 30 6 2.5 2.78 12.154
16 Asplenium sp. 240 0.965 10 2 4.5 5 7.965
17 Thelypteris sp. 80 0.322 10 2 0.5 0.56 2.877
18 Diplazium sp. 160 0.643 20 4 1 1.11 5.754
19 Dryopteris sp. 80 0.322 10 2 0.5 0.56 2.877
20 Imperata cylindrica Siru 3440 13.826 10 2 8 8.89 24.715
21 Persicaria barberetum Bishalarin 1920 7.717 40 8 4.5 5 20.717
22 Datura sp Dhatura 1680 6.752 30 6 11 12.2 24.975
23 Rungia parviflora Ukche jhar 1000 4.019 20 4 4 4.44 12.464

24 Salvia sp Gwalapaani 760 3.055 10 2 1.5 1.67 6.721

25 Thaliopteris sp - 120 0.482 10 2 0.5 0.56 3.038
26 Thysanolaena maxima Umrisho 840 3.376 10 2 3 3.33 8.71
27 Urtica dioca Sisnu 320 1.286 10 2 6 6.67 9.953
28 Nelia sp - 440 1.768 20 4 1.5 1.67 7.435
29 Zizeber sp Bayer 240 0.965 20 4 1 1.11 6.076
Note: TN* = Total Number, D* = Density, RD* = Relative Density, F* = Frequency, RF* = Relative Frequency, C= Coverage, RC* =
Relative Coverage and IVI* = Important Value Index
Powerhouse Site
Eighteen tree species were found in the study area and the details of the approved EIA are given in Table
5-23 whereas the new details for the SEIA are shown in Table 6-5.
Table 5-23: Tree Species at Powerhouse Site

S.N. Name of the species Common name D*(N RD* F* RF* BA* RBA* IVI
/ha) (%) (%) (m2) (%)
1 Pinus wallichiana Gobre salla 36.6 21.36 46.67 15.91 0.795 15.36 52.6
2 Rhododendron sp Guras 1.6 0.97 6.67 2.27 0.071 1.37 4.61
3 Litsea sp Kutmero 6.6 3.88 6.67 2.27 0.076 1.46 7.62
4 Melia sp Bakaino 8.3 4.85 26.67 9.09 0.15 2.9 16.8
5 Myrica esculenta Kafal 1.6 0.97 6.67 2.27 0.221 4.26 7.51
6 Neolitsea sp Kharene 1.6 0.97 6.67 2.27 0.096 1.86 5.1
7 Quercus sp Khashru 1.6 0.97 6.67 2.27 0.038 0.73 3.98
8 Rhus sp Aiselu 6.6 3.88 6.67 2.27 0.413 7.98 14.1
9 Grewia sp 3.3 1.94 13.33 4.55 0.68 13.14 19.6
10 Celtis sp Khari 15 8.74 33.33 11.36 0.252 4.86 25
11 Zizyphus incurva Bayer 6.6 9.71 20 6.82 0.565 10.92 27.4
12 Alnus nepalensis Utis 3.3 1.94 6.67 2.27 0.019 0.37 4.59
13 Neolitsea umbroso Kharene 11.6 6.8 20 6.82 0.69 13.32 26.9
14 Lindera pulcherrima - 10 5.83 13.33 4.55 0.137 2.65 13
15 Leucosceptrum sp - 4 23.3 53.33 18.18 0.84 16.23 57.7
16 Lindera heterophylla - 3.3 1.94 6.67 2.27 0.098 1.9 6.11
17 Celtis sp Khari 1.6 0.97 6.67 2.27 0.02 0.39 3.63
18 Litsea sericea Kutmero 1.6 0.97 6.67 2.27 0.015 0.3 3.54
= Relative Basal Area and IVI* = Important Value Index
Tree Volume and Biomass at powerhouse Site is presented in the Table 5-22 whereas the new detail for the
SEIA is shown in Table 6-5.
Table 5-24: Tree Volume and Biomass at Powerhouse Site

S.N. Name of species Common V Stem Branch Leaf Total
name (m3/ha) Biomass Biomass Biomass Biomass
(kg/ha) (kg/ha) (kg/ha) (kg/ha)
1 Pinus wallichiana Gobre salla 2.27 1525.7 1495 311.35 3332
2 Rhododendron Guras 0.33 224.91 221.8 41.38 488.1
3 Litsea sp Kutmero 0.11 70.6 52.81 14.9 138.3
4 Melia sp Bakaino 0.25 159.49 134.1 31.97 325.6
5 Myrica esculenta Kafal 0.69 441.5 513.5 80.35 1035
6 Neolitsea sp 0.07 46.94 46.28 8.64 101.9
7 Quercus lamellosa Khashru 0.07 45.67 24.85 12.65 83.17
8 Rhus sp Bhalayo 1.05 671.54 662.1 123.56 1457
9 Grewia sp - 0.33 211.07 190.5 40.84 442.4
10 Celtis sp Khari 0.57 426.84 232.9 71.16 730.9
11 Zizyphus incurva Hade bayer 0.95 611.15 678.7 112.41 1402
12 Alnus nepalensis Utis 0.02 13.58 10.16 2.87 26.6
13 Neolitsea umbrosa - 3.84 1845.4 886.6 432.2 3164
14 Linderapulcherrima - 0.35 222.47 166.4 46.94 435.8

15 Leucosceptrum sp 1.54 987.14 608.2 110.32 1706

16 Lindera heterophylla 0.32 203.61 195 38.12 436.7
17 Celtis sp Khari 0.02 9.88 7.39 2.08 19.35
18 Litsea sericea Kutmero 0.04 22.7 16.98 4.79 44.47
Shrub Analysis
Fifty-two shrub species were found in the powerhouse site. The total density of shrub species was 74373 per
hectare, of which 63.14% was Arundinaria intermedia having highest density (46960/ha). The density of
Pyracantha crenulata, Coccinia grandis, Prunus cerasoides, and Arisaema flavum has the lowest density in
comparison to other tree species. In the dam site, the frequency of the shrubs ranges from 6.67 to 80.
Arundinaria intermedia have the highest relative coverage of having 31.17 % similarly it has also the highest
IVI value of having 103.8434 (Table 5-23), whereas the new detail for the SEIA is shown in Table 6-5.
Table 5-25: Shrub Analysis at Powerhouse Site

D*
S.N. Scientific Name Common name RD* (%)TN* F* RF* (%) AC * RC* IVI
(N/ha)
1 Achyranthes bidentata Datiwan 3 80 0.11 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.09
2 Albizzia sp Siris 2 53.33 0.07 6.67 0.79 2 1.14 2.01
3 Barberis sp. Chutro 1 26.67 0.04 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.02
4 Artemisia vulgaris Paati 143 3813.3 5.13 26.67 3.17 5 2.85 11.15
5 Arundinaria intermedia Nigalo 1761 46960 63.14 80 9.52 54.67 31.2 103.84
6 Asparagus racemosus Kurilo 16 426.67 0.57 26.67 3.17 2 1.14 4.89
7 Bistorta vaccinifolia Fapare jhar 7 186.67 0.25 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.23
8 Cissampelos pareira Silam 76 2026.7 2.72 46.67 5.56 4 2.28 10.56
9 Cissus repens Purene 10 266.67 0.36 20 2.38 1 0.57 3.31
10 Coccinia grandis 1 26.67 0.04 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.02
11 Cyathula tomentosa Poke kande datuian 59 1573.3 2.12 33.33 3.97 5.67 3.23 9.32
12 Diascorea bulbifera Vakur 13 346.67 0.47 20 2.38 1.33 0.76 3.61
13 Eulophia dabia 2 53.33 0.07 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.25
14 Fragaria sp Bhui kafal 5 133.33 0.18 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.35
15 Gouania sp 135 3600 4.84 46.67 5.56 9.33 5.32 15.72
16 Inula cappa Gai Tihere 10 266.67 0.36 6.67 0.79 1 0.57 1.72
17 Lathyrus pratensis Gahete jhar 7 186.67 0.25 6.67 0.79 2 1.14 2.19
18 Lonicera sp 25 666.67 0.9 26.67 3.17 2.33 1.33 5.4
19 Lyonia ovalifolia Anger 4 106.67 0.14 6.67 0.79 1 0.57 1.51
20 Morus alba Kimbu kafal 4 106.67 0.14 6.67 0.79 2 1.14 2.08
21 Myrica esculenta kafal 10 266.67 0.36 13.33 1.59 2.67 1.52 3.47
22 Myrsine semeserrata Seti kaath 2 53.33 0.07 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.06
23 Prunus sp Painu 28 746.67 1 26.67 3.17 10 5.7 9.88
24 Osyris lanceolata Nun dhiki 31 826.67 1.11 33.33 3.97 5 2.85 7.93
25 Osyris sp Nun dhiki 2 53.33 0.07 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.06
26 Pilea sp Githi 11 293.33 0.39 6.67 0.79 1 0.57 1.76
27 Porona grandiflora 68 1813.3 2.44 33.33 3.97 6.67 3.8 10.21
28 Prunus cerasoides Paieu 1 26.67 0.04 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.02
29 Pseudomertensia sp 89 2373.3 3.19 20 2.38 5.33 3.04 8.61
30 Pyracantha crenulata Ghangaru 1 26.67 0.04 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.21
31 Randia tetrasperma Charchare 79 2106.7 2.83 40 4.76 7 3.99 11.59
32 Rhus sp. Bhalayoo 5 133.33 0.18 13.33 1.59 1 0.57 2.34
33 Rubus sp Aiselu 5 133.33 0.18 13.33 1.59 1.67 0.95 2.72
34 Pteris sp. Neuro 2 53.33 0.07 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.25
35 Cheilanthes sp. Rani sinka 5 133.33 0.18 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.16
36 Adiantum sp. Uneu 9 240 0.32 13.33 1.59 1.33 0.76 2.67
37 Actinopteris sp. 9 240 0.32 6.67 0.79 1.67 0.95 2.07


40 Nepata sp Foksejhar 21 560 0.75 20 2.38 1 0.57 3.7
41 Pteris sp. Neuro 4 106.67 0.14 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.13
42 Actinopteris sp. 7 186.67 0.25 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.42
43 Smilax sp Kukur Daino 6 160 0.22 13.33 1.59 0.67 0.38 2.18
44 Diplazium sp. Uneu 5 133.33 0.18 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.16
45 Theliopteris sp. 53 1413.3 1.9 40 4.76 21 12 18.64
46 Phyllanthus clarkei Amele jhar 3 80 0.11 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.28
47 Dryopteris sp. Uneauu 2 53.33 0.07 6.67 0.79 0.67 0.38 1.25
48 Trichosanthes lepiniana Parawal 4 106.67 0.14 13.33 1.59 0.67 0.38 2.11
49 Viburnum mullaha Mallado 7 186.67 0.25 6.67 0.79 2 1.14 2.19
50 Vitex sp. Simali 15 400 0.54 26.67 3.17 2 1.14 4.85
51 Roas sp Gilaf 6 160 0.22 6.67 0.79 2 1.14 2.15
52 Zingiber sp Bayer 6 160 0.22 6.67 0.79 0.33 0.19 1.2
Total Jamma 2789 74373 100 840 100 175.33 100 300
Coverage, RC*= Relative Coverage and IVI* = Important Value Index, (U*) = Unidentified species
Herbs
26 herb species were found in the powerhouse site. The total density of was 576000 per hectare. Fagopyrum
dibotrys has the highest relative coverage of having 28.04% similarly it has also the highest IVI value of
having 52.99 whereas least was of Oxalis corniculata which has 2.3735 IVI value as shown in Table 5-24,
whereas the new detail for the SEIA is shown in Table 6-5.
Table 5-26: Herb Analysis at Power House

S.N. Scientific Name Common name TN* D* RD* F* RF* AC* RC* IVI
(N/ha) (%) (%)
1 Bidens pilosa Kuro 11 7333.33 1.27 6.67 1.61 0.67 1.06 3.94
2 Capesella bursa-pastoris Thagne Jhar 2 1333.33 0.23 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.37
3 Cissampelos pareira Silam 13 8666.67 1.5 6.67 1.61 0.67 1.06 4.18
4 Commelina benghalensis Musa kane 15 10000 1.74 26.67 6.45 1.33 2.12 10.3
5 Dryopteris sp Uneu 7 4666.67 0.81 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.95
6 Eryngium billardieri 3 2000 0.35 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.49
7 Euphorbia hirta Dudhe 4 2666.67 0.46 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.6
8 Fagopyrum dibotrys Methe fapar 132 88000 15.28 40 9.68 17.7 28 53
9 Pteris sp Uneu 4 2666.67 0.46 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.6
10 Chillantuhus sp Rani sinka 15 10000 1.74 6.67 1.61 2.67 4.23 7.58
11 Adiantum sp 3 2000 0.35 6.67 1.61 1.33 2.12 4.08
12 Geranium sp 11 7333.33 1.27 13.33 3.23 0.67 1.06 5.56
13 Juncus sp Mothe 8 5333.33 0.93 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 3.07
14 Oxalis corniculata Chari amilo 11 7333.33 1.27 6.67 1.61 0.67 1.06 3.94
15 Commelina sp Kane jhar 6 4000 0.69 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.84
16 Persicaria barberetum 14 9333.33 1.62 20 4.84 2 3.17 9.63
17 Phragmites karka Narkat 14 9333.33 1.62 6.67 1.61 1.33 2.12 5.35
18 Pilea sp - 3 2000 0.35 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.49
19 Polygonum barbatum 3 2000 0.35 6.67 1.61 0.67 1.06 3.02
20 Pseudomertensia sp 5 3333.33 0.58 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.72
21 Rubia sp 50 33333.33 5.79 40 9.68 3.67 5.82 21.3
22 Rungia parviflora 12 8000 1.39 6.67 1.61 0.67 1.06 4.06
23 Salvia nepata 4 2666.67 0.46 6.67 1.61 0.33 0.53 2.6
24 Smilax sp Kukur daino 3 2000 0.35 6.67 1.61 0.67 1.06 3.02
25 Thalictrum reniforme 21 14000 2.43 13.33 3.23 1.33 2.12 7.77
26 Themeda caudata 140 93333.33 16.2 6.67 1.61 6.67 10.6 28.4

Coverage, RC*= Relative Coverage and IVI* = Important Value Index
Forest Manangement
The whole area falls within the Annapurna Conservation Area (ACA) managed by local communities through
Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP) as well as National Trust for Nature Conservation (NTNC)
under specific rules which is described in the law and policy chapter.
Rare/Endangered/Thretaned and Endemic Plants

Few orchid species typically Vanda, Dendrobeum, Bulbophyllum were found along the tunnel and some
epiphytic orchids were also seen at the power house site which were away from the construction site.
Non-Timber Forest Product and Medicinal Plants

The project area lies in one of the potential herb production zone and the people of Manang are involved in
the collection of medicinal plants mainly Timur. Field observation indicated the availability of number of
plant species used by the locals. These plants are used by local people for various purposes such as food,
spices, fibre, medicine, fuel, dye, tannin, gum, resin, religious purpose, roofing and fencing materials, and
handicrafts. The altitudinal variation and the corresponding micro-climatic variability have marked Manang
a second richest district in NTFPs. Forest areas are mostly concentrated in the vicinity of the Marsyangdi
River, Nar Khola, and Dudh Khola. Valuable species like Pinus wallichiana, Betula utilis, Aconitum
orochryseum, Picrorhiza scrophulariiflora, Acoros calamus, Zanthoxylum armatum, Dioscorea deltoidea,
Bergenia cilita, Rheum australe, Valeriana wallichii, Swertia chirayita, Daphne bholua, Dactylorhiza hatagirea,
Taxus baccata etc are found in the forests. Some of the forest products and medicinal plants are shown in
Figure 5-20.
Figure 5-24: Zanthoxylum armatum (Timur) growing near diversion Weir site
Conservation area office recorded 40 species of plants used by local people for medicinal purpose in this
region. Some of these medicinal plants are also found in different parts of the region. Yarsagumba, salep
(Panchaunle), Spikenard (Jatamansi), Gentian (Kutki), Satuwa, Larkspur (Nirmasi), Valerian (Sugandhwal),
Himalayan rhubarb (Padamchal), Ephedra (somalata), Chirayato, Tejpat, Morel mushroom (Guchche
Chyaun), Timur, Himalayan yew (Launth salla), Wild asparagus (Kurilo) are some of prominent medicinal
herbs found in the region.
Table 5-27: List of legally protected species found in the project area
S.N Local Common Scientific Family Status Code
Name Name Name CITES IUCN Nepal
Red List Law
1 Okhar Walnut Juglans regia Juglandiaceae Protected
2 Unyu Tree fern Cyathea spinosa Cytheaceae II
3 Kutki Gentifan Neopicrorhiza scrophularifolia Schorphularia III
ceae
4 Chhap Mangolia Michelia champaca Magnoliaceae III EN
5 Talis Patra Fer Abies spectabilis Pinaceae Protected
6 Bhyakur Diascorea Diascorea deltodea Diascoreaceae II EN Protected

7 Sugandhawal Valeriana jatamansi Protected

8 Sungava Orchids Orchids Orchidaceae I LR/N EN
T
CITES Appendices: Appendix I: Species threatened with extinction. Appendix II: Species not yet threatened, but could become
endangered if trade is not controlled Appendix III: Species identified by any party as being subject to regulation in that country
and which require international co-operation to control trade, IUCN Red List (1995):, LR: Low risk, NT: Near Threatened, LC: Least
concern, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, CR: Critically endangered
Agro-biodiversity
Farming and herding are still the main occupation of the people even though there were arguments about
the lack of expansion in farming. Agriculturally suitable land is extremely limited. Middle class and poor
people were mainly involved in farming potato, wheat, maize, buckwheat and barley. While apple, apricot,
plum, walnut and pear are the main fruits, cabbage, cauliflower, bean, radish, mustard leaf, turnip, carrot,
onion, and garlic are the primary vegetable crops. Vegetable is by far the most profitable crop. It is estimated
that a hectare of vegetable production can generate an annual profit of Rs. 147,000 (excluding family labour
and inputs). The profit per hectare of wheat is Rs. 22,610 and that of barley is Rs. 18,546.
Ethnobotany
Manang is rich in ethnobotanical knowledge that still persists widely among the people. Amchis (traditional
healers) feel that this healing system needs to be preserved and the knowledge passed on to coming
generations. The prices of rare herbal medicine have increased dramatically and it is assumed that it can be
one of the good sources of income. Major problem, however, is the lack of enthusiasm among the youths to
acquire, use and conserve the traditional ethnobotanical knowledge. The following plants were found used
by the local healers in the area.
Table 5-28: Ethnomedicinal plants used by the people in the project area
SN Botanical name Family Local name Use
1 Bergenia ciliata (Haw.) SAXIFRAGACEAE Pakhanved/ Half spoonful of ground root powder is
Sternb. Khadur taken with a cup of hot water two times
a day after meals for diarrhoea,
dysentery, blindness, until recovery.
2 Betula utilis D. Don BETULACEAE Buspath Bark and leaves are ground to make
powder and mixed with other different
medicinal plants of the Himalayas
(confidential mixture) because they mix
many kinds of plants. Half spoonful of
powder is mixed with two spoonful of
cow ghee and taken two times a day
forever until recovery
3 Cannabis sativa L CANNABACEAE Kantsya A pinch of flower and seed powder is
taken with a cup of boiled water for
stomachache, constipation, or urinary
tract
4 Cordyceps sinensis CLAVICIPITACEA E Yartsagumba Yarsagumba with milk and honey can
(Berk.) Sacc work as antibiotics
5 Fragaria nubicola Lindl ROSACEAE Shafaltang Used for menstrual disorder, cold,
cough,veins pain,edema and numbness
of limbs until recovery.
6 Hippophae salicifolia ELAEAGNACEAE Tarbu Used for cough, cold, heat, chest pain,
D. Don. ex Lacaita stomach ache, dysentery, worms,
rheumatism, gastitis
7 Juglans regia L. JUGLANDACEAE Katutun Used for stomach ache when mixed
with other medicine until recovery
8 Juniperus communis L. CUPRESSACEAE Phar Used for respiratory complaints, chest
pain, lung infection, bronchitis and
other infection of upper respiratory
tracts
9 Nardostachys VALERIANACEAE Panghphoie Used for gastritis, diarrhea, headache,
grandiflora DC anthelmintic, dyspepsia and rib pain
10 Pinus wallichiana A.B. PINACEAE Thansin Used for fractured part of body

Jacks
11 Rosa macrophylla ROSACEAE Seghu Used for fever, diarrhea, dysentery,
Lindl. cough and cold fruit pulp
12 Rumex nepalensis POLYGONACEAE Hali Used for fever
Spreng.
13 Swertia GENTIANACEAE Tiktha Used for fever, jaundice, malarial fever,
ciliata (D. Don ex G. diabetes, cough and cold, headache
Don) B.L. Burtt
14 Taxus wallichiana TAXACEAE Silingi Used for cancer
Zucc.
15 Valeriana jatamansii VALERIANACEAE Nappu Used for eye pain, conjunctivitis,
Jones swollen eye, infected wound, stomach,
cough and cold, tonsiltis
16 Zanthoxylum RUBIACEAE Prumo Used as pickle for fever, headache,
armatum DC. altitude sickness, diarrhea etc.
Terrestrial Wildlife
A total of 13 species of mammals were recorded at and around the project area (Table 5-27). According to
Ale and Gurung [Ale, S.B., Gurung, P.C. 1995] and the local people, Ratuwa (Muntiacus muntijak), Dhumsi
(Hystrix hodgsinihodgsini), and Malsapro (Martes flavigula) can be sometimes seen in the proposed project
sites whereas Chituwa (Panthera pardus) and Ban Biralo (Felis bengalensis) are rarely seen. All these are the
protected animal species as per the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 1973 of Nepal.
Table 5-29: List of Mammals Found Around Project
S.N. Local Common Scientific Family Status Code
Name Name Name CITES IUCN Abundance
Red
List
1. Chituwa Common Leopard Panthera pardus Felidae I LR Common
&NT
2. Ratuwa Barking deer Montiacus muntjak Cervidae LR/LC Common
3. Thar Main land serow Capricornis Bovidae I VU Rare

sumatraensis
4. Ghoral Ghoral Nemorhaedus goral Bovidae I Rare
5. Himali Large- eared pika Ochotona macrotis Ochotonidae IUCN Common

muso Red
List
6. Badar Rhesus Monkey Macaca mulata Cercopithecidae NT Common
7 Langur Hunuman Langur Semnopithecus entellus Cercopithecidae Abundant
8 Mriga Himalayan musk Moschus chrysogaster Moschidae

deer
9. Dumsi Porcupine Hystrix indica Hystricidae LR/LC
10. Shyal Jackal Canis aureus Canidae III LC Abundant
11. Ban Biralo Jungle cat (swamp Felis chaus Felidae II
Lynx)
12. Syal Fox Cenis aureus Felidae II VU Common

13 Malsapro Yellow throated Martes flavigula Mustelidae III LR/LC
marten

Distribution of wildlife in the project area is not uniform due to the habitat type and topography. Most of the
animals and birds at the project sites exhibit altitudinal seasonal migration thus none of the faunal species
were sighted during field survey except Rhesus monkey (Macaca mulata) and Hunuman langur
(Semnopithecus entellus), which are very common to the location. According the local people, 13 species of
mammals were recorded at the project area. Ratuwa (Muntiacus muntijak), Dhumsi (Hystrix hodgsini
hodgsini), and Malsapro (Martes flavigula) can be sometimes seen in the proposed project sites whereas
Chituwa (Panthera pardus) and Ban Biralo (Felis bengalensis) are rarely seen. All these are the protected
animal species as per the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 1973 of Nepal.
Figure 5-25: Macaca mulata (Rato Bander) and Ochotona macrotis (Humali muso) seen around
project site
A total of 58 mammal species have been listed in Nepal’s fauna under CITES appendices, 1995. Ban Biralo
(Felis bengalensis), Ghoral (Naemorhedus goral), Chituwa (Panthera pardus), Langur (Presbytis entellus) are
listed in the CITES Codes Appendix I. Moreover, Syal (Cenis aureus) and Fyauro (Vulpes spp.) are listed in
the CITES Codes Appendix III. None of the mammal species found in the proposed project site during the
field investigation is listed in Nepal’s threatened animals as per the IUCN Red List, 1994, where 28 mammal
species of Nepal are listed.
The following 51 species are recorded from the Annapurna conservation area. However there status,
number and spatial location is very little known. Their scientific name, common name (English) Local name
(Nepali), their conservation status is presented in Table 5-28.
Table 5-30: Mammals recorded from the Annapurna conservation area

SN Scientific Name English Name Nepali name Conservation
Status
1 Ailurus fulgens (Cuvier, 1825) Red Panda Habre, Hobrakpa, CITES Appendix I
Punde Kundo
2 Barbastella leucomelas (Cretzschmar, Asian Barbastelle Himali Chamero Least concern
1826)
3 Canis aureus (Linnaeus, 1758) Golden Jackal Syal
4 Capricornis thar (Hodgson, 1831) Himalayan Serow Thar CITES Appendix I
5 Chimarrogale himalayica (Gray, 1842) Himalayan Water Pahadi Pani
Shrew Chhuchundro
6 Episoriculus caudatus (Horsfield, 1851) Hodgson’s Hadsanko
Browntoothed Khairadante
Shrew Chhuchundro
7 Felis chaus (Schreber, 1777) Jungle Cat Ban Biralo CITES Appendix II.
8 Hemitragus jemlahicus (Smith, 1826) Himalayan Tahr Jharal
9 Herpestes javanicus (É. Geoffroy Saint- Small Asian Nyaurimuso
Hilaire, 1818) Mongoose
10 Hylopetes alboniger (Hodgson, 1836 Particolored Flying Male Rajpankhi
Squirrel Lokharke
11 Lepus nigricollis (F. Cuvier, 1823) Indian Hare Khairo Kharayo
12 Lepus oiostolus (Hodgson, 1840) Woolly Hare Bhote Kharayo
13 Lutra lutra (Linnaeus, 1758) Eurasian Otter Kalo Oat
14 Lutrogale perspicillata (I. Geoffroy Saint- Smooth coated Otter Khairo cat CITES Appendix II.

Hilaire, 1826)
15 Lynx lynx (Linnaeus, 1758) Eurasian Lynx, Lynx Pahan Biralo CITES Appendix II
16 Macaca mulatta (Zimmermann, 1780) Rhesus Macaque Rato Bandar CITES Appendix II
17 Martes flavigula (Boddaert, 1785) Yellow-throated Kukhauri, Malsapra
Marten
18 Millardia meltada (Gray, 1837) Soft-furred Field Rat Makhmali Muso
19 Moschus chrysogaster (Hodgson, 1839) Alpine musk deer Sunkhante Kasturi CITES Appendix I
20 Moschus leucogaster (Hodgson, 1839) Himalayan Musk Setokanthe Kasturi CITES Appendix I
Deer
21 Muntiacus vaginalis (Boddaert, 1785) Barking Deer Ratuwa
22 Mus cervicolor (Hodgson, 1845) Fawn-colored Khakirange Muso
Mouse
23 Mus musculus (Linnaeus, 1758) House Mouse Gharmuso
24 Mustela kathiah (Hodgson, 1835) Yellow-bellied Kathia-nyal, Pitodar
Weasel Malsapro
25 Mustela strigidorsa (Gray, 1853) Stripe-backed Dharke Malsapro
Weasel
26 Myotis formosus (Hodgson, 1835) Hodgson’s Bat Hodgsonko Chamero Least concern
27 Naemorhedus goral (Hardwicke, 1825) Himalayan Goral Ghoral
28 Neofelis Clouded Leopard Dhwase Chituwa CITES Appendix I
nebulosa (Griffith, 1821)
29 Nesokia indica (Gray, 1830) Short-tailed Thute Dhademuso
Bandicoot Rat
30 Niviventer niviventer (Hodgson, 1836) Himalayan Hadsanko
Whitebellied Rat Dudhebhundi Muso
31 Paguma larvata (C.E.H. Smith, 1827) Masked Palm Civet Kasturi Biraloo
32 Panthera pardus (Schlegel, 1857) Leopard Chituwa CITES Appendix I
33 Pantholops hodgsonii (Abel, Tibetan Antelope Chiru CITES Appendix I
1826)
34 Pardofelis temminckii (Vigors & Horsfield, Asiatic Golden Cat Sunaulo Biralo CITES Appendix I
1827
35 Petaurista petaurista (Pallas, 1766) Red Giant Flying Rato Rajpankhi
Squirrel Lokharke
36 Pipistrellus coromandra (Gray, 1838) Coromandel Buchche Chamero
Pipistrelle
37 Prionailurus bengalensis (Kerr, 1792) Leopard Cat Chari Bagh CITES Appendix II
38 Rattus nitidus (Hodgson, 1845) Himalayan Rat Himali Khetmuso
39 Rattus pyctoris (Hodgson, 1845) Himalayan Rat Turkistane Muso
40 Rattus rattus (Linnaeus, 1758) Black Rat Ghar Muso
41 Rhinolophus Least Horseshoe Bat Sano Ghodnale
pusillus (Temminck, 1834) Chamero
42 Semnopithecus hector (Pocock, 1928) Terai Grey Lampuchhre Badar CITES Appendix I
Langur
43 Soriculus nigrescens (Gray, 1842) Sikkim Large- Himali Chhuchundro
Clawed Shrew
44 Suncus murinus (Linnaeus, 1766) House Shrew Ghar Chuchundro
45 Sus scrofa (Linnaeus, 1758) Wild Boar Bandel
46 Tamiops macclellandii (Horsfield, 1840) Himalayan Striped Himali Dharke
Squirrel Lokharke
47 Ursus arctos (Linnaeus, 1758) Brown Bear Rato Bhalu CITES Appendix
I
48 Viverra zibetha (Linnaeus, 1758) Large Indian Civet Zik, Thulo Nir
Biralo, Sili
49 Viverricula indica (É. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Small Indian Civet Sano Nir Biralo
1803)
50 Vulpes bengalensis (Linnaeus, 1758) Red Fox Rato Phyauro
51 Vulpes bengalensis (Shaw, 1800) Bengal Fox Phusro Phyauro CITES Appendix I
Rare, Endangered, Endemic and Protected Species

Many animals have become rare and endangered in Nepal due to natural habitat destruction and illicit
activities. Therefore, Government of Nepal has signed the CITES (Convention on International Trade in
Endangered Species) convention barring trade on listed species and has produced a list of protected species.
Legal Status includes both international legislations such as the Convention on International Trade in
Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) and the National Park and Wildlife Conservation Act
2029 (1973) and the species listed as protected under the Act. All wildlife in Nepal is protected from undue
persecution and/ or killing by the Act.
Within protected areas all wildlife is strictly protected from hunting or collection (with the exception of
Dhorpatan Hunting Reserve, where selected species are managed under a hunting quota system). The Act
also states, for species listed as protected priority species; severe penalty and punishment people involved in
its killing or engaged in its trade both live and body parts. The section also states whether species are known
to occur within protected areas and where possible, the percentage of the population occurring within these
areas.
Avi fauna
A total of 19 bird species were observed in the proposed project area during the field investigation and
literature review. Among them, twelve species are listed in LR/LC, one species in NT and one species in VU
categories of IUCN Red List. Twelve species listed as LR/LC are Lophophorus, Hill Partridge, Koklass
Pheasant, Crow, Kalij pheasant, Rufousturtle dove, Hill Pigeon, Red vented babul, Dusky Leaf warbler, Spiny
Babbler, Grey Francolin, Black Eagle is listed in NT category and Lesser Kestrel is listed in VU category.
Figure 5-26: Eudynamys scolopacea (left) and Parus monticolus (right) seen near powerhouse site
List of bird species recorded in the project area is listed in the Table 5-29.
Table 5-31: List of Birds and their Status

Status
Local
SN Common Name Scientific Name Family CIT IUCN Abundan
Name
ES Red List ce
1 Danfe Lophophorus Lophophorus impejanus Phasianidae LR/L C Rare
2 Monal Crimsonhorned Tragopan satyra Phasianidae NT Rare
Pheasant
3 Chileme Blood Pheasant Ithaginis cruentus Phasianidae
4 Piura Hill Partridge Arborophila torqueola Phasianidae LR/LC Common
5 Kokale Koklass Pheasant Pucrasia macrolopha Phasianidae LR/LC Common
6 Kaag Crow Convus splendens Corvidae LR/L C Common

7 Giddha Himalayan Griffon Gyps himalayensis Accipitridae LR/L C Abunda nt
8 Bakulla Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae Frequen t

9 Kalij Kalij pheasant Lophura leucomelanos Phasianidae LR/L C Common
10 Dhukur Rufousturtle dove Streptopelia orientalis Columbidae LR/L C Common
11 Malewa Hill Pigeon Columba rupestris Columbidae LR/L C Common

12 Fiste Dusky Leaf warbler Phylloscopus fuscatus Phylloscopid Common
ae
13 Jureli Red vented babul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotida LR/L C Common
e

14 Woodpe Common
aker
15 Kande Spiny Babbler Turdoides nipalensis Timaliidae LR/L C Frequent
Bhyakur
16 Kalchau Whistling thrush Myiophonus caeruleus Common
de
17 Titra Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus Phasianidae LR/L C Common
18 Chil Black Eagle Ictinaetus malayensis Accipitridae LR/L C Common
19 Baaj Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni Falconidae VU Common

According to the published literature and ACAP information, the following birds are also found in the region:
Bearded vulture, Beautiful niltava, Blackbacked forktail, Black bulbul, Black drongo, Black eagle, Black
partridge, Blue rock pigeon, Blue whistling thrush, Bronzed drongo, Brown dipper, Cinnamon sparrow,
Common myna, Common hawk cuckoo, Crested bunting, Crested serpent eagle, Emerald dove, Eurasian
cuckoo, Firebreasted flowepecker, Golden oriole, Great Himalayan barbet, Greenbacked tit, Greyheaded
flycatcher, Himalayan griffon vulture, Himalayan tree pie, House crow, House sparrow, Indian cuckoo, Jungle
crow, Jungle myna, Kestrel, Little pied flycatcher, Maroon oriole, Nepal yellowbacked sunbird, Plumbeous
redstart, Rufousbacked shrike, Scarlet finch, Short-tailed forktail, Shortbilled minivet, Small niltava, Striated
green bulbul, Verditer flycatcher, White-eye, Whitecheeked bulbul, Whitecrested laughing thrush,
Whitethroated laughing thrush, Yellow wagtail, Yellowcheeked tit and Yellownaped yuhina.
Aquatic Life in the Project Section

The team did not encounter any fish species in Marsyangdi River above the Myardi river confluence.
According to the villagers, none of the fish species is found in the river above the Myardi confluence. Hence,
fish have not been a source of income of any of the local people in the project area.
Butterflies and Insects

Marsyangdi River basin is not rich in butterflies, but some of the butterflies listed by different authors are:
 Common Sailor (Neptis hylas)
 Chestnut tiger (Parestica tytia)
 Common Leopard (Phalanta phalantha)
 Himalayan fivering (Ypthima sakra)
 Common evening Brown (Melanitis leda)
 Common grass yellow (Terias hecabe)
 Chinese Windmill (Byasa alchinos)
 Hill Jezebel (Delias belladonna)
 Common Mormon (Papilio polyes)
 Large cabbage white (Pieris brassicae)
 Common Peacock (Achillides polyctor)
 Bath white (Pontia daplidice)
 Common sailor (Neptis hylas)
 Pale-clouded yellow (Colias erate)
 Common Yellow Swallowtail (Papilio machaon)
 Doherty’s Satyr (Aulocera loha)
 Green Sapphire (Heliophorous androcles)
 Hill Hedge Blue (Celastrina argiolus)
 Common Map (Cyrestis thyodamus)
 Common Brimstone (Gonepteryx rhamni)
 Himalayan Sergeant (Athyma opalina)
 Queen of Spain fritillary (Issoria issaea)
 Indian Tortoise Shell (Aglais cashmirensis)

 Common mountain blue (Albulina lehana)

 Large silver stripe (Childrena childerini)
 Small grass yellow (Terias brigitta)
 Lesser punch
 Mottled Emigrant (Catopsilia pyranthe)
 Painted Lady (Vanessa cardui)
 Common wood brown (Zophoes sidonis)
 Peacock Pansy (Precis almana)
 Plain tiger (Danaus chryssipus)
 Purple Sapphire (Heliophorous epicles)
 Indian red Admiral (Vanessa indica)
 Rose Windmill (Byasa latreillei)
 Lemon Emigrant (Catopsilia pomana)
Phytoplankton/Zooplankton and Aquatic Insects

The presence of Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Aquatic Insects in the river is very limited. Since this is one
of the rivers having high amount of sedimentation, lower texa can hardly sustain there. The zooplanktons
recorded in the project area are of Rotifer (Lepadella apsita, Calurella uncinata, Asplanchana priodonata and
Cephalodella exigua), Copipoda (Eucyclops sp.) and Claodocera(Alona sp. And Moina sp.).
There are 18 aquatic insects found in the project area of Plecoptera, Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera, Diptera and
Coleptera order. Of Plecoptera the insects recorded are: Isogenus modesta, Nemoura erratica, Pletoperia sp.while
Ephemeroptera are: Ephemerella sp., Baetis sp., Epeoeus sp., Caenis sp., Stenonema sp., Iron humeralis, Rhithrogena sp.,
Heptagenia sp.. The Trichoptera order species are Hydropsyche simulans, Philopotimus sp., Glossosoms sp.. The Diptera order
species recorded are: Liriope sp., Antocha sp. While the Coleptera species are Hydrochus sp.and Promoresia sp.
Forest Fragmentation
Forest fragmentation is an issue in this project. Forest cover map of the region shows a continuous vertical
connectivity of forests. During project construction, noise, vibration and human presence will affect
migrating fauna typically long distance travelling species.
Illegal Trade of Wildlife and Wood

Since the area is heavily managed by the conservation committee, illegal trade of wildlife and timber has not
been observed, however once a year, the community involved in an annual traditional ritual in which a wild
deer is being sacrificed

Figure 5-27: Forested Area and Project Components

ACAP Activities
Launched in 1986, the Annapurna Conservation Area Project is the largest undertaking of the National Trust
for Nature Conservation (NTNC) and the first and largest Conservation Area in Nepal. ACA is located in the
mountain region of the west-central Nepal at latitude 28°50'N and longitude 83°57'E. ACA covers an area of
7,629 sq. km. and is home to over 105424 local people of different ethnic, cultural and linguistic groups. It is
a very large area of Himalayan mountain ecosystem, which overlaps several bio-geographical regions and
holds a diverse range of habitats and species. The Kali Gandaki Valley runs through ACA and is a bio-
geographical divide in the Himalayan mountain chain.
Annapurna conservation area is rich in forest and vegetation types. Altogether 24 vegetation types are
found, they are Alpine Meadow, Alpine Pasture, Birch-Rhododendron Forest, Blue Pine-Birch Forest, Blue
Pine-Cypress Forest, Cypress Forest, East Himalayan Oak-Laurel Forest, Fir Forest, Fir-Blue Pine Forest,
Hemlock-Oak-Rhododendron Forest, Lower Temperate Oak Forest, Mixed Blue Pine-Oak Forest, Mixed Oak-
Laurel Forest, Nival Zone, Schima-Castanopsis Forest, Spruce Forest, Sub-alpine Juniper Forest, Temperate
Juniper Forest, Temperate Mountain Oak Forest, Trans-Himalayan Steppe, Trans-Himalayan Steppe, Upper
Temperate Blue Pine Forest and West Himalayan Fir-Hemlock-Oak Forest.
ACA has a huge altitudinal range spanning from 790 to 8091m. The area supports more than 22 forest types
with an estimated 3430 species of plants, including 57 species (highest among all protected areas in Nepal)
of endemic flowering plants out of 248 species in Nepal. Faunal species include records of 101 species of
mammals, 478 species of birds, 41 species of reptiles, and 23 species of amphibians. Amongst the recorded
species of fauna, Manang harbours three species of bird and 17 species of mammal listed in CITES. Five of
the recorded protected mammal species are protected by the National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act
(1973), and 11 are included in different threat categories of the IUCN Red Data Book. Mammal species
symbolic to ACA are the snow leopard, musk deer, Tibetan Argali, Tibetan wolf, whereas bird species
symbolic of the area are golden eagle, demoisell crane and various pheasants. Some of the features of the
ACAP are:
 Some of the world’s highest peaks (Annapurna I: 8,091m, Machhapuchhere: 6,993)
 World’s deepest gorge: Kali Gandaki and one of the world's highest altitude lake Tilicho
 Most popular trekking destination (76407 tracers in 2000)
 Two distinct climatic regions (3000mm annual rainfall in south (cis Himalayas) and <500mm annual
rainfall in north (trans Himalayas) within a span of 120 km and altitude of 1000-8000m.
 22 different forest types
 A total of 1226 species of plants (1140 species in the cis Himalayas) including 38 Orchid species and 9
Rhododendron species
 101 species of mammals including snow leopard, Musk deer, Tibetan Argali, Tibetan wolf, Tibetan fox.
474 species of birds including 38 breeding species of birds at risk in Nepal, all six Himalayan pheasants
found in Nepal.
 39 species of reptiles and 22 species of amphibians.
 Nepal’s largest protected area and first conservation area with the entire habitat gradient from sub-
tropical sal forest to perennial snow.
 More than 100,000 inhabitants and more than 10 ethnic groups (Tibeto Burbese: Gurung, Thakali,
Bhotia, Ethnic Tibetan and Magar and Indo Aryan: Brahmin, Kshetri, Kami, Damai and Sarki)
The natural and cultural features of ACA have made it the most popular trekking destination in the country,
drawing more than 60 percent of the country’s total trekkers. Tourism, over the years, has been firmly
established as one of the most important and competitive sectors of the local economy. There are over 1,000
lodges, teashops and hundreds of other subsidiary services to cater to the thousands of trekkers, pilgrims
and their support staff.
The soaring number of visitors, whose fuel wood consumption is twice more than that of the local people,
has exerted immense pressure on forest resources already stressed from the growing local population.
Similarly, litter, particularly the wastes produced by trekkers and hoteliers, is another major concern. It is
estimated that an average trekking group of 15 people generates about 15 kgs of non-biodegradable and
non-burnable garbage in 10 days trek, producing tons of garbage in mountain regions annually.
The multifaceted problems of ACA have been addressed through an integrated, community based
conservation and development approach, an experimental model which has been in the vanguard of

promoting the concepts of “Conservation Area” through an “Integrated Conservation and Development
Programme” approach in the country and abroad. ACAP was first tested as a pilot Program in the then
Ghandruk Village Development Committee in 1986. After being notified in the Gazette as a “Conservation
Area” in 1992, ACAP’s program covered the entire area.
Additionally, ACA is the first protected area that has allowed local resident to live within the boundaries as
well as own their private property and maintain their traditional rights and access to the use of natural
resources. It is also the first protected area, which has refrained from using army assistance to protect the
dwindling natural resource base on which the region depends. Instead, it invests whatever financial
resources available for community development and social capital building in the region. NTNC receives no
regular funding support from the government for the operation of ACAP, but has been granted the right to
collect entry fees from visiting trekkers. One hundred percent of the revenue is ploughed back to implement
conservation and development activities in ACA. Additional funds are raised from national and international
donors. This is an exemplary achievement of a Non-Government Institution ability to manage a significant
portion of the protected area system in Nepal.
In order to manage ACA more effectively, it has been divided into 7 unit conservation offices - Jomsom,
Manang and Lo-Manthang in the trans-Himalayan region and Bhujung, Sikles, Ghandruk, and Lwang on the
southern flank of the Annapurna range. The focus of Jomsom, Manang and Ghandruk, which are among the
most popular trekking destinations, is on integrated tourism management and other development activities
that benefit the local communities and the environment. The Program priorities for Bhujung, Sikles and
Lwang are poverty alleviation and integrated agriculture development and agro-forestry. Similarly, while the
focus in upper Mustang, which came under the jurisdiction of ACA in 1992, has been on managing controlled
tourism on a sustainable basis, and promoting heritage conservation which is the major tourist attraction.
The Conservation Education and Extension Program is being implemented in the entire region of ACA and
forms the backbone of all its endeavors.
The first management mandate given by the Government to NTNC to manage ACA ended in 2002. The
Government has given another management mandate of additional 10 years to the Trust. NTNC believes that
areas such as the ACA will ultimately have to be managed by the local people themselves in perpetuity.
Therefore, the focus is on building local capacity, both at the institutional and individual levels, to meet all
the conservation and development aspirations of the people.
5.3. Socio-Economic Environment

5.3.1. Demographic Characteristics
This subsection provides the socio-demographic features of the Project district, the two project-affected
rural municipalities (RMs) and the project-affected families (PAFs).
Settlements, Population, and Households

The project area, in lower Manang District, covers two rural municipalities, namely Chame RM and Nashong
RM. The major project structures lie on the left bank of Marsyangdi River. The main villages near the location
of a project structure are Koto, Danakyu, Bagarchhap, Timang, Syarkyu, and Thanchok. Most of the houses in
the project area are two-storied, made of stone, with galvanized roofs. There are also a few wood and stone
houses in Koto and Danakyu. All settlements are located near the bank of the Marsyangdi River. The
settlement pattern is nuclear (clustered). Note that Koto, Danakyu, and Bagarchhap are each mostly of Lama
Ethnicity, while Timang, Syarkyu, and Thanchok are inhabited by both the Gurung and Ghale ethnic groups.1
As data presented in Table 5-30 show, the population of Chame RM is 1,129 and the number of households
is 279, while the population of Nashong is 1,938 in 454 households. Thus, the population and number of
households for the two project rural municipalities (PRMs) are 3,067 persons in 733 households. (This
compares with the overall district population of 6,538, in 1,480 households.) The average family size in the
PRM is 4.18 and the sex ratio is 102.44, which reveals little disparity in sex structure. There is little
difference in sex ratio and average family size between the two RMs, though population and household size
are higher in Nashong than in Chame.
Table 5-32: Distribution of Household and Population in the Project Districts and Rural Municipality
1
In some communities of Nepal the Ghale are considered a part the Gurung ethnic group. In this project-affected locale
they are counted as a separate ethnic group, though they are closely allied socially and culturally with the Gurung.

Population Average
Househol Male Female House Sex
Project Area d Total No. % No. % Hold Size Ratio
Chame RM 279 1,129 597 52.88 532 47.12 4.05 112.22
Nashong RM 454 1,938 955 49.28 983 50.72 4.27 97.15
PRM Totals: 733 3,067 1,552 50.60 1515 49.40 4.18 102.44
Manang District 1,480 6,538 3,661 56.00 2,877 44.00 4.42 127.25
Source: CBS, 2014
Age and Structure

In Nepal, the population between 15-59 years of age is considered economically active, while those aged 0-
14 and or 60 years and above are considered economically inactive or dependent populations (CBS, 2014).
The data indicate that slightly more than two-thirds of the entire Manang District population, including
Chame RM, is economically active, though the figure is slightly lower than two-thirds in Nashong RM.
Comparing the figures aggregated by sex, the proportion of the active male population is slightly greater
than female populations across the district and rural municipalities. Moreover, compared to the district as a
whole, including Chame, the proportion of the population in Nashong aged 60 and above and between 0 and
14 years of age is somewhat larger.
Table 5-33: Population by Age and Sex

Area Age
Sex Total 0 - 14 15 – 59 60 +
Chame Rural Both Genders 1129 279 24.7 776 68.7 74 6.6
Municipality Male 597 138 23.1 421 70.5 38 6.4
Female 532 141 26.5 355 66.7 36 6.8
Nashong Rural Both Genders 1938 515 26.6 1188 61.3 235 12.1
Municipality Male 955 234 24.5 610 63.9 111 11.6
Female 983 281 28.6 578 58.8 124 12.6
Manang District Both Genders 6538 1411 21.6 4443 68.0 684 10.5
as a whole Male 3661 686 18.7 2669 72.9 306 8.4
Female 2877 725 25.2 1774 61.7 378 13.1
Source: CBS, 2014
Caste and Ethnicity

The project area is composed of heterogeneous social groups. The 2011 census reported 12 caste and ethnic
groups in Chame Rural Municipality and eight caste and ethnic groups in Nashong Rural Municipality. The
data also show 87% of the overall population belongs to indigenous ethnic groups; proportionately more in
Nashong RM than in Chame RM.2
The project will acquire land and other properties belonging to the people. The major project structures such
as headworks, powerhouse, and campsites are located in the land belonging to 35 indigenous ethnic families.
Gurung (including Ghale) is the oldest and largest ethnic group in the area; other groups were later arrivals.
Some of the caste and ethnic groups moved into the project area for work in government, school, and hotel
and as laborers. They tend to reside temporarily in rented houses. Among the hill Dalits (occupational castes
three Dalit groups are found in the project area: Kami (Blacksmith), Sarki (Leatherworker), and Damai/Dholi
(Tailor). According to the 2011 Census, Dalits here number 198 or 6.4% of the total population. The Dalit
population is highest in Ghelanchok, in Nashong Rural Municipality.
Table 5-34: Population Distribution by Ethnic and Caste Groups in the Project Rural Municipalities
Social Total
Nashong RM Chame RM
Groups3
Ethnic
Number % Number % Number %
Groups
Lama 0 0.0 215 19.0 215 7.0
Ghale 136 7.0 21 1.9 157 5.1
2 All percentages in the discussion portions (text) of this report have been rounded to the nearest decimal point.
3 See corrections of earlier reports in the accompanying box — ‘Incorrect Data..’.

Gurung 1308 67.5 400 35.4 1708 55.7

Magar 0 0.0 75 6.6 75 2.4
Tamang 249 12.8 35 3.1 284 9.3
Thakali 35 1.8 16 1.4 51 1.7
Caste
Brahman
23 1.2 56 5.0
(Hill) 79 2.6
Damai/Dholi 29 1.5 46 4.1 75 2.4
Gharti/Bhujel 0 0.0 97 8.6 97 3.2
Kami 54 2.8 57 5.0 111 3.6
Newar 20 1.0 61 5.4 81 2.6
Sarki 0 0.0 12 1.1 12 0.4
Other 84 4.3 38 3.4 122 4.0
Total 1938 100.0 1129 100.0 3067 100.0
Source: CBS, 2014
Religion
Religious belief systems and ritual practices in the project area are rooted in three spiritual systems —
Buddhism, Hinduism, and Animism (sometimes called ‘Bon’). The Gurung and Ghale of Chame and Nashong
believe in nature worship and animism, but also worship Hindu deities like Shiva, Krishna, Vishnu, Rama,
Durga, Parvati, and others and celebrate many Hindu festivals. The Magar, Hill Brahmins, Newar, and Dalits
practice Hinduism. Lama and Thakali people follow Tibetan Lamaism (Mahayana Buddhism) and celebrate
Buddhist ritual events.4
Many local cultural and rituals practices and religious activities are associated with specific places and
natural objects, which gives meaning to the physical space. The indigenous ethnic populations following
Animism, for example, worship specific stones, trees, Rocky Mountains, springs, and the like, as natural
deities and spirits.
Mother Tongue
While virtually every resident in the project area speaks Nepali (the national language), the data reveal data
nine categories of mother-tongue speakers, of which Gurung and a Tibetan dialect by the resident Lama
ethnic group members. Small proportions of the population also speak Tamang, Magar, Newar, Thakali, and a
few other languages. The few speech-impaired residents use sign language. The proportion of mother-
tongue speakers varies between Chame and Nashong RM, though Gurung is the most often spoken. No Magar
speakers are found in Nashong RM.
Incorrect Data on Caste and Ethnicity in Past Iterations of This Report:

A potential confusion appears in the 2014 CBS regarding ethnic and caste group names and the difference between
permanent residents and temporary workers. The Census Survey report is that which this and other tables in the
report are based. Note the following corrections:
 The Lama sometimes identify themselves as ‘Bhote,’ ‘Lama-Bhote,’ or ‘Bhote-Lama.’ In this report all are
counted and discussed simply and correctly as ‘Lama.’
 The Magar, Hill Brahman, and Gharti/Bhujel are not permanent residents of the RMs, but are temporary
workers in government service or as school teachers, or are associated with local projects and/or NGOs. Their
numbers may vary annually and they will not be experience project-affected issues the same as land-owning
residents.
 The Newar are relatively recent residents of these RMs; they work as primarily as businessmen and
shopkeepers.
 The number of Tamang ethnic group members listed here is wrong; there are, in fact, very few Tamang here.
 In earlier versions of the report individuals of ‘Chhetri’ (caste), ‘Sherpa’ (ethnic) and ‘Badi’ identity are
mentioned, in error. They do not exist in the MMHEP project-affected areas.
 In earlier versions of this report, 28 caste/Ethnic groups are mentioned in Chame VDC and 15 in Bagarchhap.
However, the census survey of 2011 (CBS 2011) reported only 12 caste/Ethnic groups in the then (former)
Chame VDC and 6 in the then (former) Tachai-Bagarchhap VDC. The more recent CBS 2014 report, which is the
basis of Table 5.31, reports 6 Castes and 6 Ethnic groups. The old VDC system has been replaced by the Rural
Municipality system of local administration.
4 In earlier versions of this report, numerical figures of religious backgrounds are presented but religious data are not
available in the published report of the CBS.

Literacy
About three-fourths of the population aged 5 years and above are literate in Chame and Nashong Rural
Municipalities and district-wide. However, female literacy rates are lower than male literacy rates, in both
the PRMs and the district.
In the project area, there are 13 schools. However, the rural municipalities have merged some residential
schools with the aim of improving the quality of education. Today, in villages of the PRM there are only three
government-run secondary schools, namely Lokpriya Secondary School, Prakash-Jyoti Secondary School and
Bhanu Secondary School located within the project area at Chame and Nhasong. The first school in Chame
and the latter two schools are in Nashong, at Thoche and Tal (though Tal school is not residential). A distinct
sex gap exists in school attendance in the PRMs. The proportion of males engaged at all levels of education
(basic, school, graduate levels, and above) is comparatively higher than female attendance, which correlates
with the lower literacy rate among females.
The data also show that student attendance at the basic level (grades 1 to 8) and school level (9 to 12) is
comparatively higher than at other levels. Because there is no college campus anywhere in Manang, students
seeking higher education are compelled to enroll in towns and cities outside the district. The number of
residents who have attended graduate and higher levels of education, however, is very low. This is due to the
lack of higher educational institutions in the district as well as an apparent feeling among some families that
there is little need to provide for a better future by sending children on to higher education, and/or to the
prevalence of poverty.
Economic Life
Agriculture, livestock herding, and business enterprises are among the main sources of living for many
residents of the PRMs. The CBS Report of 2019 states that many householders also work in government
service, wage labor, collection of herbal medicinal plants, and foreign employment (abroad). Additionally,
almost half of the households in Chame RM and some families in Nashong RM are said to be engaged in
industrial sectors (such as weaving woolen mats and blankets, producing apple cider, and carpentry). Almost
half of the households in Chame RM and slightly over a quarter of those in Nashong RM are engaged in
tourism (hotel and restaurant/food) businesses.
Agricultural Land, Livestock, and Poultry

According to the District Profile, the project affected RMs are classified as food deficit areas, as only 0.5% of
the land is useful for agriculture (GoN 2057/58 [2000-2001 AD]). Limited availability of agricultural land,
harsh climate, and a short growing season do not favor people totally dependent on agriculture. About
15.5% of the households of the PRMs have agricultural land (MMHEP 2014). The main agricultural products
are maize, wheat, naked barley (karu), buckwheat, potatoes, and beans. In addition, villagers also grow
vegetables like pumpkin, green leafy vegetables, cucumbers, onions, etc., in small amounts. Apples are the
main fruit grown in the area, and there are several orchards.
Livestock rising is also integral to the local economy. Residents raise yak, dzopa (yak/cow cross), cows,
sheep, goats, and horses. Yak, sheep, and goats are raised for meat, horses for transportation, dzopas
primarily for milk production, and cows for hybrid production and oxen for plowing. Recently, yak herding
again started in 2003 and its herds are gradually increasing in the project area after declining in importance
after 1959. In the project site, local farmers depend on snowfall for winter and spring crops and rain for
summer crops. As the farmlands are higher than the Marsyangdi River, there are no irrigation canal systems.
Public Health and Sanitation

For the provision of health care in the whole of Manang there is one District Health Office and one district
hospital (both in Chame RM), nine health posts, four sub-health posts, one district ayurvedic medical shop,
one sub-medical shop, 13 small clinics, and 20 vaccination centers (EIA Report, 2014). Local respondents,
however, that the local health services are insufficient, lacking sufficient trained personnel at all institutions
and centers. In the entire district, there are only 2 doctors, 17 nurses, 33 paramedics, and 12 public health
workers. There are also a few private health clinics operated in the project area. The overall situation of
public health facilities and manpower in the district, including the project areas, is low compared to other
districts in the mid-hills and lowlands. As a result, local residents often seek diagnosis and treatment of
health issues from specialists outside of the district at Besisahar in neighboring Lamjung District, at Pokhara
in nearby Kaski District, and in Kathmandu and Chitwan.

EIA Report 2014 states that the residents of Manang generally suffer most from skin diseases, ear infections,
urinary tract infections, chronic bronchitis, acute respiratory infection (ARI), gastrointestinal issues, physical
injuries and fractures, diarrhea, diabetes, abdominal pain, and toothaches and other dental issues. In recent
years, programs of the Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP) have significantly raised awareness of
improved health practices including sanitation in the project affected areas. Today every house has an
improved (pakki) toilet with a ceramic base set in a concrete pad. Other positive awareness programs have
been implemented by the government and by local NGOs/CBOs (non-government and community-based
organizations, respectively). The awareness level of local people regarding personal hygiene and
environmental sanitation is particularly high in the settlements located along the trekking route.
Some people of the area manage solid waste by composting, burning, and sewerage with proper drainage.
However, the proper disposal of plastics and of beer and liquor bottles used by tourists and local people is a
major problem.
5.3.2. Public Service Facilities

Transportation
Modern means of transportation are extremely limited in the project district. Manang District was connected
with the national road system only in 2012 when Nepal Army formally opened the rough dirt track. The
district does not yet have a completed road alignment or land transportation master plan. For now, the main
means of motorized transport are small vehicles (including motorcycles). For a few off-road settlements,
mules are an important source of transportation of supplies.
The project’s proposed intake and powerhouse sites are currently accessible only by foot trails. Seasonal and
irregular air service is also available, weather and climatic extremities permitting, at a small airfield located
at Humde village in the upper, western portion of the district. The distance from the project intake site near
Koto to the airport at Humde is only a few hours drive west of the project area by road.
Communication
Compared with communications in the lower regions of the country, the communication sector is not well
developed in the project district. Today, however, both rural municipalities in the project area are connected
with the outside through cell phones and the internet. Due to rural electrification through local micro-hydro
production, cable for AM and FM radio is available in all settlements of the PRMs. Local and national
newspapers, however, are almost non-existent in the project area. To deliver information of importance to
local residents, each community also uses the tradition of syarphu (or katuwal), a town crier system.5
Drinking Water
Piped water supply and water spouts are the main sources of drinking water in the project area. Over 98% of
households in the PRMs benefit from drinking water facilities through a piped water supply.
Other Infrastructure
Schools, a district hospital, health post/sub-health posts, agriculture service centers, veterinary services,
post offices, police posts, etc., provide the main service infrastructures in the project area. The main services
and facilities available in the project area are noted in Table 5-33.
Table 5-35: Distributions of Public Service Facilities in the Project Area

SN Services No. Chame RM Nashong RM
1. Basic School (grades 1-8) 9  
2. Secondary School (9-12) 3  
3. District Hospital 1  (no)
4. Health Post 4  
5. Agriculture Service Center 4  
6. Cemeteries and cremation grounds 4  
7. Ayurvedic Center 1 (no) 
8. Veterinary Center 4  
9 Post Office 4  
Source: District Profile, 2075/76
5 This traditional system of information delivery in the villages is highly effective, but was absent from earlier reports.

During the field survey in 2019, the general law and order situation in the project area was satisfactory. As
the project area falls in and adjacent to the district headquarters (Chame), good law and order services are
expected. There is a District Police Office in Chame and police posts in the communities. The government’s
mainline agencies such as Education, Forestry, Agriculture, etc. all have offices in Chame.
Migration
Migration is a change of residence, usually involving spatial mobility of economically active age groups
(between 15-45 years). There is a high tendency in the project area of male out-migration for employment,
education, and other reasons. The causes of migration in this region are lack of year-round food supply,
insufficient agricultural land, lack of education, and a need for more local employment opportunities.
Migration has long been a feature of the population dynamics of Manang (VenSpengen 2002). Recent
estimates indicate that increased out-migration is helping to generate remittances. The 2011 census reveals
that 279 people were absentee (4.3% of the population) due to seasonal or labor migration. It is customary
for well-to-do families to send their children to cities outside of the district for English medium education. In
addition, some young people have gone aboard for employment. In the Manang District as a whole, 11% of
households classify as absentee households. This figure is higher in Nashong than Chame. The migration
ratio by gender is about 6.4, male and female. Seasonal migration from the project area to different parts of
Nepal, especially during agricultural off-seasons, is about two times higher than other times. The main cause
of seasonal migration is to avoid the winter cold. The seasonal absentees return as the tourism season begins
near the end of March. This sort of seasonal migration is higher in Chame than Nashong.
5.3.4 Industrial Activity

The project area has some small cottage industries based on forest and agricultural products. Such industries
are operated by local small farmers. Some of the cottage industries are Bamboo making, Bhakari, Dhoko,
Thunche, Radipakhi, etc. But these products are locally consumed rather than produced for making money.
5.3.5. Religious, Archaeological, and Historic Sites

As the majority of the permanent residents in the project area are Gurung, Lama, Newar, and Dalits, they
follow Buddhism and Hinduism as their religions. Members of the Lama ethnic group are largely followers of
Buddhism and Gurungs and Ghales are followers of animism, Hinduism and Buddhism. This is reflected in
the various ritual and cultural practices that they perform in their everyday life. For example, they invite a
Buddhist priest to perform the Ramne ritual, a Hindu priest to perform Hindu rituals, and a Ghyabre/Pachu
(Gurung priest) for performing ethnic rituals such as Dobate, Ton, Prapapro, Aakhekutu, and others. Newar
and Dalit residents are Hindu and celebrate Hindu festivals like Dashain, Tihar, Krishnasthmi, Teej, etc.
There are several religious and cultural sites, mostly in upper Manang, that attract the attention of tourists
who pass through the district. They include Buddhist temples (gumbas) in several communities where
colorful ritual events are celebrated.6 In the Project sites, there are four monasteries, one each at Koto,
Danakyu, Bagarchhap, and Thoche; but they are not directly affected by the project activities.
5.3.6. Cremation Practices and Sites

In the project site communities, both cremation and burial of the deceased are practiced. Some cremations
are carried out on the banks of the river within the project area by local Hindu residents of Koto, Syarkyu,
Bagarchhap, Ghelanchok, Dharapani, Danakyu, and Tal. Gurungs, Ghale, Thakali and Lama of the project area
cremate their dead in the hills rather than along the river. Burials are conducted at a cemetery located near
Koto village within the project area, another is reported at Bagarchhap, and yet another is located upriver
from Chame in a forest outside of the project area. Overall, the death rituals of the ethnic groups will not be
directly affected by the project activities.
5.3.7. Land Use Patterns

Land is classified as cultivated, barren, forest, grazing, and other (river, foot trail, cliff, shrubland, etc.).
Manang District is largely mountainous, bisected by the Marsyangdi River in both the upper valley and the
lower valley. The project area is in the lower valley. According to a District Development Committee (DDC)
report published in 2002, the total district area (both upper and lower Manang) covers 224,600 ha, with the
following breakdown by type:
 Hills and Rocks, 82.95% (186,289 ha).
6
An earlier report mentioned Ghale Raja Durbar, Bhraka Gumba, Kerapgom Dharje, Syagu Gumba, Manang Gumba, Tare
Gumba, Kyocho Gumba, Samduling Gumba, etc. These gumbas (monasteries and historic sites) are all located outside the
project area in upper Manang.

 Forest, 8.53% (19,166 ha).

 Shrubland, 4.38% (9,846 ha).
 Pasture, 2.18% (7.174 ha).
 Cultivated land, 0.96% (2,153 ha).
5.3.8. Aerial (Straight Line) Distance from Project Components to Settlements in the Project Area
 From the Intake Site the aerial (straight line) distances to settlements are: to Chitupa, 2,844 m.; to Koto,
2,945 m.; and to Kyupar, 3,004 m.
 From Adit 3 to Latamro is 7,177 m., and from Audit 2 to Thanchok is 733 m. and Syarkyu is 1,027 m.
 From the Powerhouse Site to Ghanchu, 974 m.; to Tachai, 1,034 m.; to Ghimlug, 1,331 m.; to Danakyu,
1,145 m.; to Bagarchhap, 1,387 m.; to Nasku, 1,578 m.; to Chauki Kharka, 1,756 m.; to Ghelanchok,
2,134 m.; to Odar (Odargaun), 2,738 m. to Latamro, 2,086 m.; to Syarkyu, 2,098 m.; to Thanchok, 3,509
m.; and to Timang, 10,839 m. Another site, Retuphat (cultivated land, no village) lies only 136 meters
away from the Powerhouse.
These are the only settlements located around the project components.
5.3.9. Tourism
Trekking through Manang District is especially popular with national and international trek tourists. The
Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP) estimates that Manang and attracts over 48,000 trekkers per
year—both international (the vast majority) and national. Coming from Kathmandu and Pokhara, trekkers
typically ride to Besisahar in neighboring Lamjung District to begin their trek. The well-known Round
Annapurna Trek circuit begins from Besisahar, via Bahundanda, in Lamjung District, passes north up
through the Marsyangdi River gorge, then west through lower Manang through the project area, and on west
into upper Manang and ultimately over the Thorung La Pass to Muktinath in neighboring Mustang District.7
The Round Annapurna circuit is one of the most popular treks in the Nepal Himalayas. In addition to the
cultural landscape, eye-catching scenery including high waterfalls, hot springs, deep and dramatic gorges,
high lakes, and the mountain ranges as viewed from the north side of the Annapurna. These areas are
famous for domestic tourism also.The tourism flow in the project area has added value for the locals in terms
of income generation and infrastructure development.
5.3.10. Tourism as Sources of Earning

Tourism is the most prioritized business of Manang District; it has direct effects upon the local economy. The
high rate of tourist arrivals in the district has so far remained consistent irrespective of the political
situation. The settlements of Tal, Khotro, Nigalghari, Dharapani, Thoche, Bagarchhap, Danakyu, Nasku,
Timang, Thanchok, Koto, and Chame are all located near the banks of Marsyangdi River and are involved in
the trek tourism business.8 Within the project rural municipalities, the 2019 CBS report shows that 154
households involved in tourism-based businesses.
5.3.11. Project Affected Households (PAFs)

Project affected families (PAFs) are those families who lose their dwellings, land, and/or other property
assets due to project land requirements. EIA report 2014 determined that 35 households are categorized as
PAFs. For MMHEP construction and operations, some PAF lands are typically required for use, either
permanently and temporarily. Permanent land is required for the construction of the project structures and
permanent facilities, while temporary land is required for the project facilitation during the construction
phase only and will be returned to the respective landowners once the construction work is over. All 35 PAF
households in the project area will lose some portions of their land permanently due to the necessary
construction of headworks, access roads, camp areas, and powerhouse. All PAFs so identified are in Chame
and Nashong RM. The affected families will also lose their productive land located at Retuphant, an area of
cultivated land at Thachai village. In addition, the land is used for grazing the livestock in September and
October to adjust their livestock with climate. The new SEIA determines that the PAF numbers to be 113.
7
Another trek called Round Manaslu Trek circuit begins from Arughat in Gorkha District, passes north up the Budhi
Gandaki River to Larke La Pass and down into lower (eastern) Manang, ending at Dharapani, where it intersects the
lower east end of the Round Annapurna circuit trek.
8 Similarly, settlements on the Round Manaslu Trek circuit including like Tilche, Ghwa, Surki, Yak-kharka, and Bimthang,
all located in the Dudh Khola (river) valley north of Dharapani and Thoche, are also involved in tourism business. And
off-trekking route villages like Tachai, Ghelanchok, Odargaun, Gherang, and Nache have recently become involved in
tourism through the concept of homestay.

5.3.11.1. Population/Households
The survey identified 35 households in the project area directly affected by the project activities. Out of
them, 17 households belong to Ghale, 14 to Gurung, two to Thakali, and one each to a Bista and one to Dalit
(Damai, Tailor caste).9
Table 5-36: Project Affected Households by Ethnicity and Caste

Total Average
Households % Male Female Total Households
Ethnic
Ghale 17 48.57 48 53 101 5.9
Gurung 14 40.00 41 38 79 5.6
Thakali 2 5.72 7 5 12 6.0
Caste
Bista 1 2.86 3 3 6 6.0
Dalit (Damai) 1 2.86 3 4 7 7.0
Total 35 100 102 103 205 5.85
Source: EIA, 2014
EIA report 2014 reports that about two-thirds of the households surveyed are male-headed households,
while 34.3% are female-headed (vulnerable group). The total population among the 35 surveyed households
is 205. The average family size is 6.22 in male-headed households and 5.17 in female-headed households,
which gives an average family size of 5.86 in the surveyed households.
Family Structure
About 17% of the survey households follow the joint family system under which two or three generations of
families live together, while the vast majority (82.9% of households) lives as nuclear families (typically one
generation). It is reported that the nuclear family system in the project area has increased over in recent
years. Table 5-35 describes the details about the family structure.
Table 5-37: Family Structure of Survey Households

Nuclear Joint Total
category Clan Number % Number % Number %
Gurung Ghale 14 82.35 3 17.65 17 48.57
Gurung 11 78.57 3 21.43 14 40
Thakali Bista 1 100 - - 1 2.86
Sherchan 1 100 - - 1 2.86
Gauchan 1 100 - - 1 2.86
Dalits Nepali 1 100 - - 1 2.86
Total 29 82.86 6 17.14 35 100.00
Migration Pattern
According to EIA report 2014, more than 88% of the survey households have resided in the area for more
than two generations; 5.7% (two families) have been settled here for only two generations, and about 5%
have settled here recently, within the last 30 years (from upper Manang), having migrated down from the
upper Manang District valley.
Out-migration is a regular phenomenon among the economically active age group. Some people have
reportedly migrated for the sake of their children’s education to Besisahar in neighboring Lamjung District
(south of Manang), and to Kathmandu. To help support their families, some family members have also
become labor migrants within Nepal or to foreign countries including Gulf countries, India, South Korea, the
USA, and the UK, from which they send remittances home. The EIA Report of 2014 reported that 25
(12.19%) of young people from the project area have left home seeking work, some among them have joined
the Indian army.
9
Sometimes, as in this table, the Ghale are counted separate from the Gurung but since Ghale is also recognized as a clan
of the Gurung, they are more often counted as one with the Gurung ethnic community.

Age and Sex Structure

About two-thirds (67.3%) of the population in the project affected area fall within the economically active
(15 to 60) age group (EIA Report, 2014). Another 13% fall in 6 to 14 years age group, and can be considered
as the school-going population. The population below 5 years of age (15.12%) and above 60 years (4.39%) is
economically inactive. Note, however, that the term “economically active” is highly subject, as some people
are engaged in some kind of economic activity even after 61 years of age.
Table 5-38: Age Groups of Surveyed Population

Age Male Female Total
Number % Number % Number %
>-5 15 7.32 16 7.80 31 15.12
6 - 14 13 6.34 14 6.83 27 13.17
15 - 45 48 23.41 50 24.39 98 47.80
46 - 60 22 10.73 18 8.78 40 19.51
61 _+ 4 1.95 5 2.44 9 4.39
Source: EIA Report, 2014
Religion
The survey data shows two main religious groups, Hindu and Buddhist. About 89% of PAF reportedly
believe in Hinduism, including some Gurung and Ghale, Bista, and all Dalit, while some other Gurungs and
Thakalis (Sherchan and Gauchan clans) consider themselves to be Buddhist. However, they all also believe in
Animism. For example, Ton is the supreme nature and is worshipped by offering a deer before harvesting
winter crops in May. In addition, certain large trees, some stones, and springs are also considered to be the
habitat of deities or as the symbols of nature deities. The habitats of some deities will be directly impacted
by the project activities.
Education
EIA report 2014 shows that 62% of the populations are literate. The literacy rate here is significantly higher
than the national average of 54%. Nonetheless, a sex gaps exist between the literate (20.6% or 21 males vs.
18.5% or 19 females), and the educated (through school level/class 12) (15.7% or 17 males vs. 14.6% or 15
females, and those who have gone on to higher education (bachelor’s degree: 3.9% or 4 males vs. 0% or no
females, and master’s degree: 2% or 2 males vs. 0% or no females).
Energy Use
The households use multiple sources of energy for cooking. Over two-thirds of the households use firewood
(65.7%) with improved (smokeless) cooking stoves in their houses while 37.23% are still using traditional
style stoves, which is a key factor in indoor air pollution and related health issues. A large majority (71.43%)
are dependent on firewood only, while 28.57% use both the LPG and firewood for cooking and heating
purpose. No household was found to be using LPG only. The use of LPG has increased in the villages when
connected with the motorable road.
Water Supply, Sanitation and Public Health

The survey data show that all households have accessibility to piped tap water in all the villages. Although
there is an adequate supply of drinking water, sanitation is a problem during the monsoon months. Most of
the people have reported that during the monsoon season the tap water for domestic use is polluted due to
the open sources and steep slopes that cause minor erosion and landslides that dirty the water.
All households have access to toilets, and the villages have been declared open defecation restricted zones.
Discussions with local people indicate that most of the people are aware of personal hygiene and
environmental sanitation. This is due in large part to the assistance and programs of the Annapurna
Conservation Area Project (ACAP) work, especially in health and sanitation. Other positive awareness
programs have been implemented by the government and by local NGOs and CBOs. The awareness level of
local people regarding personal hygiene and environmental sanitation is particularly high in the settlements
located along the trekking route.
Some people of the area manage solid waste by composting, burning, and sewerage with proper drainage.
However, the proper disposal of plastics and of beer and liquor bottles used by tourists and local people is a
major problem. Among the PAFs surveyed, about 74.29% of households have separate cowsheds for cattle;
whereas 25.71% keep cattle in residences without separate sheds, which tends to increase poor health and
hygiene. The EIA Report of 2014 shows that 15.6% of the populations were suffering from many kinds of
illnesses. They have sought multiple assistance for treatment, including traditional healers (Dhami-Jhankri),
health posts and hospital. The most common ailments reported are fever, asthma, stomach disease, and
headaches.
Access to Organizations and Governance

The villages of the project area are all located within the Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP) and
are associated with ACAP’s Conservation Area Management Committee (CAMC). All PAFs were reported to
the member of CAMC. In addition, all households hold membership in father groups and mother groups.
It is interesting to note that the Manang District Court has not yet dealt with any local cases since its
establishment. This implies that the people of Manang still have strong and effective traditional systems of
village governance, managing natural resources and maintaining the cultural and social fabric. In the past,
there was a ‘Mukhiya’ system of village leadership in each village. With the political changes in 1990,
however, the system of village leadership was changed to one based on open elections. After a few years,
however, the villagers realized the importance of the traditional system and reorganized the villagers
through Bau Shamuha (Father Group). Each household of the village is now a member of Bau Shamuha,
whose leader is selected by the villagers. The heads of the Bau Shamuha oversee all major village events such
as organizing festivals, resolving conflicts, and maintaining accounts of the council. Moreover, the
management of resources is also done by Bau Shamuha though the Thiti system based on customary laws.
A peculiar fact of Manang is that outsiders are not allowed to buy lands in some villages of Nashong, like
Tilche. One has to own a house or register as 'kuriya' to have access to forest and other natural resources.
Many Bishwakarmas (Blacksmiths), for example, whose ancestors settled in Manang at the invitation of local
people, do not own agricultural lands since the residents of Manang cannot sell to them. They are, however,
allowed to have a house or be included in kuriya, which gives those rights equal to those of the original
inhabitants to access and use of natural resources. They are also included in committees or groups formed
for resource conservation. However, they do not participate in the village council nor do not serve as village
leaders, which in Tilche have been reserved only for Gurung and Ghale ethnic residents. Recently, however,
the traditional system of leadership has relaxed, and some non-Gurungs have been chosen as village leaders.
Most government line agency offices are concentrated in the district headquarter at Chame. However, local
community-based organizations (CBOs), youth clubs, and other institutions are also active in the project
area. These include the Koto Youth Society, Tache-Bagarchhap Youth Club, and other organizations including
the Annapurna Conservation Area Project (under the Nepal Trust for Nature Conservation), the Red Cross,
Scouts, and CBOs like Mothers Groups and Conservation Management Committees. In the village, women are
organized through mother groups which are responsible for creating awareness for women, advocate for
women's rights, and mobilize women for controlling gambling in the village. They also organize community
rituals.
Occupations
Agriculture is the main occupation of the project area. More than 44% of the respondents are involved in
agriculture for their primary livelihood (EIA Report, 2014). Besides agriculture, 26.58% are laborers, some
of whom work abroad, and another 6.3% work in business, including tourism.
Land Holding
All of the PAF households own some land within the project area. The average landholding is 1.09 hector,
although some households own less than average (EIA Report 2014).
Gurungs tend to be the biggest landowners. The PAF households are growing a variety of crops including
cereals such as maize, buckwheat, wheat, naked barley, as well as oil crops, fruits, and vegetables. All PAFs
reported growing cereal crops, and almost half of the households (48.6%) of project-affected families are
engaged in horticulture (i.e., fruiticulture, especially apple-growing); while 60% reported growing vegetable
crops.10
Table 5-39: Distribution of Household with different Crop Types

Caste/ Cereal, Pluses and Oil Horticulture Vegetable
Growing At Least
Ethnic Seed Producer by Producer by Producer by
One Type
Group Household Household Householder
10
The earlier report gave the 60% figure for households growing vegetables, but more recent observation indicates that
virtually every household maintains a kitchen garden and grows, especially, potatoes and Himalayan beans (kolo) for
which Manang is well known.

Number % Number % Number % Number %

Ghale 17 100.0 7 41.1 9 52.9 17 100.0
Gurung 14 100.0 8 57.1 9 64.3 14 100.0
Bista 1 100.0 0 0.0 1 100.0 1 100.0
Nepali 1 100.0 1 100.0 1 100.0 1 100.0
Sherchan 1 100.0 0 0.0 1 100.0 1 100.0
Thakali 1 100.0 1 100.0 0 0.0 1 100.0
Total 35 100.0 17 48.6 21 60.0 35 100.0
Source: EIA Report, 2014
According to EIA 2014 report, 82% of households faced a food deficiency from their own production. They
stated that they have to purchase rice from outside the district because their own farms do not grow enough
food and paddy cannot grow in Manang. Moreover, limited agricultural and short growing seasons do not
and cannot favor growing more or intensive cropping. The same report indicated that of households
reporting a food deficiency from their own production, 37.9% reported food sufficiency for only 3 months,
41.4% for 6 months, and 20.7% for 9 months (EIA Report, 2014).
Livestock
Cow, dzopa (cow/yak cross), goat, sheep, and horses are the main livestock raised by the PAFs for meat,
milk, transportation, wool, and draft energy. More than 91% of the PAF households are rearing at least one
type of livestock. Retuphat land, which is a type of tenure reported in the project affected areas is used by the
Tachai people for grazing their livestock in September and October. The area is not only important for
grazing their livestock but also for maintaining the livestocks’ physiological balance due to altitude and
related temperature change between seasons. Livestock have difficulty with the climatic extremes when
moving between high summer pasture to lower elevations for winter pasture. Therefore, livestock herders
from Tachai village use Retuphant lands for temporary pasture while the livestock animals adjust
physiologically.
Household Income
The 2014 EIA report estimates the average annual income of PAF households to be Rs. 245,000.00. The
average annual gross expenditure per household of PAFs is Rs. 150,000, of which 44.5% goes to food, 23.3%
to education, 12% to perform festivals, 9% on clothing, and about 5% to energy, 4.2% on medicine, and 2%
on other items. Off-farm activities and remittance carry much more meaning to the people of the project area
as income earned through these activities can substantiate the household expenditure.
All PAF incomes are derived from more than one source — agriculture, livestock, business and handicrafts,
and daily wage as laborers, including salaries and remittances. The majority derives income from wage
earnings (salary), and from remittances from family members working abroad (36.73%), followed by
business and handicrafts (24%), agriculture (20.4%), and livestock including dairy products (18%).11
The local economy is highly impacted by tourism, particularly on food provision at restaurants and lodges.
The project area is located on a popular trek tourist route managed by the Annapurna Conservation Area
Project (ACAP). Trekking parties also hire local porters for the onward journey over Thorung La Pass,
though most porters are also hired in Besisahar, Pokhara, and even in Kathmandu. Currently, some PAFs run
homestay facilities, in lieu of lodge or hotel stay.
The trekkers generally stop in project area communities (e.g., Dharapani, Bagarchhap, Danakyu, Timang,
Koto, and Chame (though Chame is not in the project-affected area), and spend money on food, drink, and
overnight accommodations. Accommodations include lodges/hotels/guesthouses and homestay facilities.
PAF Perception of Project Development12

The EIA report of 2014 shows that more than 97% of the PAF households have a positive view of the project
for development and have expressed their willingness to cooperate. About 2.7% (only one household)
expressed dissatisfaction with the project development.
11
Largely missing from this study are details about household earnings from the collection and sale of herbal medicines, and
of income earned from services, wage labor, and other jobs, and that earnings from dairy projects are not well recorded. It
has also been recently observed that some households are investing in more tourism-oriented homestay accommodations.
12
This important section of the report is based on EIA Report data from 2014. Given more recent and significant changes to
the Project plans, a new Public Hearing to advise residents of the changes and to get their perspecives and expecteations
of the Project is being planed, on a date that is yet to be determined.

Preferred Compensation Modality

The majority of the PAF households (91.4%) preferred cash compensation for land and related assets
acquired for project development. They preferred compensation through bilateral negotiation rather than
through the government’s Land Acquisition Act. 8.576 of the PAF households desired a swap of land for land
from the Project.
When the PAF households were asked why they preferred cash compensation and how they will utilize the
compensated money, they gave mixed responses. Nearly 40% expressed their willingness to purchase land,
while 37.1% and 20% opined they will build a new house and pay off outstanding loans, respectively, and/or
utilize the money in other sectors. 20% of the households responded that they have not yet made any plan.
Expectations from the Project

Study shows that PAF households have wide-ranging expectations from the project. About 74.3% of the
households expect to get employment with the project, while 11.4% expect to receive skill training, and
14.3% desired other benefits like community infrastructures, free lightning, etc. The same is with the SEIA
field survey 2019.
Issues from the Locals during Public Hearing.

Locals raised several issues during the public hearing. The most sensitive and obligatory issues are given
below. The details of the issues can be seen in the proceedings of Public Hearing.
 Impact of private land acquisition
 Rate of land to be given higher in Chame RM
 Provide 33kV feeder line from Danaque to the local people consumption
 Feeder road maintenance and upgradation

6. CHAPTER VI: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The issues identified during supplementary EIA will be discussed in the section below to evaluate the nature
(direct/indirect) extent (site specific, local or regional), and duration (short term medium term and long
term) of the environmental impacts. Based on the above indicators, the magnitude of the environmental
impacts have been evaluated without mitigation scenario using analogue and Delphi techniques as low,
moderate, and high without assigning any specific numerical value to the predicted impact.
6.1. ADVERSE IMPACTS

6.1.1 . Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
6.1.1.1. Construction Phase
I.Permanent Land and Property Acquisition of the Private Owners with or without legal title holding
and related Impacts of Population Displacement, Social impoverishment, Compensation, Resettlement,
and Rehabilitation;
The total land use for the project has increased due to design change. The new data obtained from the
updated feasibility report and Arc GIS, 53.8 ha of the land is required for the project after deducting the land
that also will be used by LMMHEP. Previously it was 52.11 ha. Of the total land requirement, 34.03 ha of the
land are to be acquired on permanent basis and 53.8 ha of the land is to be acquired for temporary basis. Of
the total land, 20.2313 ha of the land will be private land whereas the remaining 33.47 ha land is the
government land. The details of the new land requirement with the area and type are shown in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1: Land Requirement for the Project

Land Type (ha)
Flood Total Area
SN Project Component Forest Cultivated Barren
Plain (ha)
Gov pvt Gov Pvt Gov Pvt Gov
Permanent Land Requirement
1 Reservoir 0.319 - - 1.3624 - - 5.23 6.9114
2 Dam 1.419 - - 2.0586 - - - 3.4776
3 Access Roads 15.296 - - 4.51 - - - 19.806
4 Helipad - - - 0.1575 - - - 0.1575
5 Owner's camp 0.333 - - - - - - 0.333
6 Power house 3.0276 - - 0.3 - - - 3.3276
Sub-Total (A) 20.4 0 0 8.4 0 0 5.23 34.03
Temporary Land Requirement
7 Batching Plant 1.911 - - 1.4048 - - - 3.3158
8 Camps 0.4 - - 2.1165 - - - 2.5165
9 Storage 0.5249 - - 0.11 - - - 0.6349
10 Disposal Sites 5 - - 8.2 - - - 13.2
Sub Total (B) 7.84 0 0 11.8313 0 0 0 19.7
Grand Total (A+B) 28.24 0 0 20.2313 0 0 5.23 53.8
II. Permanent Community Land and Property Acquisition and related impacts on Community Resource
use and compensation;
There is no new impact observed due to design change. A total of 33.47 ha of government land will be
acquired permanently by the project (Table 6.1). Leaving aside the community forest area, the other
government land are the common property of the people living in the area. These government lands have
been used for grazing of animals and various other purposes. The loss of the community forest is a direct
loss of the community forest user groups, and the loss of the other areas is a loss of common grazing and
recreation grounds. The envisaged impact is direct, sit specific, mostly short term and partly long term, and
of moderate magnitude.
III. Change in social structure, cultural and traditional practices of local people
This includes issues related to change in social structures, cultural and traditional practices of local people
due to immigration of about 1500 workers from outside. Some of the workers required for the project
construction work will be sourced from different places other than the local area. These workers apparently
could have different cultural and traditional values other than that of local people. The cultural and
traditional activities of migrating workers might influence the local culture and tradition. The influence may
have positive as well as negative contribution.
Excessive Burden on existing infrastructures facilities such as health post, School, local market,
communication, water supply etc. caused by inflation of population due to large numbers of immigrant work
force. During construction period, more people will migrate in the project area. The capacity of existing
school, health post and police will not be sufficient so there will more demand for security, health center,
school, water supply and others. Moreover, the price of the services will also increase.
IV. Excessive burden on existing infrastructure facilities;

Excessive burden on existing infrastructure facilities such as health post, schools and colleges, local market,
communication, water supply etc. will occur caused by influx of population due to large number of migrant
work force. During construction period more people will migrate in the project area.
Experience of hydropower projects construction in Nepal, reveals pressure on the social service institutions
particularly educational facilities, health services, water supply systems, administrative services, local law
and order maintaining institutions, telecommunication services, local markets and supply institutions and
above all the sanitation management of the area. The implication is shortages in rooms, benches, teachers in
the nearby schools; shortages of medicine, and medical personnel in nearby health posts; shortages in water
supply; increase in thefts, quarrels over resources with a burden to local administration and law and order
institutions; price inflation of local as well outside market commodities; and above all increase in solid
waste, human waste and degradation of the overall sanitation status of the area.
These pressures are felt in areas close to the project construction sites and project camp areas. All of the
pressures will not be directly related with the outside construction workforce but most of them may relate
with the outsiders and locals, not directly related with the construction activities. These people crowd the
construction areas for various side business opportunities provided by the project personnel and outside
workforce. Since, such crowding of peoples, though not directly encouraged or promoted by the project, is
related with the project because of the mere presence of project personnel and workforce in large numbers
in a small area. As project personnel and workforce have hard currency to expend for services, business
people of diverse type open up various services to cater the services required by the project personnel. Most
of these people come with their families and it is these people who burden the local services immensely.
Experiences of Kali Gandaki "A" and Middle Marsyangdi, reveals such pressures on local services, in addition
to the workforce families in the local area.
The local residing communities are the most impacted one because of such activities and implications. They
feel, because of the project, they are suffering from all kinds of service deficiencies. The capacity of existing
school, health post and police will not be sufficient so there will more demand for security, health center,
school, water supply and others. Moreover, the price of the services will also increase. A well designed
Construction of labor camp and Labor camp Management Plan will be implemented to mitigate the adverse
impacts due to labor influx and the mitigation measures for the same will be stipulated in the contractor
tender document to comply.
V. Impact on Cremation
The Buddhist cremation site is situated at the corner of the forest which is far from the river and project
component. The project activity will not directly affect cremation site within the project boundary. River will
have low flow during dry period; however there will be no physical impact during construction, as the
cremation sites are in a forested and isolated areas. Two cremation sites were observed along the river. The
project activity will not directly affect cremation site within the project boundary. However, during low flow
(dry season) people will have to go few meters nearer to the water. More than 1 cumecs constant flow of
water in the river will be sufficient for cremation rituals.
VI. Impact on Eco-Tourism

The project site lies in famous trekking route from Besisahar – Tilicho Lake. It is 21 days trekking circuit.
There are several tourist spots and centers along the circuit. The project shares the existing roads. The flow
of vehicles will be increased due to project activities. The influx of project staff including labor will exert
pressure on the trekking route and associated eco tourism activities. Besides, the project lies in ACAP area
and the project impacts on flora and fauna shouldn’t be overlooked. The human animal conflict, biodiversity
loss, loss of endangered species, loss of livelihood of porters, impact on local business due to road network
etc are some of the impacts on eco-tourism. Besides, the impacts associated with eco-tourism related aspects
are also elaboratd under different sub heading in this report.
Regarding the impact on ecotourism by the project foot prints, the intake and the powerhouse sites lie
adjacent to the trekking route to Conservation Area. Howver trekking route upstream of the dam willnot be
affected by the inundation of the reservor.
VII. Disturbances in social harmony and settings

There are some likely impacts, especially the adverse one that are most likely to occur on the social
structures, norms and cultural practices of the communities located close to the construction area. These
impacts although difficult to measure in concrete terms are yet significant in the socio-cultural bearings of
the local people. These changes are brought by the influence of the outside construction forces of diverse
social background and cultural practices. During the project construction, the influence of the outside
workforce on the local way of life and traditional cultural practice can result into cultural erosion, undesired
social practices, disputes, conflicts and possible dilution of social bonds among the local people. In contrast,
the exposure to the outsiders’ culture and influence is most likely to bring changes in the cultural practices
within and among the local communities. However, the impact on social structure and cultural practice is
low, local and short term is nature.
Conflicts arise often in the camps due to irritations from noise, lack of privacy, the proximity of neighbors,
and lack of playgrounds or parks. There will be very few play areas for children in the camps. Hence,
conflicts between kids often create conflicts between their parents. It is felt that these problems would not
exist if there were no overcrowding. Solutions are found which provide for ways of recreating social
cohesion. But, overcrowding in the camps also affects more profound social processes.
Overcrowding affects social relations at the family, neighborhood, camp, and community level in extremely
complex ways. At the individual level, frustration is experienced because,
 living in overcrowded housing and in an overcrowded camp;
 cannot afford to move outside the camp;
 cannot afford to build an extra floor;
 cannot afford, or is unable because of lack of space, to build an extension to the dwelling structure;
 does not have sufficient employment which would enable them to opt for any of the above in the near
future;
 a member of a growing family with increasing expenses and decreasing resources and space for
housing;
 Faced with a situation whereby the conditions which would enable him/her to change their situation
are themselves jeopardized by the effects of overcrowding (which include increased frustration level;
decreased ability to concentrate on schooling or training; increasing expenses because of greater health
risks).
VIII. Violation of Law and Order

Increased influx of migrating workers might violate the law and order of project area with incidents such as
burglary, quarrel due to alcohol consumption, gambling, drug addiction etc.
IX. Occupational and Safety Hazards

During construction, injuries may happen due to lack of adequate occupational health and safety of the
construction workers and in the construction sites. Unskilled workforce, unsafe use of protective personnel
equipment, the occupational health hazard can be high and potential, particularly in the subcontracted part
of the construction works to the local petty contractors. Inappropriate way of construction and faulty
designs can be the cause of accidents among the project workers. The accidents can happen due to the lack of
knowledge, training, use of safety tools, etc. However, the magnitude of impact is low, extent is site-specific
and the duration is short-term.
X. Explosive storage, transfer, bunker house and safety issues

Safety issues related to explosives has been a serious concern in Nepal. There is a lengthy process for
approval and usage of explosives (double approval for need and procurement is required). Transportation,
Storage, Blasting and Handling process to be made easy and faster explosive demand will be approved from
Government of Nepal and temporary storage bunker will be constructed on Army Camp or under direct
supervision of Nepal army. The project will submit a Permanent Bunker plan to Nepal Army office and will
be finalized according to Explosive storage, transfer, and bunker house and safety provisions of Nepal army.
Nepal army’s safety provisions will be followed under their active participations and guidance.
XI. Prostitution and Issues related with STDs

Girl trafficking and prostitution are not common in project area and district, but during the project
implementation it may likely to increase.

XII. Public Health and Sanitation

Increase in outsider’s influence during construction phase is likely to add further stress on the local health
and sanitation situation. Pollution of land, water and air due to construction activities causes impact on the
health to the local community. Besides, the increase in the noise level due to vehicular movement in the
project area is likely to influence the physical and mental health of the local community. The outbreak of
communicable gastro intestinal diseases such as diarrhea, amoebic dysentery, paratyphoid, worm as well as
respiratory diseases, infection and haphazard discharge of wastes of various types including toxic chemical,
metals, paper, kitchen wastes, etc. are potential to degrade the sanitary hygienic conditions particularly
around the construction sites and camp sites.
Other health concerned during the construction phase relates directly with the construction workforce.
During the construction the contractor may hire some experts, technician and labors from outside the
project area, which may add additional pressure on local health and sanitation situation. Taking note of the
present health condition of the people of the project area, the magnitude, extent and duration of the impacts
is predicted low, site-specific and short-term respectively.
XIII. Water Supply

With the increase in population along with the construction activities, a potential decline of the access to the
drinking water and existing sanitation condition will occur in the project area. The overall impact on water
supply and sanitary situation will be: shortage of drinking water, increase pressure on the existing water
supply system, increase distance to the safe drinking water, increase in disease vectors, and reduced water
quality due to increased sanitation problems, etc. However, the impact on water supply and sanitation will
be low, short term and site specific.
The lack of proper sanitary measures and increase in wastes and water pollution may lead to the outbreak of
epidemic diseases such as Jaundice, typhoid etc. The most vulnerable will be women and children. Since, the
local people will be deployed as skilled, semi-skilled and labor to the extent possible, such impact is
considered to be of moderate in magnitude, extent is local and duration is long term.
XIV. Social Service Facilities

Disturbance in social service facilities and infrastructures such as schools, health posts, water supply pipes,
taps and well, irrigation channels and others will not be required for site clearance. Hence, this impact will
occur in the project area. But the workforce of the project will require the educational facilities to their
children if they stay with them for long time. In this case pressure on the local schools will be increased as
the local schools are run with the limited resources.
If the children of the construction workers are enrolled in these schools, there will be pressure on these
schools which may be difficult to adjust. Similarly, the construction work and related influx of population in
the project area will make the existing institutions regarding health, water supply, telecommunication,
electricity, etc. unable to deliver the required level of service. Besides, existing market and hotels will come
under pressure. However, privately operated service is expected to cope up the situation. The magnitude of
impact is predicted as moderate, extent is local and duration is short term.
XV. Impact on structures and houses due to vibration and construction Activities
During the construction period, vehicles will be moved frequently in the project area and lot of blasting
activities will be taken in the headworks, tunnel alignment, powerhouse and other construction areas. This
likely to leads crack in the houses located nearby the construction area where blasting activities is carried
out. Blasting activities would create high noise impact. The magnitude of the impact will be low as there is no
settlement above the tunnel alignment or around powerhouse or diversion weir site.
XVI. People’s Behavior due to Sudden Cash Flow

The sudden inflow of cash in the hands of local people through cash compensations and wages from working
in the project may lead to development of extravagant habit among them and indulge in gambling, alcohol,
etc. Some people may speculate land prices and make difficult to purchase new land from the cash
compensation. The experiences from other hydropower projects show that people do not make effective use
of cash compensation amount and fall in to economic crisis after the cash is spent. Hence, the magnitude of
this impact is moderate, extent is local and duration would be long term.

XVII. Gender and Vulnerable group

Majority of the men of the project area are likely to be involved in the construction activities creating
shortage of labor required for agricultural and other household’s activities. The shortage may have to fulfill
by women and children. This will give them additional burden of workload. However, use of child labor is
legally prohibited in Nepal. The magnitude of impact is low, extent is local and duration is short term.
6.1.1.2. Operation Phase

I. Impacts of Decline in Construction related Economic Activities
After completion of construction activities majority of the construction workforce will leave the area with
only limited number of operational staff residing in the colony of project area. All temporary structures will
be demolished, cleared and developed as greenbelt. The commercial area developed in and around project
area in operational phase such as tea stalls, hotels, restaurants, barber shops, grocery shops and consumable
goods departmental stores etc. will have reduced number of customers to serve, thus, due to decline in
economic activities, many of the shops will be closed down and shifted out of the project area. The allied
construction related industry will also close because of the fewer business opportunities. Potential of such
happening in the project area is very high.
Acquiring of skills prior to and during the construction phase will make the local residents marketable.
However, employment opportunities in the project area will cease once the construction phase is completed.
Introduction of a market economy in the place of a subsistence economy makes the households dependent
on cash income. If local industries do not grow during the construction phase, individuals may prefer to
migrate and utilize their newly acquired skills, which can bring higher income rather than return to
agricultural work or participate in local trade industries. Consequently, individual may have to leave the area
in search of related work and thereby disrupting household unity as well as traditional social practices. The
impact is indirect, minor significant, site specific in extent and short-term in duration.
First and foremost impact of operation phase is the withdrawal of economic activities flourished during the
construction phase. As most of the construction related workforce leave the project area, the facilities and
markets developed to meet their demand, will find themselves displaced with low volume of money flow and
less economic growth. Since the locals will be preferred as the workforce, the impact due to withdrawal of
economic activities is expressed to be minimal. However, the people trained during the project construction
may have further chance of getting similar employment
Table 6-2 summarizes the social and socio-economic environmental impacts of the MMHEP for without
mitigation scenario.
Table 6-2: Socio-economic Environment of MMHEP
SN Socio-economic Environment Direct / Exte Dur Magn
Indirect nt atio itude
Impact n
A Construction Phase
A.1  Permanent Land and Property Acquisition of the Private Owners D S LT H
with or without legal title holding and related Impacts of
Population Displacement, Social impoverishment, Compensation,
Resettlement, and Rehabilitation;
A.2  Permanent Community Land and Property Acquisition and related D S ST/ M
impacts on Community Resource use and compensation; LT
A.3 Change in social structure, cultural and traditional practices of local D S ST Lo
people
A.4  Excessive burden on existing infrastructure facilities D S LT Lo
A.5  Impact on Cremation D S LT Lo
A.6  Impact on Tourism ID S ST M
A.7  Disturbances in social harmony and settings ID L ST M
A.8  Violation of Law and Order D S ST M
A.9  Occupational and Safety Hazards ID S ST H
A.10  Explosive storage, transfer, bunker house and safety issues ID S ST Lo
A.11  Prostitution and Issues related with STD D L ST Lo
A.12  Public Health and Sanitation D L ST Lo
A.13  Water Supply ID R LT H
A.14  Social Service Facilities ID R ST M

SN Socio-economic Environment Direct / Exte Dur Magn

Indirect nt atio itude
Impact n
A.15  Impact on structures and houses due to vibration and construction D S ST Lo
Activities
A.16  People’s Behavior due to Sudden Cash Flow D S ST Lo
A.17  Gender and Vulnerable group ID S ST Lo
B. Operation Phase
B.1  Impacts of Decline in Construction related Economic Activities D L LT H
Note: D= Direct; ID = Indirect, S= Site specific; L = Local, R = Regional; ST= short term, N = No impact, MT = Medium Term, LT =
Long Term; Lo = Low, M = Moderate, H = High

I. Sedimentation, Soil erosion and Land instabilities
The sediment distribution pattern is likely to have few changes due to the diversion of flow at the dam site.
Some bed load and suspended sediment will be trapped in the impoundment created by the dam, while some
sediment will be transported through the desanding basin and flushed into the Marsyangdi River. Thus,
sediment distribution pattern will be slightly affected, especially during the low flow period when the
sediment will accumulate at the dam and below the desanding basin. Sediment distribution in the river will
be affected to some extent by the removal of boulders during construction and also by the barrier created by
the dam. This impact will be mitigated through high flow during the monsoon. Similarly, excavated material
(muck and spoil) from the tunnel may cause land instabilities and erosion in and around the spoil/muck
disposal sites and increase sedimentation.
II. Seismicity
The project site lies close to the MCT. According to Seismic hazard analysis of the project, MCT is not
considered active in terms of deformation at present. The site falls on the seismicity belt of Nepal. The micro-
seismic events are not occurring on the MCT; rather they occur in a space of volume that falls on the
geometric ramp on the main Himalayan thrust. Hence impact has not been considered to be discussed in the
mitigation measures.
III. Noise and Vibrations

Construction activities will produce noise and vibration at the project site. The main activities that will
generate noise and vibration are blasting, use of batching plants and movement of heavy equipment’s such
as drilling, vibrators, dozers, loaders, rollers, crane, generators and pumps. The impact will, however, be site
specific and limited to the construction period. Noise level above 80dB (A) is not desirable. The construction
of the project would likely to exceed this threshold of noise level, affecting human, wildlife and livestock of
the project area. Intense vibration may produce cracks in the existing houses, trigger rock falls in the
unstable area and in some cases, the high intensity of vibration may even cause the built structures to
collapse which lay in proximity of the project site.
The road to the project will have some impact on humans. Since there are hundreds of RMs connected
through a single road and sound level will be high along the road. Although this is one of the issue and
impact, however this may not be considered as a significant issue because all the RMs and hundreds of
settlements along the road will come under such impact which may not be totally mitigated. Further this will
be out of scope of this report as the vehicle could have an impact throughout the country and even beyond
borders. A traffic management plan will be implemented with the support of local regulatory authorities to
implement and monitor the plan
IV. Surface and Sub-surface Hydrology

During the construction of engineering structures either surface or subsurface, they undeniably grant the
dilemma to the subsurface water either by lowering the water table or by drying it. When the construction is
in progress, the aperture of rock will certainly open to some extent and the porosity of the soil will be high,
which will increase the hydraulic conductivity in some area. Because of this some area will lose the
subsurface water while other would have excess water. The impact will be low in magnitude, local extent,
and of short duration. The excess of water can be easily managed by constructing the drains and diverted
back to river. Settlements are sparse and no settlement above the tunnel indicates low impact scenario.
During construction of the Project the potential effects could include:

 Temporary localized changes in hydrological conditions while diversion arrangements in place for in
channel working;
 Temporary localized diversion of drainage paths around construction camps and site workings;
 Increased risk of localized pollution events due to use of construction vehicles affecting adjacent
watercourses or springs;
 Sediment release into the river system during construction in-channel or on river banks;
 Sediment release into the river system resulting from the depositing of construction and tunneling waste
into the river;
 Reductions in water quality in the river system resulting from potential release of contaminants into the
river as well as localized water quality issues due to discharges from construction facilities;
 Compaction of soils and habitat degradation resulting from an increase in off-road vehicle movements
which is likely to affect drainage paths;
 Temporary loss of vegetation cover resulting from the extraction of aggregates for the construction of
the tunnels, dams and roads, spoil disposal, site compounds, and construction access roads, increased
risk of erosion and sediment load;
 Temporary water supplies for camps and workings, increased competition for water; and
 Disposal of waste water from camps and workings, localized increase in pollution.
Apart from those, the underground excavations lower the ground water table and increase its flow. The de-
sanding basin at the intake structure, tunnel alignment, the surge tank, and the powerhouse require
underground excavations prompting the ground water table to diminish and increase its flow. However,
there will be little change in the course of river. The tunnel alignment runs along conservation area forest.
The main impact of the headrace tunnel will be on the lowering of the ground water table above its
alignment due to the underground excavation. The impact will be of low magnitude though, of local extent,
but of long duration. There may be subsidence of land in the area of tunnel entrance having low overburden
and increase of large over breaks. The impact therefore will be low in magnitude, local extent, and of long
duration.
V. Solid and Liquid Waste

The improper management of waste, both solid and liquid, generated by the people directly or indirectly
involved in the project will result in increased BOD and Fecal Coliform in Marsyangdi River and its
tributaries in the project area. This might have an adverse impact on aquatic life in the river and public
health of the local people in the project area and downstream. The increased BOD in the river may, however,
reduce the concentration of dissolved oxygen downstream.
Wastes will be generated during both the construction and operational phases and at the eventual
decommissioning of the Project for which appropriate waste management, minimisation and disposal
practices will need to be established. The likely waste types from both the construction and operational
phases of the Project include solid, liquid, hazardous, non hazardous and inert wastes. Potential hazardous
waste materials generated during construction across the Project sites include: oils and solvents (including
empty containers, oily rags, clean up materials, hydraulic fluids, lubricants, etc.); paints; coatings;
contaminated ground (potentially from leakage and spillage); used batteries; etc. Management of these
hazardous wastes will require particular consideration, particularly any final treatment or disposal options.
The principal potential impacts which can arise from the generation of waste from all phase of the Project
are as follows:
 Contamination of receiving environments (particularly surface watercourses, groundwater and the
ground) due to leakage and spillage of wastes associated with poor waste handling and storage
arrangements
 Fugitive emissions, such as dust and odor, associated with the handling and storage of some waste
 The use of landfill, where waste re-use or recovery is not feasible, which is a finite resource;
 Disposal of spoil and excavation material which results in land take
 Visual amenity impacts associated with poor storage of waste
 Increased waste miles from transporting waste materials from the Project site.
Considering the proposed facilities and construction works, the following waste streams are expected to be
generated as part of the construction phase of each scheme:
 Excavation spoil associated with tunneling and creating foundations for dams and other
 buildings

 Concrete and concrete washings from concrete batching plants required for the construction of
 dams and weirs
 Iron and steel scrap associated with weirs and other construction
 Non-ferrous scrap associated with weirs and other construction
 Bricks and tiles from constructing buildings
 Waste oil and lubricants from turbine installation and vehicle maintenance / repair
 Oil contaminated cloths from turbine installation and vehicle maintenance / repair
 Packaging and pallets from deliveries
 Domestic waste, including glass, plastics, paper and cardboard
 Batteries
 Fluorescent tubes
 Timber
 Paints and chemicals
 Tires.
By far the most significant waste stream (in terms of volume) which will be generated as a result of the
construction phase of the Project is spoil due to tunneling activities. Baseline chapter presented the spoil
arising which is envisaged to be generated as a result the construction phase of each scheme. These figures
will be refined during the detailed design stage and considered within Spoil Disposal Plans for each scheme.
The most significant material which is expected to be used as part of the construction phase is the various
grades of concrete, shotcrete and cement which are required. The primary environmental impact associated
with the use of concrete is the embedded CO2 associated with the chemical process and heat input required
for its production.
It is not envisaged that any pesticides will be required as part of the construction phase of the Project. Pests
may include rodents associated with ongoing waste management. These will be controlled through good
housekeeping of waste management areas and non-chemical methods of eradicating rodents if required.
Liquid waste may be produced as a result from the construction activities and from the use of lubricants,
paints, cleaning, construction chemicals, and other aqueous and oil-based materials. Some liquid wastes
might occur as a result of leaks from construction equipment, accidental spills during material transfer and
storage, and also from improper and inadequate management, as lubrication and changing of oil are the
common practices in construction equipments.
Solid, semi-liquid, and liquid waste will also be generated from the operation of concrete batching plants.
Solid wastes will be in the form of sub-standard concrete. Liquid and semi-liquid waste will consist of
cement slurry, waste from equipment wash down, and surface run-off from the batching areas. However, the
significance of this impact will be very low and of short duration.
Further access roads will be opened up for vehicles to allow access to the river bed at hydraulic structures
and at points along the whole length of tunnels for the construction and maintenance process. The existing
roads and access routes would be used where possible and these may need to be upgraded. The impacts on
water features may arise from the construction of the proposed access tracks. The effects are likely to
include:
 Alteration of drainage paths (temporary or permanent)

 Loss of vegetation cover and changes to landform causing increased erosion and sediment loads
 Contamination of surface or groundwater during construction works
 Competition for water resources during construction activities to complete the road.
These are all impacts that can be mitigated through best practice construction and erosion minimization
methods which should be specified in the contract and monitored through the EMP. At any one location,
construction activity may only last for a short period - the restoration of full vegetative cover will extend the
period somewhat depending on the season - and therefore the construction impacts upon water features are
generally not considered to be significant. Overall the assessment is minor adverse.
VI. Change in River Morphology

The removal of boulder and gravels from the riverbed during construction will have limited effect on river
morphology. To fulfill the aggregate requirement during construction, some selected boulders needed to be

removed but such activity will not significantly change the river bed because of the high sediment load, and
the presence of a large amount of boulders in the river.
Marsyangdi and its tributaries collectively represent an abundant wealth of water. Besides the everyday uses
of water such as drinking, cooking and cleaning, water is also important to sustain the livelihood of people,
for instance, in farming and livestock rearing. There are other uses of water as well; primary among them are
rotating turbines for mills and power generation. It was observed that people consume either spring water
or piped water for drinking purposes. There is no direct consumptive use of Marsyangdi River water by local
inhabitants due to high turbidity. The population living along the Marsyangdi River mostly relies on spring
water.
The water in the proposed site is not utilized for any recreation purpose (rafting). The project
implementation is not going to affect any Hydropower project since the water after use will be released in
the Marsyangdi River upstream of an intake of other downstream hydropower project. The water of
Marsyangdi River is not used by the inhabitants for any irrigation or other commercial purpose.
Furthermore, water from Marsyangdi River in the stretch between dam and power house site is not used for
running water mills and or any hydropower plants.
VII. Quarry, Stock Piling and Muck Disposal

Excavated material from the Headworks, Headrace Tunnel, Adits, Pressure Shaft and other project locations
have to be safely disposed in identified disposal sites. The total quantity of spoil to be disposed is around
1,492,050 m3 and has increased from 718,943m3.
Proper disposal of those large volumes of disposable materials may result in appropriate management of
productive land and vegetation which will further decrease turbidity in the river water with a positive
impact on aquatic life. However, tree plantation on the disposed land will support in balancing nature and
greenery of landscape.
VIII. Loss of Top Soil and Soil Fertility

Around 1,042,200 cubic meter of top soil will be removed from different project structures. A swell factor for
top soil of 1.25 is used to calculate the total volume of soil. Amount of moisture content can affect soil’s
degree of swelling between 10-20%.
IX. Change in Soil pH and Chemical Composition

Liquid waste may be generated as a result of the construction activities, spillage of lubricants, oils, paints,
cleaning, construction chemicals, and other aqueous and oil-based materials. Some liquid wastes might occur
as a result of leaks from construction equipment, accidental spills during material transfer and storage, and
also from improper and inadequate management, as lubrication and changing of oil are the common
practices in construction equipment.
X. Air Quality/Pollution
The air quality of project area will be affected during the construction of the project due to various
construction activities in the project area. The air quality in and around the access road, construction road,
the powerhouse and intake sites, and near the adits will have adverse impacts in terms of dust and vehicular
emissions. During the construction period, activities such as transportation and handling of construction
material, excavation, drilling, blasting, use of heavy equipment, and the use of crushing and batching plant
will generate dust and vehicular emissions (suspended particles, carbon monoxide, sulfured oxide,
hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen in ambient air).
These impacts on air quality will, however, be of short-term in duration and mostly limited to the project
site. It will be most severe at the sites of crushing plant, concrete mixing sites, along the access roads, in the
spoil disposal area and in areas where major construction activities will occur, such as at the dam and the
powerhouse site. The movement of heavy vehicle in project site is likely to increase dust and vehicular
emission. The topographical condition of the site is a narrow gorge, which will restrict, to a certain extent,
the dispersion of air pollutants.
Other potential impacts on air quality are unpleasant odor due to improper management of sewerage and
solid waste, and indoor smoke pollution due to cooking activities. Construction activities will attract large
number of migrant labors and people who supply goods and services to the labor force. If adequate
measures are not taken to handle the sewerage and solid waste generated by this new population, there is a
possibility of increase in foul odor. In addition to these, using firewood in labor camps will result in indoor
air pollution. These impacts will probably be low in magnitude, short-term in duration and limited to the
project site.
The new National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) 2012 that came into effect recently requires
effective monitoring and collection of eight-hour and 24-hour samples of air pollutants like Total Suspended
Particulates (TSP), Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), carbon monoxide, lead and ozone levels for at least
347 days out of a 365-day year. The NAAQS further states that no particular place should fail to monitor air
samples for two consecutive days. TSP consist of solid and liquid particles in the air that are harmful to
health while PM10 is an air particle with a volume less than 10 micron that can easily enter into the end of
the respiratory tract and cause serious health impacts. Both TSP and PM10 are considered major air
pollutants
XI. Water Chemistry Change

The majority of the construction activities are proposed to be conducted close to the Marsyangdi River.
These activities are likely to cause pollution of the river and streams such as increase in turbidity, suspended
solids, dissolved solids and BOD. Disturbance of the river bed, construction of cofferdams and the dam,
disposal of unwanted materials on the river banks etc., will increase the turbidity, with suspended and
dissolved solids in the river. This will have some adverse impacts on the aquatic life. However, the impacts of
increased turbidity and pollution will be minimal because the flow rate of the Marsyangdi River is
comparatively higher than the flow required for diluting the expected amount of pollutants generated.
Improper management of liquid waste, generated by the people directly or indirectly involved in the project
will result in increased BOD and Fecal Coliform in the river and its tributaries in the project area. This might
have some adverse impact on the aquatic life and the public health of the local people in the project area and
downstream. However, the impact on public health will not be severe. Firstly because, the locals do not use
water directly from the river for drinking purpose and secondly, the Marsyangdi has large volume of water
which will immediately dilute the pollutant.
Liquid waste may be produced as a result from the construction activities and from the use of lubricants,
paints, cleaning, chemical and other aqueous and oil-based materials. Some liquid wastes might occur as a
result of leaks from construction equipment, accidental spills during materials transfer and storage and also
from improper and inadequate management, as lubrication and changing of oil are the common practices in
construction equipment’s.
Solid, semi-liquid and liquid waste will also be generated from the operation of concrete batching plants.
Solid wastes will be in the form of sub-standard concrete. Liquid and semi-liquid waste will consist of
cement slurry, waste from equipment washed down, and surface run-off from the batching areas.
XII. Issues related to impacts on springs lying on tunnel alignments

There is no new impact observed due to design change. The project tunnel alignment passes through
uninhabited area. Any effect of dewatering of groundwater into the tunnel and drying out of the spring lying
above the tunnel is not envisaged to impact the on use springs. The envisaged impacts is direct, site specific,
medium term and of low significance.

I. Sedimentation and sediment flushing
An important challenge in MMHEP is the difficulty in operation and maintenance due large quantities of
sediment with hard abrasive mineral/rock fragments in the Marsyangdi River. Excessive amount of
sediment in the river is due to presence of glacier feeding, rocks and extreme relief and hence sediment
could have a high impact. Even with sediment trapping systems, complete removal of fine sediment from
water is impossible and uneconomical; hence on one hand, it could have a constant impact on the turbine
components which will be exposed to sand-laden water and subject to erosion, causing reduction in
efficiency and life of the turbine. In other hand the storage capacity of reservoirs decreases due to
accumulation of sediment. Desander basins extracts clean water by settling particles, which are then drained
back to the river by flushing system. The efficient settling and flushing of particles discharge excessive
sediment into the river intermittently. Large quantity of sediment settled in the settling basin will be flushed
to the River at downstream of the dam site, where discharge is low. The unnatural disposal of this sediment
at high concentration causes environmental imbalance in the river.
The sediment distribution pattern is likely to have few changes due to the diversion of flow at the dam site.
Some bed load and suspended sediment will be trapped in the impoundment created by the dam, while some
sediment will be transported through the desanding basin and flushed into the Marsyangdi River. Thus,
sediment distribution pattern will be slightly affected, especially during the low flow period when the
sediment will accumulate at the dam and below the desanding basin. Sediment distribution in the river will
be affected to some extent by the barrier created by the dam. This impact will be mitigated through high flow
during the monsoon. The diversion of water through the tunnel during the operation will have some limited
effect on river morphology.
II. River morphology

Change in river hydrology is the primary cause of the change in river morphology of this section. Less annual
average rainfall is received in the catchment area. In the above conditions, the river morphology is greatly
impacted. The sediment less water released as environmental flow, will be channelized due to bed level
erosion associated with the sediment less discharges, whereas the flood plains maintained by the high and
flushing discharges in the monsoon will be constrained. The flood plains will be gradually colonized by
native plants and will be narrowed down. On the other hand the sediment flux discharged from the de-silting
basins will be trapped within the river bed causing deleterious effects on the thriving aquatic habitats.
Downstream tailrace, daily fluctuations of sediment less discharges from will erode the riverbed. It is
envisioned that the downstream river course for considerable distance will be under erosion dominated
regime with little or no sedimentation which will change the river morphology (wet channel and flood
plains) significantly.
III. Change in water flow and quality of dewatered zone

Since no fish fauna is present in the river, no any aquatic mammals are reported, only some algal flora and
diatoms are reported, hence a minimum flow that will maintain the ecology of the river is needed. Hence for
the purpose of this study the compensation flow of less than 1 m³/s is sufficient to maintain riverine ecology.
However, 10% of the minimum flow is legally binding figure for Nepal. Hence taking 18.8 m³/s as the
minimum flow (from instantaneous low flow data of the years 1988 to 2006), the compensation flow is kept
at 1.88 m³/s. The reduction in the river discharge between dam site and tailrace will change the water
quality especially in dry season. The self-cleaning capacity of the river will be decreased due to reduced flow
and dissolved oxygen content
IV. GLOF risk

Type of glaciers found in the Marsyangdi River basin is ice-cap, valley glacier, mountain glacier, ice apron,
Cirque, and Niche. A Disaster Management Plan will be formulated for the project emergency response to
any untoward disasters during operation and construction.
No any fish present in the river and it is unlikely that the fish will migrate in future. Hence fish migration and
spawning shall not be affected due to minimum downstream river flow during dry season. Micro-level
changes will occur in forest and vegetation patterns and its biodiversity in and around project area. There
will be an increase access to forest around the conservation area. To some extent, illegal hunting and
poaching will increase.
VI. Change in Water Quality

In the operation phase, the potential water quality impacts relate to the following project actions.
 Discharge of sediment free water from the tailrace,
 Discharge of sediment sludge from the desanding basin.
In the operation periods, particularly from October through June months, available discharge downstream is
the environmental flow released from Dam. Such changes are not envisaged to impart impacts on the aquatic
life and water uses significantly.
Discharge of sediment sludge from the de-sanding basin at the head of dewatered stretch, however, will have
significant change in the physical quality of water in the stretch. Suspended sediment load will be very high.
Such sediments are expected to be deposited in the river bed influencing the aquatic habitat. Such change in
water quality is high in the months of June through October, when the river is lodged with high sediment
load. In other months, the discharge of sediment sludge from the desanding basin is very low and negligible.
Discharge of sediment less water downstream tailrace is also expected to bring physical change in water
quality for nearly 2 km. Further downstream, as the river water picks up sediment from the river bed to

maintain its suspended sediments, the implications on physical water quality will be low. The physical
impact of this is the erosion of the river bed and destabilization of aquatic environment.
VII. Change in River Hydrology

With the project operation and rive flow regulation, river hydrology will be influenced differently in the
downstream tailrace section. The change in river hydrology in the tailrace section than the natural discharge
has physical, ecological and social implications. The physical implication is on the river morphology as a
result of change in erosion and sedimentation regime, later dominating the former. Ecologically, change in
wetted area, water depth, velocity and temperature will bring deleterious effect on the aquatic habitats.
Large forms of aquatic life (except fish), while the smaller forms of aquatic life will be exposed to a number
of predators
The environmental flow release is designed to minimize the above risks based on the release of the
minimum monthly flow, known as Environmental flow. Since the project is PROR type, it will ensure the e-
flow due to availability of water due to storage that has been clearly shown in the energy Table.
The physical risk is the river bed erosion. Depending on the river bed composition and geology, the river bed
is likely to erode, with change in river bed morphology for considerable distance downstream. The ecological
implications is on the stability of aquatic ecology, particularly marco-invertebrates, periphytons,
phytoplankton, and Zooplanktons; similarly implications on social environments will be on water uses and
community health and safety.
VIII. Change in Micro-climate

Change in microclimate occurs at the headworks and also on the dewatered stretch. Due to temperature
buffering by the reservoir water body, locally around the reservoir periphery, the ambient temperature are
expected to rise in the winter months making the winter months more warm than present and vice versa for
the dewatered stretch case. The impacts of such change in microclimate could be of significance to the
temperature non-resilient faunal and floral species. Since temperature resilience of the existing flora and
fauna is not well understood, the significance of the impact is difficult to qualify and quantify. Since human
beings are less sensitive to such changes in temperatures, health effects to the public health is not expected.
IX. Change in Sedimentation Activities

In the Marsyangdi River, periods of intense erosion and sedimentation coincides with the monsoon season
(June to September). In the lean season, the sedimentation is generally curtailed, while erosion of the river
bed sediments occurs but limited to only fine sediments. The altered hydrological regime due to water
regulation for power generation is likely to bring some changes in the river bed sedimentation and erosion.
The dewatered section, sediment deposition will exceed riverbed erosion due to reduced water volume and
velocities. A typical schematic diagram of the reservoir sedimentations is presented in Figure 6-1
Figure 6-1: Typical Sediment Deposition Profile

In the stretch below tailrace, the hydrological fluctuations in the lean season will empower erosion of the
river bed and the sediments deposited on the river bed and flood plains will be removed gradually to the
downstream areas. The effect will be significant. Above the dam wall, due to barrier effect of the dam and
change in the river profile (flatter) than the pre-project conditions, the sediments brought by the river from
upstream section will be deposited on the river bed raising the river bed level significant for the first few km
section of the river. Uncontrolled regulation of the water from dam during monsoon season is potential to
affect the proposed reservoir water holding capacity.
X. Seismic Risks
The project site lies close to the MCT. According to Seismic hazard analysis of the project, MCT is not
considered active in terms of deformation at present. The site falls on the seismicity belt of Nepal. The micro-
seismic events are not occurring on the MCT; rather they occur in a space of volume that falls on the
geometric ramp on the main Himalayan thrust. Since, the project is a PRoR project, there is chance that the
dam gets affacted due to seismic activity and impacts the d/s areas.
XI. Reservoir Rim Failure Risk

The rise and fall of the reservoir water level from FSL to MoL annually will not only moisten the loose
deposits while reservoir filling, but will also desiccate them during dry season when the water level drops.
Such fluctuation of water level is likely to bring structural weakness within the deposits. The variation of
pore water pressure during filling and withdrawal of water level is likely to make these deposits further
unstable leading to the failure of slopes around the reservoir rim. The water wave actions of the reservoir,
particularly on the mountain slope deposits can cause physical erosion and caving on the slopes making
these slopes further unstable leading to debris flows and landslides along the reservoir rim. Such physical
erosion is expected to be high in areas where water level cut across the steep terrace breaks.
XII. Risk of Global Warming and GHG Emission Risk

The project can show signs of climate change related to global warming as this Marsyangdi has contribution
of glacial lakes or snow caps for the catchment. There are no distinct trends in the precipitation variations,
nevertheless, change in precipitation nature (high intense precipitation in short time in contrary to long
period mild to moderate precipitation) is observed by the local communities. Because of the above changes,
a risk of LDoF has increased in the catchment with corresponding flash flood and sedimentation discharges
in the reservoir. Available literature does not suggest any damaging effect to the dam by such individual
incidents, but coincidence of such flash discharges with the peak riverine floods at the periods when the
reservoir is near FSL level could be potentially damaging. Associated with intense rainfall is a potential
higher erosion rate in the catchment with corresponding potential high sedimentation rates in the reservoir
reducing the life of the reservoir is other potential risk.
The potential of green house gas emissions from the PROR projects is high for projects located in the tropical
region compared to those located in the temperate region. Age of the reservoir is also correlated with the
volume of green house gas emission, the older reservoirs emitting lesser GHG than the recent ones. The
other determining factor for the emission of green house gas relates to the temperature regime of the
atmosphere and reservoir water body, organic matter present in the reservoir inundation zone and input of
organic detritus as sediments in the reservoir. Apart from above other variables influencing the green house
gas emissions are water pH, water depth, dissolve oxygen concentrations, vegetation on the reservoir
surface etc. GHGs is emitted from reservoirs through four different pathways: i) diffusive flux at the
reservoir surface, ii) gas bubble flux in the shallow zones of the reservoir, iii) water degassing flux at the
outlet of the powerhouse downstream of turbines and spillways, and iv) flux across the air–water interface
in the rivers downstream of dam.
From the location perspective, the MMHEP located in temperate, because of its confinement within a gorge
dominated by mountainous slopes and relatively low temperature water inflows from the snow feed rivers.
It is therefore, the reservoir is expected to emit green house gases at lower concentration than those located
in the tropical region. In the later periods the emission levels will depend on the organic load in the sediment
flux and vegetation colonization annually in the reservoir withdrawal zone. With the present level of
researches, it is difficult to model the expected GHG emissions from the proposed project reservoir.
Nevertheless, the concern of GHG emission from the reservoir is high potentials of CH4 emissions, if the area
is allowed to inundate without removal of the organic vegetations. It is to note that global warming potential
of CH4 is nearly 24 times higher than carbon dioxide (CO2) on a per molecule basis over a 100 year time
horizon. The identified impacts on the cultural and physical environment and their impact predictions on
without mitigation scenario is summarized in Table 6-3.
XIII. Dam Break Analysis

Model setup
The study of dam break has been performed using software based on HECRAS 1D unsteady flow. The river
valley was represented in the model by cross sections. Due to the highly unsteady nature of the flood, closely
spaced cross sections were considered for the analysis. In Tal village, about 15km downstream of the dam, a
lake exists with a length around 3km and average width about 200m. This lake is expected to buffer the flood
due to the break of the dam since the total storage by the dam is 464,000 m3 that may only increase the
water level of the lake by less than 0.8m. Therefore, it is more than enough to consider the possible affect
river stretch all way down to powerhouse site of Upper Marsyangdi-2 HEP, for which the topographical map
has been established by larger scale of field survey.
Boundary and Initial Conditions

The boundary and initial conditions has been provided from the flow data. The upstream boundary
condition was given as inflow hydrograph, which was obtained from hydrology of MMHEP. The PMF
(Probable Maximum Flood) was taken for the analysis. The worst scenario for hydrologic dam failure
considered was due to PMF inflow.
Results of Analysis
Instantaneous collapse of whole barrage body during extreme flood event is found to be the most extreme
scenarios for dam break analyses. This failure mode has been selected with nonlinear breach progression
within 0.25hrs. The whole dam body is assumed to be destroyed. Dam breach in this scenario may happen
due to overtopping, abutment failure or the foundation failure of the concrete dam with gated sluice-ways.
The breach flow hydrograph obtained shows the maximum peak discharge of 2,200m3/s and the time to
reach the peak discharge is 10minutes. The peak discharge decreases significantly at about 4 km
downstream of dam where the river channel becomes wider and further attenuates at Tal.
Table 6-3: Adverse Physical Environmental Impacts, MMHEP

Direct /
SN Cultural and Physical Environmental Impact Indirect Extent Duration Magnitude
Impact
A.1 Sedimentation, Soil erosion and Land instabilities ID S ST Lo

A.2 Seismicity Risk ID S ST Lo
A.3 Noise and Vibrations D S LT Lo
A.4 Surface and Sub-surface Hydrology D L ST M
A.5 Solid and Liquid Waste D S ST Lo/M
A.6 Change in River Morphology D S LT M
A.7 Quarry, Stock Piling and Muck Disposal D S LT M
A.8 Loss of Top Soil and Soil Fertility D L LT M
A.9 Change in Soil pH and Chemical Composition
A.10 Air Quality/Pollution D S ST H
A.11 Water Chemistry Change D L LT H
A.12 Issues related to impacts on springs lying on tunnel D L LT H
alignments
B Operation Phase
B.1 Sedimentation and sediment flushing D L LT M
B.2 River morphology D L LT Lo
B.3 Change in water flow and quality of dewatered zone D L LT H
B.4 GLOF risk D L LT Lo
B.5 Change in Water Quality D S LT Lo
B.6 Change in River Hydrology D L LT H
B.7 Change in River Morphology D L LT H
B.8 Change in Micro-climate D L `LT Lo
B.9 Change in Sedimentation Activities D L LT H
B.10 Reservoir Rim Failure Risk D S ST H
B.11 Risk of Global Warming ID L LT Lo
Note: D= Direct; ID = Indirect, S= Site specific; L = Local, R = Regional; ST= short term, N = No impact, MT = Medium Term,
LT = Long Term; Lo = Low, M = Moderate, H = High

6.1.3. Biological
I. Impacts on the Forest and Vegetation
As per the approved EIA, 2014, total trees to be felled down were 75, whereas the new SEIA study shows
that 2129 trees needs to be felled down. The loss of the trees, poles, seedlings and the saplings with the net
volume of the fuel wood is shown in Table 6-4.
Table 6-4: Loss of Trees, Poles, Seedlings and Saplings due to MMHEP
No. Gross Net Biomass Biomass
No. of No. of No. of
Site of volum vol Poles Trees
seedlings saplings poles
trees e (m3) CFT (kg) (kg)
Other Facilities 8884 1777 244 200 199 4608 49426 125823
Access road 0 8981 1796 1347 1639 37556 484776 957209
Powerhouse 0 0 135 135 130 3067 18116 96088
Headworks+Reservoir 0 0 208 447 538 12706 473017 0
117912
Total 8884 10758 2383 2129 2506 57937 552315
0
Source: Field Survey, 2019
The major GPS locations of the trees to be felled are:

Reservoir: 280 33’ 14.45”N-840 15’ 37.32”E
Dam: 280 33’ 09.05”-840 15’41.08”E
Power house: 280 32’ 03.20”N- 840 19’30.15” E
The cost of the felling, plantation, caretaking etc for the lost trees are shown in Table 6-5.
Table 6-5: Cost of Felling, Plantation, and Caretaking for the Lost Trees
Particulars Quantity Cost (NRs.) Remark
Number of trees to be felled along reservoir, switchyard and
2129
Powerhouse
Total seedlings (25 times) to be transplanted after
53225
compensation
Total seedlings to be replanted at 2 year (one 3rd of
17564
previous year)
Total seedlings to be planted at 3 year (one 3rd of previous
5796
year)
Total seedlings to be replanted and replanted 76585
Land required for plantation and replantation of 53225
33.265625
seedlings per 1600 per ha
Cost of land 456404375
Clearance cost needed for 1.3 ha as @ Rs. 150000 per ha 195000
Plantation costs @Rs.70000 @1600 for 76585 seedlings 3350593.75
Number of care takers needed @ 1 for 10 ha for 33.265 ha 3
Costs of nursery caretaker (@Rs. 15000 per person) 2700000 For 5 years
Total costs 462,649,969
Note: The complementary afforestation will be done in the area prescribed by Annapurna Conservation Area Project.
III. Change in Land Use /Land Cover

For the construction of the project about 53.8 ha of land will be acquired. Altogether part of river bank and
river will change into a poundage area, forest land will be permanently convert into a construction site,
cultivated land will be change into construction camps or project facility sites and shrub land will be
transformed into construction facility including road infrastructures.
IV. Loss of Habitat of Wildlife and Endangered Species

The major construction works for project components in terms of physical infrastructures and staff quarter
will be in privately owned land. Thus, the possible impacts on biodiversity and habitat of wild animal will be
minimum. There will be no physical loss of locally recorded rare/endangered species listed under IUCN

Categories/CITES Appendixes and GoN List of Protected Plant Species in the forest and grazing land
belonging to proposed intake and access road construction site.
Workforce could encroach on the adjoining vegetation and affect the local vegetation. Due to some explosive
work, temporary loss of habitat, sensitive habitat, and migratory routes of terrestrial wildlife may occur.
Rare and endangered or protected plants or flora at local level will be affected due to site clearance activities
during construction of the project activities. Intake and powerhouse area is habitat of protected orchid sp
Vanda, Dendrobeum, Bulbiphyllum and wildlife may be affected by the construction of the project.
V. Access Road Construction

Access road to the powerhouse and intake sites passes through forest and is the habitat of wild animals. The
access road up to the dam site has already been constructed by the government of Nepal, there is no such
issues any disturbances to wildlife and their habitat. But, other access roads have to be constructed as
detailled in the land requirement table that connects different project structures and facilities.
VI. Impact on Annapurna Conservation Area

The proposed project is located on the left bank of the Marsyangdi River, which falls within the boundary of
Annapurna Conservation Area. Almost all structures are underground; none of the significant impact from
the project is expected to the biodiversity. Due to construction activities (typically noise), could affect the
migratory and resident animals and birds. The effect will be insignificant because of temporary in nature.
The tunnel alignment passes through three types of forests within Annapurna Conservation Area, namely
Upper Temperate Blue pine Forest, West Himalayan Fir-Hemlock Forest, Upper Temperate Blue pine and
mixed vegetation. There is no settlement above the tunnel alignment. A sub underground powerhouse is
proposed to be constructed on the left bank of Marsyangdi which falls within the cultivated land of
conservation area. This site consists of sparse vegetation. A total of 75 tree species were found around this
site, which needs to be removed during construction. Earthworks for construction of powerhouse will cause
loss of vegetation cover About 30.7 ha land will be permanently disturbed due to the construction of dam,
approach road, powerhouse complex and ancillary facilities, 24.49 ha will be temporarily disturbed and
2129 individual trees and a large number of herbs will be lost due to site clearance.
VII. Indirect & Cumulative Impacts

An indirect impact of project activities on flora is expected to be limited to project immediate influence area
and to some extent to project influence area. Indirect impacts will be due to various construction activities
such as generation of dust due to earthwork, excavation, transportation of construction materials (Sand, Soil,
Cement etc.), quarry, crusher & blasting operations, air pollution due to movement of construction vehicles,
equipment’s and machineries, influx of laborers population and pollution generated through provision of
labors camps / huts established temporarily at construction sites etc. These impacts will be short term and
limited to construction period only.
a. Disturbances to natural habitat of wildlife

The loss of forest due to placement of project structures and facilities will produce long term localized
impact on wildlife. Felling of old and large shady tree will impact wildlife habitat. The habitat of wild animals
like Porcupine (Hystrix indica), Malsapro (Martes flavigula) and Jackal (Canis aureus) will be disturbed by
construction activities. Wildlife, which cannot tolerate such activities, may move to other areas. Above the
proposed tunnel alignment and Adit site contains different types of birds nest. Because of the construction
work, the habitat will be lost and these birds will be affected. Loss of habitat, breeding ground, dispersal of
wildlife, habitat fragmentation escalation in human-wildlife can be observed during construction phase.
As mentioned in baseline wildlife reported from the area are widely distributed in nearby forested areas, the
small habitat area occupied by the project in compared to the total available forest habitat is likely to be
considered as low. The magnitude of impact is considered to be low, extent is site specific and duration is
short term.
b. Impact of Dust on Vegetation

The dust is primary air pollutant in the form of Suspended Particulate Matter generated due to various
project activities such as earthworks, general transportation, loading/unloading/ transportation of
construction material, blasting, crusher & quarry operation etc. Long-term exposure of dust primarily affects
vegetation by interfere the matter exchange between plants and atmosphere. The exchange of gaseous
components is an important for various vital physiological processes such as photosynthesis, respiration &
evapo-transpiration etc. leading to various morphological effects such as chlorosis, necrosis, discoloration
and ultimately reduction in primary productivity.
Trees are well known for their remarkable scavenging abilities. Trees can filter out dust, soot and smoke. It
is estimated that vegetation can filature out particulate matter of 120 ugm/sqm of leaf area over a distance
of 200 mts. Evergreen species with simple leaves, having rough & hairy surface are more efficient dust
collector than deciduous trees with compound leaves having smooth surface.
c. Impact of Noise on Fauna

The noise will be generated due to various construction activities such as movement of construction vehicles
machineries and equipment’s, working force as well as blasting. Blasting is a common practice of tunneling
activity. It is short-lived phenomenon i.e. duration generally less than 0.5 seconds. However, there are direct
impacts of blasting activity on fauna. Due to high blasting sound and people’s movement, resident animals
will leave the project area for some time and migratory animals will change their migrating route. The
blasting will be carried out by controlled blasting techniques and only in day time, which will help in
minimizing impact of noise on fauna.
d. Temporary Labor Camp

This hydroelectric project will be labor intensive hence; large numbers of labors are expected to influx the
area during construction phase. The important project activity-affecting flora and fauna surrounding the
project influence area is due to establishment of laborer camps. The major threat to surrounding flora is
through collection of fuel wood by laborers for cooking and heating purposes and thereby loss of trees.
Animals will suffer from constant presence of humans, noise due to vehicular movements and blasting.
Hence, to mitigate this impact on fauna and flora necessary alternate arrangement will be done for fuel wood
such as provision of LPG, Kerosene etc. It will be ascertained that no open fire will be allowed in labor camps
as it may lead to fire to surrounding forest leading to loss of forest. The solid wastes generated in the form of
garbage and effluent due to sewage will be properly collected and suitably disposed so as to avoid any
impact on surrounding flora.
e. Impact of Solid waste

The construction of the Project will involve different categories of manpower like labour, technical, other
officials and service providers. Most of these technical and non- technical workers will be temporary and will
leave the region as soon as the construction work of the project is finished. A proper management system
will be required to dispose of this generated waste to keep the environment of the region clean and healthy.
If sufficient precautions would not be taken up for developing proper system for the sewage treatment from
the colonies of labors and workers, solid waste disposal and cleaning of the colony area will have high
impact on human and animal health and surrounding areas. The magnitude of impact is considered to be
moderate, extent is site specific and duration is medium term.
f. Construction Disturbance
Construction disturbances resulting from drilling, vehicle movement and other related activities would
interrupt normal movement, feeding and other activities of mammals. Construction activities may continue
at night for the timely completion of project. The electric light in and around the works site and human
presence will affect wild animals grazing around the forested area of Adits and tunnel alignment. The
clearing excavation, grading and filling activities will kill less mobile, frequently smaller species such as
frogs, lizards and small mammals (rats). The water pollution from project activities (muck disposal, washing
of concrete batching plant, Solid waste and accidental spill of oil and lubricants) may also affect local wild
fauna and aquatic birds most susceptible to water pollution. The magnitude of impact is considered to be
low, extent is site specific and duration is short term.
g. Soil Erosion
The soil erosion due to natural and anthropogenic activities causes major threat to survival of vegetation.
The River flows in narrow deep channels with steep hills rising on either side in the project area. The hills
are very steep with grass vegetation cover. Due to poor vegetation cover the rate of soil erosion is high.
Different forms of erosion such as sheet erosion, gully erosion, riverbank erosion are quite prevalent
throughout the project affected/immediate influence and project influence area. Common anthropogenic
factors leading to erosion are over gazing, collection of trees for fuel, fodder, timber and unscientific farming
practices.
The project activities accelerating soil erosion will be quite significant during construction phase such
excavation work, tunneling/blasting, construction of temporary and permanent road in project area to move
vehicle, machinery equipment’s and working force (Laborers) . The forestland acquired for the project had
to be cleared to make way for various project components clearing of vegetation accelerates erosion process
in addition to above-mentioned activities.
The excavated material is generally loose, unstable and keeps rolling down and thereby affecting natural
drainage channels of the river deteriorate water quality as well as accelerate sedimentation & soil erosion.
As adits areas are located closed to river and chances of rolling down of muck/ loose material leading to
blockage in river flow or contamination of water due to silting are more.
h. Induced Impacts on forests and vegetation

The induced impacts largely concentrated on project influence area owing to dependency of local people on
forests. These impacts are discussed especially in light of various human activities affecting forest such as
Traditional timber rights, new migrant labors, associated development, and induced commercial
developments. Local villagers are fully dependent on forests for their day-to-day requirements including
fodder, fuel, timber grazing etc. All these activities adversity affect the forests and it is under pressure due to
increasing human population and their activities. Besides this, lopping of trees for fodder manure and bed
preparation for cattle sheds, grazing and forest fire have thinned out the forest to varying degree, destroy all
undergrowth and reduced shrubby ground cover.
i. Induced Impacts on Flora and Fauna

The induced impacts are considered to be due to establishment of propose hydroelectric project, migration
of laborers/employees, induced commercial developmental activities on surrounding fauna. Possible
hunting and poaching by labor force may be considered a short-term localized impact. The local hunters or
hunters among the workforce might be attracted to hunt birds and other wild animals. The possibilities of
hunting and trapping by workers during construction period will have some adverse impact on local wild
fauna. However such pressure on wildlife will be site specific and decreases towards down as the work
completed. Extent is site specific and duration is short term.
j. Exploitation of Non Timber forest product (NTFPs)

The increased human encroachment in forest for firewood and timber leads to Non timber forest product
(NTFPs) extraction. The clear felling in some sites and cutting of trees in other places for construction of
different project components will degrade forest resources. Similarly, influx of large number of people from
outside also contribute to indirect impacts on the existing forest resulting firewood demand for cooking and
construction of office, warehouse, labor camps and making furniture. The impact is direct in nature, has
medium magnitude, local in extent, will have medium term impact, and is significant.
k. Possible introduction of alien species

It is well known fact that road construction facilitated plant invasion in mountainous regions and that the
distribution pattern of invasive plants along roadsides varied with altitude. Xenthium strumarium, Bidens
pilosa, Galinsoga quadriradiata, Ageratum conyzoides, Lantana camara, Parthenum hysterophorus and
common house rat are some of the possible invaders in Nepal which extends their geographical range at the
point of project location. However, Invasive plants and animals introduced by humans often do not follow
biogeographic predictions. Xenthium, Bidens and Ageratum is seen in some areas and frequent movement of
vehicles, transportation of goods and human and animal movement will increase the possibilities of
spreading seeds along the Chame highway and surrounding project area.
l. Fire hazard due to increased access in forest area

Fire hazard is one factor which can contribute to the starting of fire. These are both natural and manmade
fire hazards. In and around the construction area, there are many types of fuel that create hazards, such as;
slash accumulation in timber cutting; Dryden grass and debris accumulation in fields; large accumulation in
forests of flammable leaves, dead trees, dry bushes etc. and it may also the garbage disposal and improper
storage of inflammable gases and liquids at the construction period of the project. Another one of the major
causes may wildfire is the careless smoking by the labor, or local residents who smoke while in the forest or
grasslands though carelessness cause disastrous fire. The magnitude of impact is considered to be low,
extent is site specific and duration is short term.
m. Encroachment of nearby forest by outside workforce

The influx of people from surrounding area and from different part of Nepal will temporarily migrate to the
project site during construction, i.e. the construction workers, their dependents and people who provide
goods and services to these new migrants need large quantity of firewood for cooking and heating purposes
and timber for shelter. Thus there is a possibility of encroachment to the nearby forest for fulfilling their
demand. The magnitude of impact is considered to be low, extent is site local and duration is short term.
n. Direct Impact on Fauna

The conservation area provides major habitat, food, fodder, resting, hiding as well as breeding sites to all
types of animals mentioned in the baseline study. The major factor affecting the distribution of animals in
entire area is found to be forest types, altitudinal variation, interference of human activities and forest cover.
Direct impacts of project activities are restricted to project influence area. The presence of fauna is directly
related to type of flora present. The forest patches present in the project-affected area is mostly Pinus
wallichiana (blue pine). The baseline faunal biodiversity status of project affected area revealed that,
presence of fauna is quite high. The project activities is not affecting directly to mammals in terms of direct
loss of any animal due to any proposed project activity, however, constant disturbance in terms of noise and
human movement will affect animal movements as well as their habitat.
Possible hunting and poaching by labor force may be considered a short-term localized impact. The local
hunters or hunters among the workforce might be attracted to squirrels, birds and other wild animals. The
possibilities of hunting and trapping by workers during construction period will have some adverse impact
on local wild fauna. However such pressure on wildlife will be site specific and decreases towards down as
the work completed. Extent is site specific and duration is short term.
o. Indirect & Cumulative Impacts on Flora and Fauna

Indirect and cumulative impacts are associated with various construction activities such as clearing of
vegetation for establishment of various project units, movement of vehicles, construction equipment’s &
machineries etc., interferences due to influx of laborers as well as temporary establishment of labor camps,
blasting operations etc. The proposed project does not involve construction of any dam hence any adverse
impact due to loss of habitat is ruled out. The loss of land for various project unit will not adversity affect the
fauna because similar habitat is present throughout the project immediate influenced area as well as project
influence area. Therefore impact due to loss of habitat for birds, reptiles and mammals of the project area is
expected but not significant. The blasting activity is short term activity and impact is lest up to 0.5 sec. Due to
noise generated during blasting may lead to short time driving way of birds & animals in surrounding areas.
As the controlled blasting technique will be followed hence any long-term adverse impacts are not engaged.

I. Impact on Terrestrial Ecology
During the operational phase, no clearing of vegetation and trimming of trees will be required. However,
permanent operational and maintenance staff residing the wear and powerhouse site could go to hunt wild
birds and animals. Site specific damming and impounding of water and decomposition of vegetation in
submerge zone will permanently alter ecosystem of the area. Immigration of Labor Population will utilize
forest resource in terms of firewood. Terrestrial ecology typically migratory routes of birds and migratory
animal will be altered due to constant vehicular movement and noise environment. More area will come
under deforestation due to high accessibility in the region. Urbanization and development will have some
future and remote impacts on forest resource in general. Those will be major impacts, which would remain
during the operational phase. After the construction phase, only a small number of maintenance and
operation staff will be stationed in the colony area. Major part of the vehicles and machines running in the
area will be removed. Similarly, most of the migrant workers will leave the construction areas. All the labor
camps and temporary colonies will be dismantled and the project authorities will carry out the
phytoremediation of those sites. The degraded habitats will be stabilized during the operational phase. The
pressure on the aquatic ecosystem due to bathing and washing will reduce due to the decreasing
anthropogenic pressure. Air pollutants and amount of dust will decrease due to closing of construction
activities. Slight changes in the water quality may occur. Water temperature may rise between dewatered
zone due to low water flow are anticipated.
II. Vegetation /Forest Resources

In operation phase the commercial trading of medicinal plants, firewood and other useful plants will
increase unless controlled. This would induce extra pressure on the existing forests of the project area. It
may also initiate urban development in the project area, which further affects vegetation of the surrounding
area for firewood, timber, poles and construction of buildings. The permanent labor force for operation and
maintenance would pose extra demand of firewood. Such requirement might destroy adjoining forest of the
project area. The magnitude of impact is considered low, extent is site specific and duration is long term.
III. Wildlife and Biodiversity

Wildlife needs a regular source of water for drinking, bathing, wallowing etc. The diversion of water from the
Marsyangdi River to the tunnel will cause a decrease of the water levels in the downstream. This will have an
adverse effect on mammals and aquatic birds. This impact is considered low, extent is site specific and
duration is long term
III. Impact on Annapurna Conservation area

Species diversity, forest basal area and tree species diversity were found to be quite good inside ACA. Social
surveys also indicated that wild animal populations are quite high and hunting and poaching activities is
controlled. Hence the establishment of project and its operation will have to work with the government
agencies and local conservation communities. This practice in a long run will help in establishment of
community-based forest management in delivering conservation benefits in ACA, attributable to changing
patterns of resource use and behavior among local communities, increased control of local communities over
their local resources, increased conservation awareness among local people resulting from environmental
education, and the development and strengthening of local institutions such as Annapurna Conservation
Area Management Committees (ACAMC). These positive achievements can be enhanced by allocating some
conservation budget. A close coordination between ACA, local conservation committee and the project is
needed to minimize adverse impacts and enhance beneficial impacts during construction and operation
phase of the project. The Biological environmental impacts of the project construction and operation are
summarized in the Table 6-6.
Table 6-6: Adverse Biological Environmental Impacts, MMHEP

Direct /
SN Biological Environmental Impact Indirect Extent Duration Magnitude
Impact
A.1 Impacts on the Forest and Vegetation D S ST M
A.2 Impacts on the Plant Biodiversity/NTFPs/Resources D S ST M
Impacts on the Rare/Endangered/Endemic Plant
A.3 D S ST Lo
Species
Access Road Construction ID L ST M
A.4 Impact on Annapurna Conservation Area D S ST M
A.5 Disturbances to natural habitat of wildlife D S ST Lo
A.6 Impact of Dust on Vegetation D R ST M
A.7 Impact of Noise on Fauna D R ST M
A.8 Temporary Labor Camp D R ST M
A.9 Impact of Solid waste M S MT Lo
A.10 Construction Disturbance L SS ST Lo
A.11 Soil Erosion D L LT Lo
A.12 Induced Impacts on forests and vegetation D S ST Lo
A.13 Induced Impacts on Flora and Fauna D S ST Lo
A.14 Exploitation of Non Timber forest product (NTFPs) D L ST M
A.15 Possible introduction of alien species D R ST M
A.16 Fire hazard due to increased access in forest area D R ST M
A.17 Encroachment of nearby forest by outside workforce D R ST M
A.18 Direct Impact on Fauna D R ST M
A.19 Indirect & Cumulative Impacts on Flora and Fauna D R ST M
B Operation Phase
B.1 Impact on Terrestrial Ecology D R LT H
B.2 Vegetation /Forest Resources D S LT H
B.3 Wildlife and Biodiversity D R LT H
B.4 Impact on Annapurna Conservation area D R LT H
Note: D= Direct; ID = Indirect, S= Site specific; L = Local, R = Regional; ST= short term, N = No impact, MT = Medium Term, LT =
Long Term; Lo = Low, M = Moderate, H = High

7. CHAPTER VII: ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

The project alternatives have been analysis on the following key headings as identified.
7.1. Design Alternatives

7.1.1. Headworks Layout Selection
For the typical diversion type development on the steep and sediment laden Marsyandgi River, headwork
will comprise of intake, desanding basin and water conveyance system. According to the previous
Feasibility Study Report, an underground pressure desilting basin was proposed on the left bank with
excavation volume of 60,000 m3. But due to the very steep slopes on the left bank, the risk of slides during
construction, a right bank surface settling basin has been considered. For this option, a river crossing
structure has to be designed to connect desilting basin with headrace tunnel. Hence, the two options of
headworks explored during the previous study and present study is compared below:
Option 1- Right Bank Surface Desilting Basin

Option 1 consists of two spillway bays, one undersluice bay, non-overflow dam section, Right Bank intake
and Right Bank Surface Desilting Basin. The width of the two spillway bays is 25.0 m and the width of the
undersluice bay is 7.5 m. The sluice section in flow direction is 33.0 m in length. Both the spillway and
undersluice has a breast wall with invert level at 2,563.00 masl and foundation level is 2,560.00 masl. The
dam crest is at 2,584.00 masl elevation. The maximum dam height is 24.0 m with foundation thickness of
3.0 m and foundation cutoff wall depth of 2.0 m.
The spillway gate size is 8.0×8.5m (w x h). The undersluice gate size is 3.0×8.5m (w x h). Each bay has a
radial gate and fixed wheel maintenance gate. The thickness of the mid and side piers are 2.5 m each, with
of pier at the joint is 2.0m. The spillway is designed as monolithic with the rock mass on the left abutment
with its width of 4.5 m at the top and 8.0 m at the bottom. An ecological flow pipe is placed at 2,576.00 masl
on the left abutment dam section. The upstream concrete apron is 25.0 m in length and 2.0 m in thickness.
The downstream concrete slab is 35 m in length and 2.0 m in thickness and sloped at 1:50. The scouring
cutoff wall at the end of the downstream concrete slab is 7.0 m in depth downstream of which is a 30 m
long rip rap of precast concrete blocks of 2.0 m in thickness. At the end of the rip rap is a 5 m deep scouring
cutoff wall is designed. The intake dam lies adjacent to the undersluice having a length of 22.0 m along the
dam axis with crest level 2,584.00 masl and foundation level 2,560.00 masl. The intake dam section has a
vertical upstream surface. The downstream face of the intake dam is vertical at the upper part and sloped
at 1:0.8 at the lower part. The bank excavation slope is at 1:1. The intake opening is 10.0 ×7.0m (w x h)
with the invert level 2,577.00 masl connecting both the upstream and downstream waterway.
The non-overflow dam on the left bank is concrete gravity type with dam crest at 2,584.00 masl and length
of 35.0 m, which is divided into 2 blocks. Block 1 and Block 2 are 21 m and 14 m in length with foundation
level of 2,573.00 masl and 2,581.00 masl respectively. The width of the dam crest is 8.0 m and maximum
height of the dam is 10.5 m, the excavation slope is designed at 1:1.75. The intake is located on the right
bank immediately upstream of the undersluice having an angle of 100º with the dam axis. The intake
consists of trash rack and transition section. The top slab is at the same elevation as dam axis i.e 2,584.00
masl. The invert level of the trash rack is at 2,577.00 masl, which is 14 m higher than that of the invert level
of the undersluice. The width of the intake is 12.0 m which is determined considering the diversion
discharge and flow velocity at the trash rack. The trash rack has two separate openings 6.0×7.0m (w x h).
The width of mid pier and side piers is 2.0 m. A curved transition section lies downstream of the trash rack
which connects the intake section downstream feeder channel.
The feeder channel has a rectangular cross section having a width of 10.0 m and a total length of 43.5 m.
the height of the side wall of feeder channel varies from 6.0 to 6.4 m with a sloped invert slab with level
varying from 2,577.00 masl to 2,576.56 masl. Downstream of the feeder channel is the spilling section
which is for discharging the excessive flow and moderating the flow regime. The spilling section is 29.75 m
in length sloped with 1:5.6. Its width varies from 10.0 m to 34 m and the bottom slab is 2.0 m in thickness.
The desilting basin is 180.50 m in length which consists of sediment flushing gate, inlet gate, uniform
section, outlet gate and flushing channel. The inlet section has a length of 7.0 m in flow direction and total
width of 38 m with four (4) fixed wheel gates 6.0×10.4m (w x h). The sediment flushing gate 1.5×2.8m (w x
h) is arranged on the left side having a 1.0 to 2.8 m deep slotted pipe in the invert slab for vortex flushing.
Sediment will be flushed back to the river through the vortex flow in the pipe. The uniform section is 155 m
in length and 28.0 m in width which is divided in two (2) bays each having a width of 14.0 m and a

longitudinal gradient of 2%. The side wall is 10.4 to 13.5 m in height. The normal operation level inside the
uniform section is 2,582.00 masl. Flow stabilizing gratings is set at the upstream of the desilting basin. The
outlet gate has the invert level at EL 2,574.00 masl, 4.6 m higher than that of the desilting basin, and the
foundation level at 2,566.70 masl. Four (4) bottom flushing sluices 2.5×2.5m (w x h) are arranged at the
bottom. The outlet gates are arranged with two (2) fixed wheel outlet gates 4.5×9.0 m. Sediment flushing
channel with varying invert level from 2,574.00 to 2,569.00 masl, width of 8.5 m and the top level of
2,583.00 masl lies downstream of outlet gate. Downstream of the outlet gate, a river crossing culvert of
51.327 m length and inverted D shape with cross section 3.5×3.5m (w x h) connects the headworks to the
headrace tunnel system.
Option 2 Left Bank Underground Desilting Basin

In Option 2, the Headworks consist of the undersluice, spillway, and overflow dam, non-overflow dam on
the right bank, intake and underground settling basin on the left bank. The non-overflow dam on the left
bank is concrete gravity dam having a crest length of 5.0 m and width of 8.0 m connecting to the left
abutment and right side undersluice. The ecological flow pipe is incorporated within the dam body, with
the inlet level set at 2,576.50 masl, outlet at 2,571.00 masl and operation platform at 2,574.00 masl. The
undersluice and spillway is designed as monolithic structure of the dam having a total width of 30.5 m and
length of 30 m in flow direction. Both the spillway and undersluice has a breast wall with flat invert slab at
2,563.00 masl close to the average river bed level. The foundation is at 2,560.00 masl and the dam crest is
at 2,584.00 masl. The maximum dam height is 24.0 m from the foundation. The foundation slab is 3.0m
thick with cutoff depth of 5.0m. A seepage cut-off wall and grouting curtain is provided underneath the
upstream concrete apron.
The radial gates at undersluice and spillway are 3.0x8.5 m (wxh) and 8.0×8.5m (w x h) respectively. The
spillway is located to the right side of the undersluice and the divide wall is 2.5 m in thickness. Each bay
has a radial gate and fixed wheel maintenance gate. The width of the mid pier is 4 m, side pier is 2.5 m each
and the joint is 2.0m. The upstream concrete apron has 25.0 m length and 2.0 m thickness. The
downstream concrete slab is 30 m in length and 2.0 m in thickness and sloped at 1:50. The cutoff slab at the
end of the downstream concrete slab is 5.0 m in depth. Downstream of this cutoff wall is a 30 m long rip
rap of precast concrete blocks of 2.0 m in thickness followed by a 7 m deep cutoff wall. The overflow dam
section is located in between the spillway and non-overflow dam section at the right bank. The overflow
dam is a concrete gravity type incorporated with an overflow spillway having a length of 17.0 m and a
width of 8.0 m. The dam has a vertical upstream face and inclined downstream face sloped at 1:0.8. There
are five (5) overflow bays in the dam each with opening of 2.0×1.5 m (w x h). The crest level of the
overflow weir is 2,582.00 masl at full supply level. The downstream chute of overflow spillway has a width
2 m and slope gradient 15%. The non-overflow dam is concrete gravity type having a crest length of 60.0
mm, crest width of 8.0 m and crest elevation at 2,584.00 masl. The upstream and downstream face is all
vertical backfilled with rock and soil. A control room is located on the dam crest. The foundation of the
dam, spillway and river-crossing culvert lies in alluvial deposit (alQ4) composed of boulder, pebble and
gravel of medium density having an allowable bearing capacity of 0.30-0.35MPa, while the foundation of
the undersluice and non-overflow dam lies in glacial and aqueoglacial deposit, composed of block stone
(rubble) soil, of medium dense to dense structure having an allowable foundation bearing capacity (R) of
0.40-0.45 MPa which meets the requirement of foundation bearing capacity. Side intake is located at the
left bank at an angle of 105º with the dam axis. The intake consists of trash rack, transition section and
inlet gate section. A 17 m long guide wall with top level at 2,570.00 is provided at the right side pier of the
undersluice. A sediment barrier is placed in between the intake and guide wall to intercept the larger sized
bed load. The trash rack is 5.3 m in length and 17.5 m in height with its invert at 2,577.00 masl. The total
width of the trash rack is 9 m and has two openings each of width 4.5m separated by a pier of width 2.0 m.
The transition section is located downstream of the trash rack. The transition section has length of 5.2 m,
varying width from 11.0 to 5.0 m, slab thickness of 2.0 m and side wall thickness 2.0 m. The inlet gate
section has a length of 5.5 m, height 17.5 m and top and bottom slab thickness 2.0 m, each opening size
4.5×6.5m (w x h). Downstream of this gate section is a 71.3 m tunnel section connecting to the
underground desilting basin.
The underground desilting basin is divided into two bays spaced at 46.00 m each bay having a net width of
14.00 m and varying height of 14.95 to 17.21 m and total length of 242.8 m. The inlet section 6 m long in
flow direction and gate opening 5×9.5 m (wxh) is connected to the access tunnel connecting to the dam
crest. The access tunnel connects the dam section to the settling basin inlet transition. The underground
desilting basin consists of inlet gate, upstream transition section, uniform section, downstream transition
section, outlet gate and head pond. The upstream transition section is 25 m in length and 5 to 14.00 m in
width followed by 155.00 m long uniform section. The downstream transition section is 25.00 in length
having a bottom outlet for flushing. The opening gates for flushing channel are 2.0x2.0 m (wxh). The outlet
gate is 6.0m in length in flow direction with the bottom slab at 2,577.00 masl which is 6.1 m higher than the
desander invert level. The outlet gate is 5.0x10.0 m (wxh) followed by a 10.0 m wide transverse channel at
2,566.00 masl. Geologically, the left bank intake has exposed bedrock with steep terrain generally sloped
at 65º to 80º. The outcrop rocks are gneiss with a foliation order of N70º-75ºE/NW∠10º-20º. The rock is
hard and slightly weathered forming the overall good stability of the bank slope. However, the shallow rock
mass is affected by weathering and rich unloading fissures. During construction, small unstable blocks may
be formed locally, and necessary slope support may be needed. The horizontal thickness of the underlying
strong bed rock rock is 15-25 m whereas that of the weak rock is 35-45m. The desilting basin is located in
the weakly unloading zone, with Rock Class Ⅲ, providing a good condition for the formation of the
underground chambers.
Option 1 and Option 2 has no restriction in terms of geological condition and are therefore both suitable
geologically
Table 7-1: Comparison of Different Project Layout
Structure Option I Option II
Intake trash rack 2 x 6 m (wxh) 2 x 4.5 m (wxh)
Approach structure
Type Canal Tunnel
Length 70.97 m 87.4 m + 83.0 m (2 nos)
Cross section 10 x 6 m (wxh) 5×10 m (wxh)
Settling basin Surface Underground
Headrace Tunnel 155×28×10.4-13.5m (LxWxH) 155×28×14.95-17.21m (LxWxH)
Length 6126.792 m
(51.327 m river crossing culvert) 5868.267 m
Table 7-2: Comparison of Quantities of Works for Option-1 and Option-2

S.N. Items Unit Option-1 Option-2
1 Open Excavation of Soil m 3 37,9642 71,758
2 Open Excavation of rock m3 19,267 13,409
3 Underground Rock excavation m3 38,746 30,5151
4 Backfill with Rock m3 2,798 2,798
5 Backfill with soil and rock m3 44,128 18,395
6 Filter m3 1,051 1,051
7 Concrete m3 5,790 2,435
8 Shotcrete m3 100,083 109,520
9 Rebar Installation t 211 526
10 Steel t 55 26
11 Wire Mesh t 8969 46836
12 Rock Anchor piece 1,866 1,138
13 Drain Pipe m 93 177
14 Gabion m3 2,385 915
15 Seepage Cutoff Wall M 2 3,667 3,667
16 Backfill Grouting m2 3,091 21,893
17 Curtain Grouting m 1,561 1,561
18 Consolidation Grouting m 3,474 29,584
19 Control Room m2 90 90
20 Access Road to Dam Crest m 300 300
21 Project Cost USD 10,000 4,086.4 4,086.4
From Table 7-1 and Table 7-2, Option 1 presents more convenient construction transportation, easier
operation and maintenance, a slightly longer HRT, and smaller quantities of works. Therefore, Option 1 is
preferred for both project cost and project layout.

7.1.2. Construction Conditions

River Diversion
Both options have equivalent scale and degree of difficulty of the river diversion works of Headworks.
Option 1 has a river crossing culvert which needs to diver the river which however is easier.
Degree of Difficulty of Construction

Option 1 has a surface desilting basin having a conventional construction methodology. While Option 2 has
an underground desilting basin of large cross section sharing part of the construction accesses with the
intake, grouting adit and HRT having high disturbance and many uncertainties during construction.
Option 2 has a steep slope at the intake area having an excavated slope height of 50 m with large slope
support works. Meanwhile the construction of access is very difficult. While Option 1 has no difficulty of
construction arrangement at the intake area. In terms of the degree of construction difficulty, Option 1 has
more advantage.
Construction Progress
In terms of construction time schedule, both options are equivalent each not being on the critical path of
the general construction schedule.
Project Investment and Energy Indices

The comparison of Project investment and Energy Indices is presented in Table 7-3
Table 7-3: Comparison and Energy Indicews for Options

Description Unit Option 1 Option 2
Total project Cost Million USD 275.058 314.467
Annual Energy Yield GWh 702.3 702.7
Cost/kW USD/kW 2307 2344
Cost/kWh USD/kWh 0.392 0.450
From the Table 7.3, it can be seen that the per kWh investment for option I and option II is USD114.562,
which is not economical. Therefore Option 1 is better than Option 2.
Land Use
Option1 has the total land area of 2.948 ha, in which cultivated land is 0.5273 ha, forest land is 2.039 ha
and land for water and water conservancy facilities are 0.395 ha. The total investment for land acquisition
and settlement is USD280, 000. Option1 has the total land area of 1.358 ha, in which forest land is 1.07 ha,
land for water and water conservancy facilities is 0.18 ha, barren land is 0.101 ha. The total investment for
land acquisition and settlement is USD103, 000. In term of resettlement, Option 1 has a higher investment
than that of Option 2. Whilst the both options cover only land acquisition having no relocation and
settlement of local resident, therefore has the same degree of difficulty in land acquisition and
resettlement. From the above mentioned, Option I with the left bank surface desilting basin is
recommended in the current design stage.
7.1.3. HRT layout selection

The Comparison of the Left Bank and Right Bank diversion route has been based on the surface desilting
basin site of the & Powerhouse. The route of the HRT is arranged along with the river course of
Marsyangdi River. Generally the river flows towards S70ºE. Along the route is the huge mountain mass
with elevation at the ridges over 4500 masl and relative elevation difference is 1500 m. The height of the
river bank slope is generally 500-1000 m with slope angle range 45-65º.
The river channel in the Project area generally bends towards the right bank, the left bank diversion tunnel
is relatively shorter which therefore is more preferential. In view of the development of the glacier ice
water accumulation platform on the right bank, initial consideration was given to making full use of the
favorable terrain conditions of the Syarkyu platform, using the open diversion channel to bypass the Ghatte
khola, Timang khola and Syarkyu khola Timan and placing the forebay at the downstream of Timang
village. Further a culvert was placed to cross the Danakyu khola and connect the penstock and powerhouse
on the right bank. The open channel is 8.07 m in length and the penstock is 1.86km in length. The inner
edge of the terrace at Syarkyu village has an elevation of 2,700 masl, where the village and farmland are
located. Excavation of the side slope along the inner edge could cause high slope cut and has a huge
influence to the village and farmland. Therefore the open diversion channel can only be placed on the outer
edge of the terrace. However in the vicinity of the outer edge is glacial ice water accumulation where the
riverside slope (natural angle 45º-50º) bears a prominent stability problem. Particularly in the area from
Ghatte khola to Timang khola, the riverbank slope is even steeper and sits at even higher elevation (max.
350m above river bed) and bears an even serious stability problem. Site investigation reveals that sand
layers are distributed in the terrace upstream of the Ghatte khola with its elevation at 2,625-2,650 masl
and thickness of 10 m, posing a big influence to the inner side slope of the open channel. In view of the big
scale and deep cutting of Ghatte khola, Timang khola and Syarkyu khola, the envisaged river crossing
culvert has to be founded on overburden, presenting a big problem in foundation treatment and scouring
protection. From the above mentioned, the open channel option is obviously unfavorable and therefore the
right bank HRT is adopted. The comparison options of the diversion route are detailed as below.
The design scheme of Option 1 consists of intake gate set close to the river side at the end of the desilting
basin followed by a culvert crossing Marsyangdi River, a pressure tunnel, an underground penstock and
surface powerhouse. Whereas, the design scheme of Option 2 consists of intake gate set close to the river
side at the end of the desilting basin followed by a pressure tunnel, an underground penstock, Surface
penstock and surface powerhouse
Table 7-4: Comparison of Layout and Geological Conditions along HRT

Description Left Bank Right Bank Comment
Terrain and The left bank gullies are not There are five gullies on the right bank, Left Bank Route is
Landform much developed. Banks in which Ghatte khola,Timang khola more favorable
upstream of the Takrenso khola and Danakyu khola cut deep and
are basically rock slope and extend longer than 2.5km with
downstream to the powerhouse perennial flow. From Koto village to the
area is distributed with glacial Timang village on the right bank, there
deposit on the both banks of the is a large scale spreading of glacial
unnamed khola with rock accumulations of 200 - 300m above
outcrop at 2,800 masl river bed. The outcrop of bedrock is on
high level. The overburden slope is
generally 30 - 500, locally 60 - 700.
Stratigraphi The lithology along the tunnel is The lithology along the tunnel is gneiss. Similar
c lithology gneiss.
Eological The fault is not developed, The The fault is not developed, The Similar
structure structural plane of rock mass is structural plane of rock mass is mainly
mainly composed of joints and composed of joints and fissures
fissures
Physical No landslide, debris flow or No landslide, debris flow and other Similar
geological other adverse geological adverse geological condition, physical
phenomen condition, physical geological geological action mainly manifested in
action mainly manifested in weathering, unloading, partial collapse.
weathering, unloading, partial
collapse
Surroundin g Rock Class II = 5% Rock Class II =5% Rock Class III =45% Left Bank Route is
rock Rock Class III = 60% Rock Class IV =35% Rock Class V =15% more favorable
condition Rock Class IV = 25% inlet overburden area (Chainage
Rock Class V = 10% 0+000m to 0+200m) poses a poor
Rock burst not significant. tunneling condition. Rock burst not
significant.
Length of 6075.465 8360.544 Left Bank Route is
HRT more favorable
Layout The total length of the adits is The total length of the adits is 3162m, Left Bank Route is
conditions 1460 m, the surrounding rock is in which most of sections of Adit 2 and more favorable
for the adites gneiss, and the tunneling 3 runs through the overburden having
conditions of cavern are better. poor tunneling conditions.
Tunnel 6,075.465 m 8,360.544m Right Bank is
Length longer by 2,285m
Penstock 965.422 m 1045.115 m Right Bank is
pipe length longer by 80 m
Head Loss 11 m 12.94 m Right Bank is
higher by 1.84 m
Construction 1460 m 3162 m Adit 2 and Adit 3
Adit Length in Right Bank

diversion route
bear poor
tunneling
condition
Direct 5695.85 7648.98
Investment
(USD 10K)
It can be seen from Table 7-4 that right bank route has larger quantities of project work and higher
construction cost.
Both alignments in both options lies in gneiss offering a good tunneling condition. However Right Bank
construction Adit 2 & 3 lies in overburden layers in most section bearing a poor tunneling condition, high
difficulty and slow progress. Due to the extremely steep slope cut of the Right Bank powerhouse area, the
construction access road leading to Adit 4# and access tunnel of surge chamber is more difficult to be
constructed than that of the Left Bank. Right Bank HRT has four construction adits with length of 962 m,
1038 m, 784 m and 378 m. The section of Right Bank HRT between Adit 2 & 3 is the critical section. Total
construction time is 39 months, 9 months longer than that of the Left Bank route. Therefore in terms of
construction conditions and construction schedule, the Left Bank route is recommended. From the above
mentioned reasons, the Left Bank route is recommended with due consideration of topographical and
geological condition, general layout, cost and construction time and economy.
7.1.4. Powerhouse selection

The concept of cascade design was kept unchanged for the powerhouse site from the earlier Feasibility
Study. In the earlier FS design the powerhouse site was selected at the bottom of the project boundary
which is 600 m upstream of the China Khola. In this area the river has a bend with the water surface
elevation of 2108 – 2114 masl in dry season. The bank 1.5-2.0 m above the river bed has a length of 80 m in
flow direction and a width of 10.25 m. The site considered has adverse geological condition to build the
powerhouse hence; the powerhouse location is moved as the Lower Site.
Field investigation shows that the flood plain downstream of the mouth of Retuphat khola which is 800 m
upstream of the previous powerhouse site with elevation ranging from 2155 to 2165. The plain has a width
of 50 to 70 m and length of 100 m in flow direction with exposed rock outcrop above 2,245 masl. The water
surface level is 2140 to 2150 masl in dry season. The site is considered relatively good for a surface
powerhouse. The major differences between the upper site powerhouse and the lower site powerhouse are
shown in Table 7-5.
Table 7-5: Comparison of Upper and Lower Powerhouse Site

Powerhouse Powerhouse
S.N. Items Unit
Upper Site Lower Site
Major Civil Works
1 Overburden Excavation m3 513,152 2899863
2 Sand & Gravel Backfill m3 18600 21800
3 Open Excavation of Rock m3 47234 38834
4 Underground Excavation of Rock m3 222357 218450
5 Underground Excavation of Overburden m3 8505
6 Excavation of Rock in Shaft m3 13020 12829
7 Concrete Backfill m3 3210 3210
8 Concrete m3 88374 98026
9 Shotcrete m3 19073 19202
10 Curtain Grouting M 368 368
11 Consolidation Grouting M 33863 33863
12 Backfill Grouting m2 29281 29281
13 Drain holes M 26640
14 Rebar Installation T 7386 9750
15 Steel T 6028 6076
16 Anchor Bar Peiece 84781 84881
17 Cable Anchor Piece 68
18 Brick Masonary m3 1926
19 M10 Masonary m3 240

Energy Indices
20 Basin Area km2 1635 1635
21 Average Annual Runoff m3/s 64.2 64.2
22 FSL M 2582 2582
23 MOL M 2579 2579
24 Turbine Settling Level M 2151.8 2122.8
25 Installation Capacity MW 135 144
26 Maximum Water Head Loss M 11.864 12.97
27 Average Annual Energy Yield 100milli 7.023 7.493
on kWh
28 Average Output In Lean Season (Dec - May) MW 48.61 51.88
29 Energy Yield in Dry Season (Dec - May) 100milli 2.123 2.266
on kWh
30 Weight of Energy Yield in Dry Season (Dec - May) % 30.2 30.2
31 Annual Utilization Hours H 5202 5204
32 Water Utilization Rate % 38.08 38.08
33 Max. Water Head M 430.2 459.2
34 Min. Water Head M 415.3 443.2
35 Weighted-Average Water Head M 419.1 447.3
36 Rated Water Head M 415.3 443.2
37 Plant Discharge m3/s 38.0 38.0
The foundation level of the powerhouse at the Upper Site and Lower Site is 2,143.00 masl and 2,114.50
masl. Both the option has foundation level lower than 10 years flood level of the river, thus requiring
construction of a cofferdam. The cofferdam will be designed under 10 years flood, which is 561m3/s at the
Upper Site (cofferdam height 6 m, length 90 m) and 590 m3/s at the Lower Site (cofferdam height 6 m,
length 120 m). The HRT and surge chamber is slightly different of the Upper Site and Lower Site,
correspondingly the cost of underground support differentiates to some extent.
The powerhouse area in the Lower Site has a limited space for maneuver and very steep back slope with
deep overburden. Meanwhile the Lower Site has a 659 m long lower horizontal section of penstock in
which 400 m long is expected in overburden and 100 m long with shallow rock cover bearing a poor
tunneling condition and high construction difficulty. The maximum slope cut height is 260 m and
overburden excavation volume is 2.88 million m3 featured with large slope support works, serious stability
issues of high overburden slope and high operation risk at the powerhouse area. From the construction
point of view, the Upper Site is more favorable than the Lower Site. The static investment of the Upper Site
is USD275.0582 million which is USD 38.72902 million less than that of the Lower Site. The kW investment
is USD 2,037.47/kW while the Lower Site is USD 2,179.91/kW. The kWh investment of the Upper Site is
USD 0.392/kWh, while the Lower Site is USD0.419/kWh. The incremental kWh investment is USD 0.824/
kWh being far higher than that of the powerhouse itself which is not reasonable. From the comparison of
the kW investment, kWh investment and incremental investment, the Upper Site is more favorable than the
Lower Site. Therefore, the Upper Site surface powerhouse is selected with consideration to the above
mentioned factors.
7.2 Alternatives to Hydropower Energy

There are very few alternatives to hydropower development to meet the growing demand for energy in the
country. The majority of the people still depend on forest resources. With respect to the continuation of
harvesting country's limited forest resources, the growth in energy demand cannot be met by this resource
alone. The use of solar power and biogas can be alternate sources but they still will not be able to fully
satisfy all of the country's energy demands and expensive alternative. Thermal power also has its own
hindrance as per the environmental pollution. Therefore, hydropower development is a very attractive
alternative for the country. It is a clean form of energy and it utilizes a renewable resource that Nepal is
generously endowed with. Hydropower is, thus, a very suitable alternative of meeting present and future
demand for electricity.
Small and medium hydro-power projects are more suitable to meet Nepal's present energy needs.
Furthermore, the development of these projects also have the advantage of being less demanding to the
environment, using maximum local manpower, spreading development activities to many parts of the
country and reducing dependency on one or a few large projects. It can thus be concluded that there are
very few alternate projects that can match the advantages provided by a run-of-the river project like the
MMHEP. The fact that the implementation of MMHEP will result in very few adverse environmental
impacts further strengthens the case for its implementation.
7.3. No Forest Alternative

For this project, the existing topographic conditions and drainage network are detrimental factor in
locating the project diversion structures, layout of the headrace tunnel, and powerhouse. Within the
constraints, efforts were made to locate the dam, powerhouse, and limited poundage area to minimize the
loss of forested land. To minimize the loss of forest dam height and full supply levels were placed at
optimum level only. Selection of spoil disposal sites, quarry area have given due recognition to minimize
the forested land area. The spoil disposal sites are located in the degraded agricultural land, while the
quarry sites are located in the forest area but having low vegetation cover forming part of barren rocky
cliffs. Muck disposal was proposed in the private barren land with less vegetation and inundation area
mostly lies in the flood plain. Hence PRoR option was selected.
7.4. Associated Risks on Different Alternatives

The project layout planning has avoided the geologically vulnerable area for its various structures and
support facilities. The dam and powerhouse is designed with a maximum allowable safety net to avoid the
risk of dam and powerhouse structure failure. While designing the dam, risk of failure and downstream
affect has been given the highest priority. As the project site lies in the potential seismic belt of Himalaya,
the design has considered the seismic failure risk also into consideration in its design.
Coffer dam design is made on the basis of 20 years maximum flood in the dry season. The Tunnel diameter,
and construction strategy for example blasting, mocking, placing of support structures, tunnel lining etc.
have given due consideration for risk minimization. The selection of the vertical pressure shaft and
horizontal penstock are the outcome of risk minimization during construction and operation. Fencing
provisions of vulnerable work sites, relocation of the existing trails, and suspension bridge etc. are the
result of the various alternative analyses to minimize the risk to acceptable level during project
implementation.
7.5. Alternative to Technology, Operation, Procedures, Time Schedules and Raw Materials
Selected construction technology alternative is a mix of labour and machine based so as to provide
maximum job opportunity to the local area people during construction. The machine only or maximum
machine based construction technology is rejected because of its potential environmental management
difficulties and minimum job opportunities to the local area people. The power plant will be operated in
tune with the available hydrology. The project is so designed that it will provide peaking energy during the
morning and evening operating periods when the energy demand is high. Consideration is given to the
environmental requirement to release the environmental flow from the dam as to the minimum
requirement for sustaining ecology of the river (1.88 cumec of the least flow of the dry season) for all time
and for all season, which also complies with the legal provisions of the government of Nepal.
To accomplish the project implementation in the stipulated time, the project is packaged into two contracts
one relating to powerhouse and switchyard while other relates to the dam and headrace tunnel. The coffer
dams will be constructed within two dry seasons by diverting water of Marsyangdi River by coffer dams.
The coffer dams will not only dewater the working area in the dam foundation but will also act as water
diversion channels through the river left and right flood plain area in the downstream section.
As far as possible raw materials required for the project will be sourced from the local area except for the
timber and fuel wood. An alternative provision of cooking energy will be made to the construction
workforce in the construction camps. The area is sand deficient. To minimize the cost of sand import from
outside project area, the available quartzite of the local area will be crushed and screened for the
production of sand and other aggregates required for the project.
Conventional drilling and blasting method will be adopted for the job. Thus, holes will be drilled as per the
pattern estimated earlier based on the geology. Holes will be charged with explosives and then blasted. The
mucking of the excavated material will be carried out after scaling of blasted area to remove loose
materials and initial supporting as required by the geology. For initial supporting 0.05 m to 0.1 m thick
shotcrete spraying may be adopted in the required zone. After mucking, the excavated area if required will
be protected by 5 to 10 cm thick shotcrete with use of wire mesh. After this, preparation for excavation of
next reach will be started and repeated above mentioned process for next reach.
7.6. Environment Management Measures

The project is very sensitive on the out coming environmental impacts. The project planning has analyzed
various alternatives of spoil disposal, placing of crusher units, location project's engineer camps, and
construction camps. While selecting sites for different activities due consideration is given in the out
coming environmental impacts and their environmental management. The project has developed an
environmental management plan for the construction and operation periods giving due recognition to the
environmental aspects of the area.
7.7. Whether or not the risks resulting from the implementation of the Proposal can be accepted
The project layout planning has avoided the geologically vulnerable area for its various structures and
support facilities. The Tunnel diameter, and construction strategy for example blasting, mocking, placing of
support structures, tunnel lining etc have given due consideration for risk minimization. Fencing
provisions of vulnerable work sites, etc. are the result of the various alternative analyses to minimize the
risk to acceptable level during project implementation.

8. CHAPTER VIII: MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

Chapter 6 has detailed the beneficial and adverse environmental impacts of the MMHEP in without
mitigation scenario. The mitigations measures are same as before as no new additional impacts been
observed. This chapter details the environmental enhancement measures to maximize the benefit of the
beneficial impacts and environmental mitigation measures to avoid, minimize, or compensate the adverse
environmental impacts of the project. The project developer ensures to implement the enhancement and
mitigation measures detailed in the section below. Apart from this, the proponent also ensures to
implement the mitigation measures for the adverse impacts which were not foreseen during the study. It is
further emphasized that the proponent will compensate the affected parties for losses incurred due to the
implementation of the project as per prevailing law.
8.1. Beneficial Impacts

The environmental enhancement measures designed for implementation by the project has an objective to
develop the overall socio-economic and physical infrastructure facilities of the project affected RMs. The
programs, in the long term, are envisaged to facilitate the project operation activities Vis a Vis maintain the
relationship with the communities of the project affected areas by enhancing the overall natural and socio-
economic environment.
The details of the enhancement programs are listed in Table 8-1 in matrices format including
environmental impact sector, enhancement measures and cost of enhancement. These enhancement
programs are based on the consultation with the local communities at various occasions by the project
developer at various times.
Table 8-1: Beneficial Socio-economic Environmental Impacts due to MMHEP

Enhancement New Cost
SN Environmental Impact Enhancement Measures
Cost (NRs)
A. Social and Socio-economic (Construction /Operation Phase )
4,000,000,
Support to Rural  Will Assist the community to reduce 405,000 Will follow as
A.1
Electrification Programs the dependence from microhydro per PDA
document
 Will assist in the establishment of
1,200,000
water supply scheme for Chame Comes Under
Water Source Protection
A.2  Will assist in the establishment of CSP
Programs 1,200,000
water supply scheme for Tache
Bagarchap
Education and Education  A higher secondary school is proposed
A.3 5,000,000 5,000,000
Facility Support Programs to be constructed by the project
264,500
 Training Need Assessment Study
 Agriculture Development (trainings,
1,400,000
improved seeds etc.)
 Vegetable farming (trainings,
1,400,000
improved seeds etc.)
Agricultural Extension and Comes Under
A.4  Horticulture development (trainings,
Training Programs 1,400,000 CSP
distribution of saplings etc.)
 Herbal farming (training, distribution
1,400,000
of seeds, processing etc.)
 Market Linkage (Establishment of
cooperatives etc.)
1,400,000
 To decrease the pressure on
forestland through the maintenance of
livestock fodder requirements,
Animal Husbandry Training trainings on improved fodder
A.5 1,050,000 1,050,000
Programs plantation in private and community
owned farmlands will also be
provided to the farmers as part of this
initiative.
Off Farm Livelihood  Training to carpentry, mason, vehicle, Comes under
A.6 1,900,000
Training Programs welding etc CSP

Enhancement New Cost

SN Environmental Impact Enhancement Measures
Cost (NRs)
 Natural resource conservation
A.7 Forest Support Programs program with local level CAMCs and No cost No cost
subsequent sub – committees
 Buildings ranging from school, CAMC
offices, community halls, community
lodges, day-care centre buildings,
Support to Annapurna Comes Under
A.8 trails, railings, drinking water, 50,000,000
Conservation Area CSP
irrigation canals, sanitation works are
constructed and developed with active
participation of the local community.
B Physical Environment (Construction and Operation Phase)
 Ensure that the contractor rehabilitate
the quarry site, and spoil disposal site
into well developed lands for
community use Cost included Cost included
Impacts of Land  Afforestation and re-vegetation of in civil in civil
development opportunities spoil/muck disposal areas construction construction
B.1
at quarry and spoil disposal  The land at spoil/muck disposal site cost cost
sites and in the headwork site will be
developed to a better quality land than
the existing one by adequate civil, and
bio-engineering works and top soil
management
 Afforestation and re-vegetation of
spoil/muck disposal areas
Cost included Cost included
 The land at spoil/muck disposal site
in civil in civil
Land development and in the headwork site will be
construction construction
opportunities developed to a better quality land than
cost cost
the existing one by adequate civil, and
bio-engineering works and top soil
management.
C Biological Environment (Construction and Operation Phase)
Impact of Environmental Covered
5,000,000
Awareness on the Forest under CSP
 Biological research grant
Management, Wildlife, and
Aquatic Life Conservation
Total Cost of Environmental Enhancement 72,614,905 10,050,000
Estimated total cost of the environmental enhancement measures was NRs. 72,614,905 and has been
decreased to NRs. 10,050,000.
It is also knowen that the proponent has already spent some of the money in the CSR activities that follows:
A. Clearing of the snow from the Besisahar-Manang feeder road = USD 50,000
B. Septemer: Clearing of debris on the Besisahar-Chame feeder road = USD 100,000
C. Stationaries, computers = USD 10,000
The proponent is also detertmined to spend more on the CSR activities as per the need of the local and the
rationality of the proponent expenditure.
8.2. Adverse Impacts Cost

The mitigation measures to be implemented include minimization measures and compensatory measures.
The avoidance measures have been considered during the project design. The project design has taken into
account all the measures that could avoid the environmental impacts during the design phase itself and are
not discussed here.
8.2.1. Social and Socio-economic Environment

The selection of mitigation measures for social and socio-economic environmental impacts for construction
and operation phases are based on the analysis of pragmatism, costs and implementability.

8.2.1.1. Construction
The permanent land and property acquisition of the private owners, the developer will opt for bilateral
negotiation with the owners of the land and property. Involuntary acquisition of the land will not be
practiced by the developer. In case involuntary land and property acquisition is required, a resettlement
plan will be prepared as per the requirement of the government of Nepal. Based on the provisions of the
approved resettlement plan, the affected land and property owners will be resettled and rehabilitated.
Table 8-2 details the mitigation measures to be implemented during the project construction.

Table 8-2: Adverse Socio-economic Environmental Mitigation Costs of MMHEP– Construction Phase
Social and Socio- Supervision External
Implementation
economic Mitigation New Mitigation and Internal monitoring
1 Mitigation Measures and Monitoring
Environmental Cost (NRs) Cost (NRs) Auditing Auditing
Responsibility
Impact Responsibility Responsibility
 To mitigate the impacts of permanent land NPR. 421,204,000, @ LARU ESO As determined
and property acquisition, a compensatory 58,918,711 13720000 for by PDA
approach will be taken at replacement costs. 30.7 ha
All the required lands for permanent
acquisition will be settled by bilateral
negotiation on voluntary basis. ESO
 EPCC ESO
 The land which will be used temporarily will
be handed over to the owner only after
maintaining it in its original productive form ESO
or even better form by landscaping and
terracing. LARU ESO
 105,600,880,
 Involuntary land and property acquisition will @1078000/ha
not be employed for the permanent land and per year for 4
property acquisition. For temporary land and years for 24.49
property acquisition, compensation to the ha
Loss of Land and
A.1 acquired land and property will be
Property
compensated at least equivalent to the round ESO
the year agricultural produce of the occupied LARU ESO
land or rental of the built structure or
compensation through bilateral negotiation
with the land owners. Restoration of land will
be done to as original conditions prior to
handover of temporarily occupied land. In
case of failure to restoration of land
compensation will be paid to the respective
owners to the incurred land damages.
 The temporary land acquisition for the
construction period will be the responsibility
of the contractor based on the above policy.
On failing to meet the above conditions, the
contractor will be deducted the required
compensation amount and project will pay
directly to the land owners. The above

Implementation
Responsibility
conditions will be stipulated in the tender to
contract document to ensure rights of the
land owners as one of the key mitigation
measure.
 After the finalisation of EIA and before project Included in the Included in the LARU ESO ESO
construction, although project will indicate a compensatory compensatory
Loss of Built 'construction cut-off point' in a near future, cost cost
Structures (future the built structures (house, sheds, huts etc.) in
scenario) private lands can be compensated as per
compensation package developed by CDC
under chairmanship of CDO
 The standing crop at the time of acquisition 2,618,609 3,000,000 LARU ESO ESO
will be allowed to harvest by the respective
Annual Loss of landowners. If the project proponent chooses
agriculture to enter into the area before the harvesting of
production standing crop, the standing crop will be
compensated as per unit production of crop
fixed by a LACFC at the local level.
 The project will give first priority on the No cost No cost
employment opportunity in the project
related jobs that loses their land and property
permanently. The above will be stipulated in
Loss of Livelihood the contractor’s tender document
due to land loss and  In case of temporary land acquisition, the EPCC ETD/ESO As determined
Social owners will be given second priority in the by PDA
impoverishment employment opportunities in the project
works. The above policy will be stipulated in
the contractor’s tender document to oblige
the client on this regard.
 Relocation issue will be resolved through a 11,200,000, 11,200,000,

compensation package designed by
Revival of socio – proponent to support the revival of their 1200,00 for 1200,00 for
economic status livelihood compensatory compensatory
property property
translocation translocation EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined

Implementation
Responsibility
and and by PDA
infrastructural infrastructural
development development
 Will organize regular ethical behavioral 600,000, 600,000,
programs, trainings and cultural shows to
outside workers to respect local people, their 10 events twice 10 events twice
culture and traditions the whole work force a year 60000 a year 60000
Alteration of local regulatory unit will be responsible for for 5 years for 5 years
culture and traditions checking such cultural deteriorating activities EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
among all concern groups. The project will by PDA
sincerely observe with respect the local
culture and traditions on different phases of
project work.
 The project will support the construction or 13,500,000,
up gradation of existing schools to higher
secondary school in the project affected RMs Lump sum cost
manned by required teachers and support for construction
staffs. Will additionally support the schools of and up Covered under
Pressure on
the project affected RMs to provide education gradation of CSP ETCC ETD/ESO As detemined
educational
to the children of project staff and workers. A existing or new by PDA
institutions
women and children welfare center will be higher
establishment in two locations to support secondary
women and children welfare issues school in the
project impact
area
 Will financially support for the establishment 500,000
of better health service facilities managed by Covered under
doctors and health staffs. CSP
 Support government health post in the
Pressure on health
respective RMs with proper equipment and 600,000
service facilities
medicines and infrastructural facilities. EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
 Construction of two new health centers 14,080,000 by PDA
Pressure on water  Establish a self-standing water supply system Included in civil Included in civil EPCC
supply systems for all the camp facilities without interrupting cost cost

Implementation
Responsibility
upon the community supply system
ETD/ESO As detemined
by PDA
Pressure on  Will establish self-standing communication Included in civil Included in civil EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
communication facilities for the project staff and workers in cost cost by PDA
facilities each of the camps and project colonies
 A well designed Construction of Labor camp 2100,000 Included in civil EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
and Labor camp Management Plan will be cost by PDA
Pressure on other implemented to mitigate the adverse impacts
community due to labor influx and the mitigation
infrastructure measures for the same will be stipulated in
the contractor tender document to comply
Submergence of  Will find an alternate to the existing trek 2500000 Included in CSP EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
section of trek route route in consultation with ACAP, CAMCs and Cost by PDA
at headwork sub-committees
Decline in health due  Regular evaluation work will enhance by Included in civil Included in civil EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
to mental stress individual social organization, RMs, authority cost cost by PDA
arising from will also play role for protective measures, A
competition and standing committee can handle these all
conflicts issues on the regular basis
 Will request CDO of the respective districts to 700,000 Under CSP Cost LARU ESO As detemined
Pressure on law and open up Police Post to ensure law and order by PDA
order situation in the local area and financially support to
such posts
 Will make provision of first aid facility in each 540000 540,000 EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
of the construction camps, and construction by PDA
Increase in sites with instructions of use
occupational health  Health and safety management plan will be 700000 700,000 EPCC ETD/ESO
hazards of strictly followed and implement as per As detemined
construction work international standard and provisioned in by PDA
force construction tender document Included in civil EPCC ETD/ESO
 Will make provision of personnel protective Included in civil cost
equipment such as helmets, gloves, boots, cost As detemined

Implementation
Responsibility
mask, ear plugs, safety belts etc. as to the Included in civil by PDA
requirement of the construction work nature cost
to each of the construction workers and
supervisors EPCC ETD/ESO
 Organize regular safety instruction and safety Included in civil
drills prior to, during and after the working cost
hours in a routinely manner As detemined
by PDA
Disturbances to  Regular consultation and review of possible No cost No cost LARU ETD/ESO As detemined
construction impact with ACAP and CAMCs if it seen by PDA
activities significantly
Increase waste  Open burning will be strictly prohibited 800,000 800,000 EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined
volume, odor and during project construction and operation by PDA
diseases, decrease
scenic value
Total Mitigation Cost for Social and Socio-economic Environment - 109,357,320 543,104,880
Construction Phase (additional to civil cost)

Total estimated costs for social and socioeconomic environmental mitigation measures for construction
phase not included in the civil construction cost was NRs.109,357,320 but has gone up to NRs.
543,104,880 and remains higher than the previous project.
8.2.1.2. Operation
The impacts envisaged, particularly boom town impact for the operation phase on social and socio-
economic environment could not be mitigated and will remain as residual impact. The impacts on the in
use natural springs by the tunnel, however, will be minimized through provisions of water arrangement for
the impacted communities. Table 8-3 details the mitigation measures for the operation phase.

Table 8-3: Adverse Socio-economic Environmental Mitigation Costs – Operation Phase, MMHEP
New Implementation Supervision External
Social and Socio- Mitigation and Monitoring and Internal monitoring
Mitigation
I.2 economic Mitigation Measures Measures Responsibility Auditing Auditing
Cost (NRs)
Environmental Impact (NRs) Responsibility Responsibility
Cessation of economic ETD ESO As detemined

B.1  No measure No cost No cost
activities by PDA
 Launch of positive life style No cost No cost ETD ESO As detemined
promotion activities by PDA
B.2 Impact on Lifestyle  Local regulatory body to be
informed in case of criminal acts
and social disharmony
 As per job requirements No cost No cost ETD ESO As detemined
Decline in work preference will be given to local by PDA
B.3
opportunities people of the project impact
RMs
 The temporary acquired land Included in Included in ETD ESO As detemined
Loss of agricultural for project purposes, shall be Physical Physical by PDA
B.4
production handed to the owners as mitigation mitigation cost
productive land cost
750,000, Included in civil EPCC ESO As detemined
 Establishment of an early
cost by PDA
warning system (siren) in the
2,50,000 for
downstream region up to
one early
Restriction on the use of powerhouse. The siren will be
warning
the riverine area for blown to inform the peak
system
various local uses release of water to the local
installed at
people and communities to
dam and
move to safe areas in the river
powerhouse
flood plain
site
 NTFP Extension and Training 540000 Under CSP Cost ETD ESO As detemined
Programs General Awareness to by PDA
Forest base Livelihood
Increase the Agriculture
Training Programs
Product Animal Husbandry and
Poultry Training Programs
Total Mitigation Cost for Social and Socio-economic
Environment - Operation Phase (additional to 1,290,000 -
operational costs)

The estimated cost for the mitigation of social and socio-economic environment for the operation phase
not included in the operation cost was NRs. 1,290,000 and all the costs under this falls under the civil cost
and CSP Cost.

The selection of mitigation measures for cultural and physical environmental impacts for construction and
operation phases are based on the analysis of pragmatism, costs and implementability.
8.2.2.1. Construction
Table 8-4 present the mitigation measures for cultural and physical environmental impacts for the
construction phase in matrix format along with the costs.

Table 8-4: Adverse Physical Environmental Mitigation Costs – Construction Phase, MMHEP
Physical Approved
Mitigation and Monitoring and Internal monitoring
II.1 Environmental Mitigation Measures Mitigation
Cost (NRs) Responsibility Auditing Auditing
Impact Cost (NRs)
Responsibility Responsibility
EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
 Surface excavations works in headwork,
PDA
powerhouse and quarry areas will be controlled
as to the geotechnical requirements of land
stability and erosion.
EPCC OET /ESO
 The existing landslides and the excavated slopes
Increase in Land Included in As detemined by
A.1 in all areas will be stabilized by the application
Stability 125,000,000 civil cost PDA
of civil and bioengineering works as required by
the local geotechnical conditions
EPCC OET /ESO
 The spoil will be deposited to levels and heights
taking into consideration of the geotechnical
As detemined by
stability of deposited materials.
PDA
 All excavated materials will be deposited in the Included in Included in EPCC OET /ESO As detemined by
safe spoil disposal sites as designated in the civil cost civil cost PDA
proposal.
 Disposal of excavated loose materials along the Included in Included in EPCC
water pathways will be prohibited civil cost civil cost
 All excavated areas and spoil deposited areas EPCC
will be stabilized by civil and bio-engineering Included in Included in
works civil cost civil cost EPCC
 The wash off and discharge from concrete
batching plants will be passed through Included in Included in
Increase in sedimentation tanks before discharging to water civil cost civil cost EPCC
A.2 sedimentation bodies
and erosion  River Training works will be implemented 5,000,000 Included in
downstream of dam in Koto village and civil cost EPCC
downstream of tailrace in Danaque
 The run off discharge from the spoil disposal 4,000,000 Included in
areas will be collected through proper drainage civil cost
arrangements and passed through
sedimentation tanks to arrest the suspended EPCC
sediments prior to discharge into receiving
water bodies
 Immediate Catchment Area Management and 15,000,000 Included in
Treatment Plan will be implemented in the civil cost

Physical Approved
Impact Cost (NRs)
poundage area upstream of dam. The project
will adopt disaster risk management plan to EPCC
mitigate risks associated with landslide, erosion
and natural calamities diversion weir
 The project will adopt disaster risk management 22,000,000 5,000,000
plan to mitigate risks associated with landslide,
erosion and natural calamities
 Top soil will be collected safely, protection from EPCC OET /ESO As detemined by
washout, and after completion of physical work, PDA
soil will be refilled in the excavated site so that
the soil fertility will be maintained. Restoration
Loss of top fertile
of temporary land before handover, applying the Included in Included in
A.3 soil during
remaining top soil at places upon request by the civil cost civil cost
excavation
local people.
 The project will adopt disaster risk management EPCC/ETD OET /ESO
plan to mitigate risks associated with landslide, As detemined by
erosion and natural calamities PDA
Included in EPCC OET /ESO As detemined by
civil cost PDA
 Honking of vehicular horns will be restricted by
placing signs along the traffic corridors and in Included in
Included in EPCC OET/ESO
the construction sites. civil cost
civil cost As detemined by
 Mechanical noise of the equipment and
PDA
machinery will be minimized by regularly Included in
Included in EPCC OET/ESO
maintaining the equipment and machinery civil cost
Increase in noise civil cost
 Blasting noise will be minimized by controlling
level and impact EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
A.4 the blasting operations. Included in
due to blasting 5,500,000 PDA
 Night time blasting operations will be avoided as civil cost
operations EPCC OET/ESO
far as possible.
As detemined by
 Assessment of house structures before, during 5,500,000
700,000 PDA
and after project construction and
EPCC OET/ESO
compensation for losses due to blasting
As detemined by
 A well designed traffic management will be 700,000
PDA
adopted and implemented.
As detemined by
PDA


Physical Approved
Impact Cost (NRs)
 A well designed traffic management plan will be Already EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
Already
adopted and implemented included PDA
included
 Explosive demand will be approved from EPCC OET/ESO
Government of Nepal and temporary storage As detemined by
bunker will be constructed on Army Camp or PDA
under direct supervision of Nepal army. The
A.5 Workers Safety project will submit a Permanent Bunker plan to
Nepal Army office and will be finalized Included in
Included in
according to Explosive storage, transfer, and civil cost
civil cost
bunker house and safety provisions of Nepal
army. Nepal army’s safety provisions will be
followed under their active participations and
guidance.
 The discharge measurement of surface water EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
Lowering of sources for consumptive purpose will be PDA
A.6 ground water monitored periodically and support for 850,000 850,000
table conservation of water sources used for
consumptive purposes
 The run off discharge of water after EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
consumptive use in project camps and colonies PDA
will be treated as per site requirements before 1,350,000 1,350,000
release to water bodies
 Human waste from construction camps and EPCC OET/ESO
Alteration of colonies will be arrested in septic tanks, soak As detemined by
A.7 river water pits as per site requirements before discharge to 750,000 750,000 PDA
quality minimize BOD load of water ways.
 Project will comply with the best international EPCC OET/ESO
practices of EHS to avoid or minimize the Included in Included in
accidental spillage from heavy machinery and Civil cost Civil cost As detemined by
equipment. Provision will be stipulated in the PDA
contractor tender document.
 The run off discharge from the spoil disposal Included in Included in EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
Increase in areas will be collected through proper drainage civil cost civil cost PDA
A.8 sedimentation arrangements to discharge into receiving water
and erosion bodies
 Erosion control engineering methods will be Included in Included in EPCC OET/ESO

Physical Approved
Impact Cost (NRs)
adopted in stock piling and muck disposal areas civil cost civil cost As detemined by
to control erosion PDA
 Erosion Abatement and Spoil/Muck
management plan will be adopted 700,000 Included in
 Erosion Abatement and Spoil/Muck Included in civil cost
management plan will be adopted civil cost
 Project will comply with the best international EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
practices of EHS to avoid or minimize the PDA
accidental spillage from heavy machinery and
Included in
equipment’s during material transfer and Included in
civil cost
storage civil cost EPCC OET/ESO
Change in
 All spent Mobil, greases, lubricating oils in the As detemined by
composition in
mechanical and equipment yards and other PDA
soil chemistry Included in
hazardous waste of camps and construction Included in
civil cost
sites will be collected separately and kept in civil cost
plastic drums for safe disposal. Haphazard
disposal of the spent petroleum products and
hazardous waste will be prohibited.
 Water sprinkling in the main access road EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
Included in
corridors to headwork and powerhouse - surge PDA
Included in civil cost
tank road corridors particularly in the dry
civil cost
season will be carried out to arrest the road
blown dusts EPCC ETD/ESO
Included in Included in
 Water sprinkling in the road corridors within As detemined by
civil cost civil cost
Air Quality: the construction sites particularly 3 times in the PDA
Increase in dry season and one time in winter season will be
suspended carried out to arrest the road blown dusts EPCC ETD/ESO
particulates  All vehicles and machinery used in the project
will be in compliance with emission standards As detemined by
set for vehicles and machinery by MoFE EPCC ETD/ESO PDA
 Traffic management plan will be prepared by
ESISU and adopted and implemented in
collaboration with local regulatory authority to As detemined by
minimize traffic congestion PDA
Degradation of  Waste water from the aggregate washing plant Included in Included in EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined by
water quality and crusher will be settled into sedimentation civil cost civil cost PDA

Physical Approved
Impact Cost (NRs)
from tank before releasing into the receiving water
construction bodies
wastes  Waste water from the batching plant,
mechanical equipment yards will be settled into Included in Included in EPCC ETD/ESO
sedimentation tanks before releasing in to the civil cost civil cost As detemined by
receiving water bodies PDA
 Project will comply with the best international ETD/ESO
practices of EHS related to impacts from EPCC
construction affecting change in water Included in Included in
chemistry civil cost civil cost As detemined by
PDA
 The entire project camps, contractor's camps EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined by
and colonies, and labor camps will be provided Included in PDA
Included in
with sufficient numbers of toilets and civil cost
civil cost
bathrooms (at least one for every 20 workers).
Septic tanks and soak pits as to the requirement EPCC ETD/ESO
will be built. Included in As detemined by
Included in
 Any remaining wash water to be fully treated civil cost PDA
Water quality civil cost
(fine solids removed by filtration or settlement
degradation from
and pH corrected to 6-9) before being EPCC ETD/ESO
disposal of camp
discharged to surface water only (i.e. not to bare
wastes on water
ground). Included in ETD/ESO As detemined by
bodies Included in
 Oils and Lubricants will be collected by a civil cost EPCC PDA
civil cost
competent carrier. Where recovery and re-use is
not feasible then disposal in a licensed facility.
 Erosion abatement and spoil/muck disposal Included in As detemined by
Included in
plan will be developed by the contractors for the civil cost PDA
civil cost
designated areas. The plan will be approved by
the engineers and will be implemented.


Physical Approved
Impact Cost (NRs)
EPCC ETD/ESO As detemined by
 Septic tanks and soak pits shall be provided for PDA
individual dwellings. Proper solid waste
disposal plan would be formulated by adopting
various disposable methods like land filling,
Included in
composting etc.
civil cost Included in EPCC OET/ESO
 The solid waste generated will be collected at
civil cost As detemined by
suitable sites near the colony area. The garbage
would be transported in covered trucks to the PDA
Included in
landfill sites. The organic waste will be suitably
civil cost Included in
processed to form compost, which can be used
civil cost OET/ESO
as manure.
Human and  Proper sanitary facilities would also be provided EPCC
animal health, at the labour colonies. The wastewater
Included in Included in As detemined by
dirt, smell due to generated from the colonies will be collected
civil cost civil cost OET/ESO PDA
solid waste etc and disposed in specifically designed soak pits.
The wastewater and sewage generated will not
be allowed to flow into the rivers and streams of EPCC OET/ESO
the area.
 A landfill site will be developed and generated
household and plastic waste will be transported EPCC As detemined by
Included in PDA
to the site. Re-useable / recyclable / recoverable
Included in civil cost
wastes will be managed that offers better
civil cost
environmental protection.
 Open defecation in and around the camps will be As detemined by
prohibited. Sanitary wastes will not be PDA
discharged into open water bodies.
Water quality  Disposal of waste and spoils directly into the EPCC OET/ESO As detemined by
degradation from water bodies will be prohibited. All solid waste Included in Included in PDA
disposal of solid and spoil materials will be placed in the civil cost civil cost
waste and spoil designated disposal sites or as authorized by the
in water bodies engineer
Total Mitigation Cost for Physical Environment - Construction Phase 14,150,000
180,850,000
(additional to civil cost)

The estimated costs of the mitigation measures for construction phase not included in the civil contract
were NRs. 180,850,000 and has been adjusted to NRs. 14,150,000 as some of the items are included in the
CSP cost and the civil cost.

Table 8-5 present the mitigation measures for cultural and physical environmental impacts for the
operation phase in matrix format along with the costs.

Table 8-5: Adverse Physical Environmental Mitigation Costs – Operation Phase, MMHEP
Physical Environmental Mitigation Mitigation and Monitoring and Internal monitoring
II.2 Mitigation Measures
Impact Cost (NRs) Cost (NRs) Responsibility Auditing Auditing
If socially If socially OC ESO As detemined by
 Release of environmental flow acceptable, fine acceptable, fine PDA/DoED/MoFE
Sediment and Sediment
B.1 from the river diversion sediment can sediment can
Flushing
structure for all time and seasons be used in be used in
brick making brick making
 A residual environmental flow OC ESO As detemined by
will be released at all times from PDA/DoED/MoFE
the dam
Adverse Impacts on River  Plantation to compensate OC ESO
Morphology and Water Use, vegetation loss. Local As detemined by
Sedimentation and sediment government authorities will be PDA/DoED/MoFE
B.2 No cost No cost
flushing from desander basin requested to put restriction of
Change in River chemistry extraction of boulder and gravel
downstream of diversion materials from the river. A
residual environmental flow will
be released at all times from the
dam.
 Diversion weir construction will OC ESO As detemined by
Change in water quality in adhere to international best PDA/DoED/MoFE
B.3 No cost No cost
dewatered zone practices of quality assurance
and engineering measures
Sedimentation and sediment OC ESO
 No measure
flushing from desander basin No cost, already No cost, already As detemined by
 A residual environmental flow
B.4 included in included in PDA/DoED/MoFE
will be released at all times from
Change in River chemistry design design
the dam
downstream of diversion
 Proponent in collaboration with Project ESO As detemined by
upstream developers engage PDA/DoED/MoFE
consultant to assess and monitor
the GLOF risks and install early
B.5 GLOF risk warning system. Dam 15,000,000 2,000,000
construction will adhere to
international best practices of
quality assurance and
engineering measures

Physical Environmental Mitigation Mitigation and Monitoring and Internal monitoring
II.2 Mitigation Measures
Impact Cost (NRs) Cost (NRs) Responsibility Auditing Auditing
 Disaster management plan will Project ESO As detemined by
be prepared and adopted. PDA/DoED/MoFE
Proponent in collaboration with
upstream developers engage
consultant to assess and monitor
the GLOF risks and install early
warning system
 Nature induced disaster Project ESO
management plan will be
prepared and adopted As detemined by
PDA/DoED/MoFE
Microclimate Change`  No Measures No cost No cost - - -
Project ESO As detemined by

 Creation of Buffer Zone along the
PDA/DoED/MoFE
reservoir rim
Project ESO
 Maintenance of existing forest
As detemined by
Reservoir Rim Risk Failure and open area of buffer zone --- 3,000,000
Project ESO PDA/DoED/MoFE
 Geological Investigation along
the reservoir rim between FSL
As detemined by
and MoL
PDA/DoED/MoFE
 Removal of the organic matters Project ESO As detemined by
including the vegetations from PDA/DoED/MoFE
the reservoir inundation and
withdrawal zone annually at the
GHG Emission end of the dry season ---- ---
 Research on the GHG emission
and pathways to academic
institution for modeling of the
GHG emission on inundation area
Total Mitigation Cost for Cultural and Physical Environment - 5,000,000
15,000,000
Operation Phase (additional to Design and Operation Cost )

The estimated costs of the mitigation measures for operation phase not included in the design and
operation was NRs. 15,000,000 in approved EIA and now has summed to be NRs. 5,000,000
8.2.3. Biological
The selection of mitigation measures for biological environmental impacts for construction and operation
phases are based on the analysis of pragmatism, costs and implementability.
8.2.3.1 Construction
Table 8-6 present the mitigation measures for the biological environmental impacts for the construction
phase in matrix format along with the costs.

Table 8-6: Adverse Biological Environmental Mitigation Costs – Construction Phase, MMHEP
New Mitigation Implementation Supervision External
Biological
Mitigation Measures and Monitoring and Internal monitoring
Environmental Mitigation Measures
Impact
OC ESO As detemined by
 Pegging and enumeration of the plant PDA
and vegetation in the permanently 23350.00 @
acquired forest areas 5000/ha, as per
forest norms for OC ESO
 Identification and marking of trees pegging and As detemined by
and vegetation required for felling enumeration for PDA
for structural location of the project 4.967 ha
only (joint inspection of engineer, No additional cost
Forest office, and environmental
specialist) 56040 @ of OC ESO
12000/ha as per
 Felling of the marked trees and forest norms for As detemined by
Impacts on the vegetation only to the requirement of 4.967 ha PDA
A.1 Forest and the project structural location. 462,649,969
Vegetation Unmarked trees located outside the 1888782.00 @
structural position even within the 404450.00/ha as
permanently acquired areas will be per forest norms for
protected from felling and damage. 4.967 ha
OC ESO
 Compensatory forestation as per the 461419.@ of
forest guideline 2006. 800/ha and
increment of 10% As detemined by
 Lease cost of the forest as per the every year for 20 OC ESO PDA
forest guideline 2006 years and no
 Felled trees will be managed, increment after 20
distributed or used as per the local years for 10 years
people and ACA mutual action plan As detemined by
PDA
 Forest and vegetation will be felled Included in the bid Included in the bid OC ESO As detemined by
only to the required by pegging the document document PDA
Loss of Wildlife and area and numbering the trees OC ESO
A.2
Wildlife Habitats  Night time blasting operations will be Included in the bid Included in the bid As detemined by
avoided as far as possible document document OC ESO PDA
 The project staff and workforce will

Biological
Impact
be strictly instructed not visit the Included in the bid Included in the bid OC ESO As detemined by
forested areas document document PDA
 Biodiversity and Wildlife
conservation Management Plan will 29,000,000 29,000,000 As detemined by
be formulated and adopted for PDA
implementation
 The project staff and workforce will Included in the bid Included in the bid EPCC ETD/ESO ETD
be strictly instructed not visit the document document
Influence of
forested areas ETD/ESO
Project Internal
 Outside workforce and staff found in Included in the bid Included in the bid EPCC ETD
Roads and
A.3 illegal poaching of wildlife will be document document ETD/ESO
Workforce on the
terminated from project jobs
Wildlife and
 Meat of wildlife in the construction Included in the bid Included in the bid EPCC ETD
Wildlife Habitats
camps and colonies will be strictly document document
prohibited
Included in the bid EPCC ETD/ESO ETD
document
 The project staff and workforce will ETD/ESO
be strictly instructed not to visit Included in the bid EPCC ETD
forested areas of ACA document Included in the bid
 Sale of NTFP or meat of wildlife in document ETD/ESO
the camps will be strictly prohibited EPCC ETD
 Outside workforce and staff found in Included in the bid Included in the bid
illegal poaching of wildlife or NTFP document document
collection will be terminated from ETD/ESO
A.4 Impact on ACA
project jobs and handed to the Included in the bid EPCC ETD
regulatory authorities for further document 10000000,
action Covered under
 Conservation training, establishment CSP as per need
of anti-poaching units, and support to and demand (to be
the conservation area through ACA 5,00,00,000 decided by project
and CAMC. in consultation
with
stakeholders)


Biological
Impact
 The project staff and workforce will Included in the bid Included in the bid OC ETD/ESO ETD
Increase Access
A.5 be strictly instructed not visit the document document
to Forest
forested and ACA areas
 Transplantation and relocation OC ETD/ESO ETD
Disturbance to program to conserve orchids
A.6 700,000 700,000
orchid flora typically Vanda, Dendrobeum, and
Bulbiphyllum
 Regular monitoring of presence of OC ETD/ESO ETD
Spread of such species and formulation of
A.7 Invasive alien action plans accordingly. 1,20,000 120,000 ETD/ESO
species  Weeding and mechanical removal of OC
invasive species ETD
Total Mitigation Cost for Biological Environment - 79,820,000 502,469,969
Construction Phase (additional to civil cost)

The estimated cost for the mitigation of biological environmental impacts in the construction phase not
included in the civil contract was NRs. 79,820,000 as per the approved EIA and has now changed to NRs.
502,469,969.

Table 8-7 present the mitigation measures for the biological environmental impacts for the operation
phase in matrix format along with the costs.

Table 8-7: Adverse Biological Environmental Mitigation Costs – Operation Phase, MMHEP
New Implementatio Supervision External
Biological
Mitigation Mitigation n and and Internal monitoring
Cost (NRs) Cost (NRs) Monitoring Auditing Auditing
Impact
Responsibility Responsibility Responsibility
Micro level changes in OC ESO/ As detemined by
forest and vegetation PDA
Included in
patterns due to arrival  Regular monitoring of vegetation dynamics and Included in
B.1 bid
of dry loving formulation of action plans accordingly. bid document
document
vegetation along the
dewatered stretch
 Residual environmental flow will be released Included in Included in OC ESO As detemined by
round the year and regular flow will be bid bid PDA
Minimum downstream
maintained from the dam to sustain the aquatic document document
river flow resulting
B.2 life of the dewatered section. Flow of downstream
loss of algal and
rivers will compensate immediate low water flow,
aquatic flora and fauna
hence watershed conservation plans will be
implemented
Impact on ACA as Included in Included in OC ESO As detemined by
 Fencing the dam site and possible accessible areas
B.3 drowning of wildlife in bid bid PDA
to protect wildlife movement to the dam
the pondage area document document
Increase access to Included in Included in OC ESO As detemined by
forest and ACA as bid bid PDA
Illegal trespassing document document OC ESO
through the  The project staff and workforce will be strictly As detemined by
conservation area by instructed not visit illegally the ACA OC ESO PDA
B.4
the project staff, and  Staff found in illegal poaching of wildlife or NTFP
involvement in NTFP collection will be terminated from project jobs As detemined by
collection and other PDA
forest products and
poaching of wildlife
 Regular species inventory and monitoring of Included in Included in OC ESO As detemined by
Spread of Invasive presence of such species, and formulation of bid bid PDA
B.5 alien species in the action plans according to severity, extent of document document
project area invasion and. Regular weeding and mechanical
removal of invasive species
Total Mitigation cost for Biological Environment - Operation Phase -
-
(additional to civil cost)

During the stakeholder’s meeting at site, they raised the concern that the CSP activities are for the locally
affected communities. Hence, they have requested the project proponent to design and plan the CSP with
them. The proponent has agreed to stakeholder’s request. However, the following CSP initiatives are
envisaged by the SEIA study team. The total budget alloction for the activities will be finaised prior to the
award of the construction contract.
Table 8-8: Comparative CSP Activities of the MMHEP

New Cost
Areas CSP Activities Old Cost (NRs)
(NRs)
 The project will support the construction or up 13,500,000, 14,000,000
gradation of existing schools to higher secondary
school in the project affected RMs manned by
required teachers and support staffs. Will
Educational additionally support the schools of the project 10,000,000
Support affected RMs to provide education to the children
of project staff and workers.
 A women and children welfare center will be
establishment in two locations to support women
and children welfare issues
 Will financially support for the establishment of 500,000 5,000,000
better health service facilities managed by
doctors and health staffs. 600,000 1,000,000
Helth services  Support government health post in the respective
RMs with proper equipment and medicines and 14,080,000 15,000,000
infrastructural facilities.
 Construction of two new health centers
 Will find an alternate to the existing trek route in 2,500,000 3,000,000
Tourism
consultation with ACAP, CAMCs and sub-
support
committees
 Will request CDO of the respective districts to 700,000 1,000,000
Support to law open up Police Post to ensure law and order in
and order the local area and financially support to such
posts
Forest base  NTFP Extension and Training Programs General 540000 2,000,000
Livelihood Awareness to Increase the Agriculture Product
Training Animal Husbandry and Poultry Training
Programs Programs
 Improvement of the rural road condition 15,000,000
Infrastructures
 Rural Electrification 5,000,000
Development
 Drinking water Improvement projects 2,000,000
 Support to local Aama and baau Samuha 1,000,000
Social, Religious
 Indigeneous people Support Programs 1,500,000
and Cultural
 Establishment and renovation of the local 3,000,000
Support
cultural site
Subtotal  78,500,000
Other CSP As per the recommendation by the local 78,800,000
Activities
Total  32,420,000 157,300,000

9. CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN

9.1. Objectives and Strategies
The primary objective of this Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the project is to identify
the principles, approaches, procedures and methods to control and minimize the environmental and social
impacts of all construction and operational activities associated with project development. The ESMP also
ensures to comply with the mitigation commitments made by the project management for each of the
identified impacts in this report.
While upholding the primary objective, the secondary objectives of this ESMP is to specify the opportunities
for environmental design and the environmental management requirements in the final design, pre-
construction, construction, operation and de-commissioning phases of the project. To meet these objectives,
apart from compliance to the commitments made for excellence in environmental and social performance of
the project, the project management will be guided by the following strategies:
 Fulfill all environmental and social conditions associated with project approvals;
 Develop, promote, and foster shared sense of responsibility for environmental and social performance of
project;
 Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees and contractors through
training, define stakeholders roles and responsibilities towards environmental and social management
and linking project performance to overall environmental performance;
 Encourage an understanding of social and cultural sensitivities of local communities and the importance of
minimizing project impacts on local lifestyles and culture;
 Monitor environmental and social performance throughout the project and implement an adaptive
management approach for continuous improvement;
 To ensure that grievances from affected communities and stakeholders are responded to and managed
appropriately;
 Work with local communities and project affected stakeholders to ensure that they benefit as a result of
project development; and
 Regularly disseminate project related information, continue consultations with stakeholders, and involve
them throughout all phases of the project.
9. 2. Guiding Principles
The key guiding principles that will be adhered for the successful implementation of this ESMP include but are
not limited to the followings:
 Design of a practical framework for establishing best practice environmental/social management
standards and guidelines to control if not possible minimize, and mitigate potential environmental harm
for each activity undertaken;
 Design and implement a mechanism to assist managers, supervisors and construction crews to comply
with current legislation;
 Design a framework for identifying environmental issues and to provide general procedures which must
be considered when undertaking construction activities;
 Design a mechanism to control or reduce the potential impacts of the construction and operation of the
project;
 Design an institutional mechanism to promote improved environmental and social performance through
the effective use of management systems; and
 Establish and functionalize an effective institutional system within the project for establishing
environmental due diligence during the construction and operational phases.
This ESMP is an environmental operation manual for use by the project management and staff, contractors,
and regulatory authorities. It reflects the commitment to environmental management by the project. This
ESMP has been prepared in page with the applicable laws, regulations and policies of GoN and international
best practices.
This ESMP is an "active" document and will be updated during detailed design and implementation, and
operation if required based on the supervision, monitoring and auditing inputs in the project lifecycle.
9.3. Statuary Legal Requirements

9.3.1. Environmental and Social Legislative Framework
Nepal’s environmental legislation is multi-sectoral in nature and establishes MoFE, as a custodian of the
Environment Protection Act and Regulation, MoFE is responsible for the control and regulation of all potential
sources of air, land and water degradation that may adversely affect natural and social environments. In this

capacity, MoFE is empowered for updating and revising national legislation relating to environmental impact,
and has jurisdiction to develop, and coordinate the development of, additional sectoral guidelines.
There are a number of cross-sectoral Acts and Regulations that are attracted by the project. These acts,
regulations, rules, policies, guidelines and conventions relevant to the planning, design, construction and
operation of the Project are described in the legislation chapter of this report. The project management will
be responsible for fulfilling the provisions of all relevant acts while implementing the project.
9.3.2. Environmental and Social Permits and Approval

The key permits and approvals required for the project development that must be obtained, are listed in Table
9-1.
Table 9-1: Environmental and Social Permits and Approvals.
Approval Approval Information Required Suggested Timing of
Permit/Permission/ Permit/Permis For Approval/ Permit/Agreement Application/ Request
Agreement sion Authority Letter
Approval SEIA Report MoFE SEIA report as per the EIA report format Application lodged at
stipulated in EPR Schedule 6 least 60 days prior to the
EIA approval
Approval Generation MoEWRI SEIA approval letter from MoFE, Application lodged at
License through DoED approved EIA report least 60 days prior to the
Approved Designed Report of the project issuance of generation
with all design details license
Approval Occupation of Cabinet, through SEIA approval letter from MoFE, Application lodged at
forest land the MoFE approved EIA report and detailed least 120 days prior to
information on: proposed occupancy of
o forest area (ha); forest land
o Government managed forest by type
(Division Forest, Community Forest,
Leasehold Forest - by ha);
o number of trees by species category
in each forest type;
o Afforestation plan.
Justification that forest land is required
for project development (including an
alternative analysis).
‘Felling permit’ for Division Forest Estimated number of trees to be felled / Application lodged at
trees on (cabinet Office (DFO), chopped; marking process; party least 60 days prior to
permitted) public land Department of responsible for cutting and transport of proposed commencement
Forests (Permit) trees; monitoring process; involvement of felling
‘Permission’ to fell of DFO staff in tree clearance and
trees in Community CFUGs construction monitoring; compensatory
Forests and DFO) planting proposal and budget estimate.
(Permission)
Permit to upgrade DoR Department of Site location, proposed upgrading works, Application lodged at
road, bridge, culvert, Roads (DoR), program of works. least 60 days prior to
etc (Permit) proposed commencement
of upgrading works
Approval /Permission Department of Party/s responsible for relocation – Approval from
to relocate Archaeology Proponent Department of
archaeological, artifacts Archaeology at least 90
before relocation
Agreement with Local
administrative bodies
and community at least
30 days prior to proposed
relocation
Permit to extract District Site location, extraction area dimensions Application lodged at
material Coordination and volume, timing of extraction. least 60 days prior to the
Committee proposed commencement
(DCC) of extraction
Written permission Landowner Information about land use negotiation. Agreement at least 15
from private days prior to land

Approval Approval Information Required Suggested Timing of

Permit/Permission/ Permit/Permis For Approval/ Permit/Agreement Application/ Request
Agreement sion Authority Letter
landowner in case of occupation
involuntary
resettlement and for
temporary use of
leased land
Approval Involuntary Approval from LARRAP report with details of cadastral Application at least 60
land acquisition, MoEWRI (as per maps, plots and affected households days before the initiation
resettlement and the GON’s (economically displaced) and entitlement of the land acquisition
rehabilitation recent 2015 matrix. process
resettlement
policy)
Approved LARRAP report letter issued Application at least 30
Approval from from MoEWRI including LARRAP report days before the initiation
District with details of cadastral maps, plots and of land Acquisition
Administrative affected households (economically process as per Land
Office displaced) and entitlement matrix. Acquisition Act
Permission from Permission at least 90

Land and Compensation Fixation Committee days after the receipt of
Property decisions the entitlements by the
Owners affected land and
property owners
Agreement for Respective user Agreement with the communities with Agreement at least 15 days
relocation or committees/Loc regard to alternatives and reinstatement of prior to the disturbance of
disturbance of al affected infrastructures. infrastructure
community Administrative
infrastructure Bodies
The project management will make arrangements through its designated authority for the necessary approval,
permits and permissions, including reaching a MoU with all stakeholders, taking the required time to be fully
compliant with all the application requirements.
9.3.3. Environmental Standards

The environmental standards are gazette by MoFE and are listed in the legislative section of the report. These
standards need compliance at all times during the project implementation and operation by the project
proponents. The standards are same as that of approved EIA.
9.4. ESMP Organizational Structure and Implementation Responsibility

Project environmental management will involve the following main designated parties: the project
Environmental & Social Safeguard Division (ETD) with Environmental and Social Section (ESS) and Land
Acquisition, Resettlement and Grievance Management Officer (LARGMO); project appointed contractors; GoN
agencies; and an independent Panel of Experts. In addition, interaction and consultation with local
communities and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) during implementation of the EMP will be a regular
feature of co-ordination with the local level stakeholders. The responsibilities of stakeholders in implementing
ESMP are highlighted in Table 9-2.
Table 9-2: Project Environmental and Social Management Organizations.

Category Organization/Contractor
Project Mananger
Project Manager  Environmental Technology Department (ETD)
Engineering Technology o Environmental and Social officer
Department  Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Grievance Management officer (LARGMO)
Owner’s Engineer Team (OET)
 Environmental expert (ES)
 Social Expert (SEx)
Contractor  Engineering Procurement Construction Contractor (EPCC)
 Other Contractors (OC)
Independent Monitoring  As per the PDA requiement

Category Organization/Contractor
 MoFE, Department of Environment (DoEn)
 MoEWRI, DoED
GoN Ministries and Line  MoFE, Department of Forest (DoF), Division Forest Office (DFO)
Offices  Ministry of Agriculture and Livestock Development (MoALD)
 Ministry of Land Management, Cooperatives and Poverty Alleviation
(MoLMCPA), District Survey Office (DSO), District Land Revenue Office (DLRO)
 Ministry of Home Affairs(MoHA)
Local Stakeholders Project District Coordination Committee (PDCCs), Local Administrative bodies, Affected
Households, Local NGOs and CBOs.
Organizational structure indicating chain of command, coordination roles and advisory roles of the designated
responsible parties for EMP implementation to accomplish the EMP tasks and delivery of tasks is depicted in
Figure 9.1.
Project
Board of Directors (BOD)
GoN – Ministries and
Line offices (MoFE,
MoEWRI, MoHA, MoLMCPA, Project Mananger (PM)
MoALD)
Engineering Technology Department (ETD)
Environmental and Social Land Acquisition,

Officer (ESO) Resettlement and
Local Stakeholders (DCC, Grievance Management
RMs, CBOs, UGs, and Officer (LARGMO)
individuals)
Owner’s Engineer Team (OET)
Line
Otherof Contractors
Command (OC) for additional EPC Contractors (EPCC)
Studies, and execution of different
Line of Command
Management Plans outside the
Advisory Role
jurisdiction of EPCC
Figure 9-1:ESMP Implementation Organizational Structure

Line of Coordination
Line of Command
Advisory Role
Line of Coordination
The key responsibilities and deliverables of the parties involved in the implementation of EMP are briefly
summarized in Table 9-3.
Table 9-3: Responsibilities and Deliverables of the Parties involved in the ESMP Implementation
Parties Responsibility/Deliverables
Involved
Project Owners
Environmental and Social Safeguard key policy decisions
Project BOD Establish and institutional structure as per Figure 9-1
Appoint Managing Director and delegate powers to take needed decisions with regard to project’s
environmental social safeguards
Establish ETD and delegate powers to undertake project’s environmental and Social safeguards as
per EMP provisions
Co-ordinate with BOD, GoN institutions
Project Ensure, environmental and social dimensions are incorporated in the project design as per EMP
Mananger Take routine and periodic oversight of the EMP implementation and monitoring through
respective division , sections and unit related to EMP implementation
Establish ESO and LARGMO sections with required human resources and delegate powers to
Env and Social accomplish the jobs stipulated in the EMP
Safeguard Div Coordination with the PD, ESO, LARGMO, and SE
Take routine and periodic oversight of the EMP implementation and monitoring through
respective sections and SE related to EMP implementation
Establish EU and SE with required human resources with defined responsibilities
Delegate powers to EU and SE to undertake jobs as per EMP
Ensure implementing and administering planned actions in the EMP related to Physical, and
Biological environments through regular and periodic oversight
Ensure monitoring the environmental impact and compliance as per EMP through regular and
periodic oversight
Ensure revising the EMP, based on the monitoring results
Ensure disseminating information to project stakeholders and coordinating with the local
stakeholder and the ETD
Coordinate with the SE, and ESS section head and the local stakeholders
Ensure acquiring all necessary permits and approvals for Project construction and operation (for
land and forest-based activities);
Ensure that EMP design recommendations are included in the final Project design
Ensure that EMP measures are included in the contract documents of the construction contractors
and other contractors
Prepare Issue Based Management Plans (IBMPs) in coordination with SE’s environmental experts
Review and approving CC’s Site Specific Environmental Management Plans (SSEMPs) and Incident
Management and Emergency Response Procedures (IMERP) in coordination with SE’s
environmental experts
Monitor baseline conditions in coordination with SE ‘s environmental expert
ESO Supervise/monitor and review CC’s activities and other mitigation actions in coordination with
SE’s environmental expert
Supervise /Monitor implementation of mitigation and monitoring actions of OC’s in EMP outside
the area of CC
Issue corrective action requests and conduct follow-up inspections and evaluation of corrective
actions in coordination with SE’s environmental expert
Audit CC’s compliance with the EMP, IBMPs, SSEMPs, Project approval and permit conditions and
any other statutory requirements in coordination with SE’s environmental expert
Prepare regular environmental monitoring reports to project management
Liaison with GoN’s ministries and line offices and local stakeholders to ensure that they have
access to environmental documentation and responding to their comments and directives
Monitor land acquisition, compensation and resettlement/rehabilitation program as per EIA
Oversee liaising with other Government authorities on social management and resettlement by
Involved
LARGMO
Oversee information dissemination through project management and other media, and collecting
feedback through regular consultation with various stakeholders
Oversee and supervising of project grievance and complaint handling process implemented by
LARGMO
Oversee and supervision of camps and camps facilities in coordination with the SE’s social expert
Oversee and supervision of occupational health and community health, gender, and child
discrimination, law and order issues of the project in coordination with the SE’s social expert
Audit LARMGS’s compliance with the EIA, Project approval and permit conditions and any other
statutory requirements in coordination with SE’s Social expert
Issue corrective action requests and conduct follow-up inspections and evaluation of corrective
actions in coordination with SE’s social expert
Prepare regular social monitoring reports to project management
Liaison with GoN’s ministries and line offices and local stakeholders to ensure that they have
access to social documentation and responding to their comments and directives
Prepare regular social monitoring reports to project management.
LARGMO Establish LARU and GMPICU with required human resources with defined responsibilities
Delegate powers to LARU and GMPICU to undertake jobs as per EMP
Ensure implementing and administering planned actions in the EIA/EMP related to land
acquisition, compensation, and rehabilitation through regular and periodic oversight
Ensure monitoring the social impact and compliance as per EIA/EMP through regular and periodic
oversight
Ensure revising the EMP, based on the monitoring results
Ensure disseminating information to project stakeholders and coordinating with the local
stakeholder and the ETD
Implement, and record the land acquisition, compensation and resettlement and livelihood
restoration program including livelihood restoration as per EIA/EMP
Coordinate with ETD
Liaising with other Government authorities on social safeguard management particularly
resettlement, rehabilitation and livelihood restoration of the displaced households
Liaising with the local community, displaced communities, CBOs, UGs including displaced
households
Provide recorded feedback to ESO for monitoring reports
Prepare monthly report on Land Acquisition, Compensation and Resettlement including livelihood
restoration program
Establish a Public Information center at the site office
Coordinate with LARGMO and ETD and the project management
Disseminate project information to the local community and other stakeholders from the site office
Organize stakeholder meetings at the project affected local administrative bodies regularly to
disseminate the project information and the activities
Document the public concerns of the stakeholder meetings
Appoint community Liaison Officer to establish and manage continued relationship of the project
with the local level project stakeholders (affected individuals, community groups, representative
of local governments etc), by providing information with regard to the project
Recording of the grievance of the local stakeholders and reporting to respective responsible
parties for the grievance redress
Communicate with the decisions of the grievance redress to the respective applicants/complainers
Managing the project grievance and complaint handling process and feed back to ESS-SU
Provide recorded feedback to LARGMO and SU for the preparation of monitoring reports
Owner’s Engineering Team (OET)
Prepare the final Project design to minimize adverse impacts, consistent with the technical and
economic objectives of the project, engineering designs prepared to date, EIA/EMP design
recommendations and Project conditions of consent
Assist ESS in incorporating the EMP provisions in the contract bid documents and contract
agreement with the contractors
Oversee the detail designs of the contractors and approve the designs keeping in view of the
approved basic designs provided to Contractor
Review EIA and EMP of the project and provide input to ESS in the preparation of Issue Based

Involved
Management Plans
Review Site Specific Environmental Management Plans of the contractor, and take needed action
OET for the approval with or without amendments in coordination with the ESS
Regular supervision of the contractors works including environmental and social compliance
stipulated in the EMP/ IBMP/SSEMP and recommend corrective actions for compliance and impact
reductions as needed
Assist in the monitoring / auditing of EU/SU in the monitoring works of the construction sites
Assist AS DETEMINED BY PDA in the site inspection and independent monitoring/auditing works
related to environmental and social performance
Enforce corrective actions recommended by ESS and As detemined by PDA
Provide environmental and social performance certificates to the contractors for completed works
progressively
Contractors
Joint inspection of the project sites with EU/SU, and SE and record the environmental and social
concerns of the sites and submit the report to the SE
Prepare SSEMPs for each construction and ancillary site that the CC is responsible for, and Incident
Management and Emergency Response Procedures covering all activities. Submit SSEMPs to SE
for approval before the start of the construction works
Provide environmental training (including occupational health and safety) to all staff and sub-
contractors, to ensure personnel have a clear understanding of environmental requirements
relevant to their scope of work and can meet their environmental responsibilities
Construction of the Project and undertaking all associated activities in accordance with the
measures set out in this EMP, the IBMPs, the SSEMPs and any additional measures required to
EPCC meet Project approval and permit conditions and other statutory requirements
Regularly maintain environmental protection measures in all the project and ancillary facility sites
as specified in the EMP, IBMP, and SSEMP
Participate in and assisting with SE/ESS’s site inspections and audits, and follow SE/ ESS
directions to ensure that all works are conducted to specified standards
Maintain up to date records of environmental monitoring, recording and reporting as specified in
the EMP, IBMPs, SSEMPs, etc at the site to the supervising/monitoring /audit teams of SE, ESS and
As detemined by PDA
Implement corrective actions as directed by the ESS, SE, MoFE, MoEWRI and any other
government agency with legislative responsibilities
Coordinate emergency response procedures for disaster risk reduction
Maintain an environmental management system (EMS) in full compliance with the International
Organization of Standardization standard 14001 (ISO 14001)
Joint inspection of the project sites with ESS and record the environmental and social concerns of
the sites and submit the report to the ESS
Prepare SSEMPs for each of the works that the OC is responsible for, and Incident Management and
Emergency Response Procedures covering all activities. Submit SSEMPs to ESS for approval before
the start of the works
Provide environmental training (including occupational health and safety) to all staff and sub-
contractors, to ensure personnel have a clear understanding of environmental requirements
relevant to their scope of work and can meet their environmental responsibilities
Construction of the Project and undertaking all associated activities in accordance with the
measures set out in this EMP, the SSEMPs and any additional measures required to meet Project
approval and permit conditions and other statutory requirements
Regularly maintain environmental protection measures in all the sites under OC as specified in the
EMP and SSEMP
Other Participate in and assisting with ESS’s site inspections and audits, and follow ESS directions to
Contractors ensure that all works are conducted to specified standards
(OC) Maintain up to date records of environmental monitoring, recording and reporting as specified in
the EMP, SSEMPs, etc at the site to the supervising/monitoring /audit teams of ESS and As
detemined by PDA
Implement corrective actions as directed by the ESS, MoFE, MoEWRI and any other government
agency with legislative responsibilities
Coordinate emergency response procedures for disaster risk reduction
Maintain an environmental management system (EMS) in full compliance with the International
Organization of Standardization standard 14001 (ISO 14001)
Third Party Monitoring
Involved
Experts This will be proposed as per the requirements stipulated in PDA.
Government Ministries and Line Offices
Periodic supervision/monitoring of the project activities to assess compliance against Project
approval, license and permit conditions, statutory standards and Project environmental
MOFE/DoEn management plans (EMP)
Provide feedback to the project on issues not conforming to the EIA approval conditions, and EMP
Project audit after 2 years of project completion
Review the final Project design and provide approval with or without amendments
Inspect the Project sites at any time during construction to supervise/monitor the project
MoEWRI/DoE activities for the compliance assessment in accordance with license requirements and EMP.
D Provide feedback to the project on issues not conforming to the license conditions, and EMP with
corrective actions
Review the final forest clearance plan as per EIA and EMP
Process forest clearance plan for cabinet approval, if required
Participate and provide feedback in the Forest clearance activities of the project
Participate and provide feedback in the preparation and execution of afforestation Plan as per the
EMP
Participate and provide feedback in the preparation and execution of Forest Biodiversity
Management Plan, and Wildlife Conservation Management Plan in the Project affected local
MoFE/DoF/D administrative bodies
FO Inspect Project’s forest clearance sites and afforestation sites at any time during implementation to
assess the compliance of the activities as per approval conditions
Provide feedback to the project on issues not complying with the approval conditions with
corrective actions
Process the Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Process as per the Land Acquisition
Act
MoHA/DAO Expedite the public grievances related to Land Acquisition, Resettlement, and Rehabilitation
Oversight the Land Acquisition, Resettlement, and Rehabilitation Process and provide feedback on
the corrective actions
MoALD/ Provide feedback on the evaluation of agricultural/horticultural production for compensation
District Review the fish passage and catch Haul program and provide feedback for improvement
Agricultural Inspect, and monitor the fish pass structure , catch and haul program for its efficiency and provide
Office feedback for improvements
MoLMCPA/DS Expedite the cadastral survey works and the land parcel ownership records and transfer of the
O, DLRO land acquired in the project name.
Participate in the stakeholder consultation programs organized by the project and provide
feedback on the various environmental and social issues of the project
Local Constitute Concerned group committees to communicate with the project on various
Stakeholders environmental and social issues related with the project
Observe the project activities compliance to the approval conditions, permits and EMP provisions
and provide feedback to the project for improvements
9.5. Plan Components and Structure

This ESMP provides a single-source, overarching environmental framework for all responsible parties,
particularly project owners and implementing, supervision, and monitoring partners appointed by the project
owners including government agencies and the local stakeholders.
This ESMP is structured at three levels (Figure 9-2). The level 1 is this ESMP which sets out the objectives,
strategies and guiding principles for the onsite control of the potential risks related to project implementation.
It provides broader Mitigation Management Framework and Monitoring Management Framework based on
the identified environmental issues of the project and the prescribed mitigation measures.
The level 2 is the elaboration of the environmental issues stipulated in this ESMP to an elaborated Issue Based
Management Plans (IBMP) to be developed by ESS and SE. The IBMP to be developed will evaluate precisely
the risk associated with the issue, quantify the likelihood of the risk and its consequences and accordingly
improve upon the mitigation measures prescribed in this EMP to meet the set performance target with
measurable indicator to monitor the performance.

Environment Management Plan (EMP)

(This Document- Sets out guiding principles and Measures)
Issue Based Management Plan (IBMP)

(To be prepared by ESS being based on the guiding principles and measures
set out in EMP)
Site Specific Environment Management Plan (SSMP)

To be prepared by LARGMO, EPCC and OC based on IBMP
Figure 9-2: Level of Environmental Management Plan
The IBMP will guide the development of level 3 management plan: Site Specific Management Plans (SSMP).
The SSMP will be developed by the CC and OC based on the IBMP within the framework of ISO – 14001
Environment Management System (EMS).
Level 1 EMP
In addition to the objectives, strategies and guiding principles, this Level 1 ESMP, to guide the level 2 IBMP and
level 3 SSMP, provides the Environmental/Social Mitigation Management Framework and
Environmental/Social Monitoring Framework for the project. The IBMP and SSMP will improve upon these
frameworks to meet the overall objective of this EMP for the environmental and social sustainability of the
project.
9.5.1. Environmental/Social Mitigation Management Framework

The environmental/social mitigation measures stipulated in this framework are based on the risk prediction
and prescribed mitigation measures to avoid, or minimize and/or compensate the project impacts to
acceptable level so as to maintain the environmental and social sustainability of the project with its
surroundings. Environmental mitigation management during pre-construction/construction and phase will
have two principle purposes:
 Enforce implementation of the mitigation measures as prescribed in this ESMP including that of
IBMPs and SSMP to be developed and upgraded based on this ESMP during the pre-construction and
construction phases
 Oversee implementation to ensure that the responsible parties have taken due consideration of the
mitigation measures to meet the intended objectives
Though the overall implementation responsibility of the prescribed mitigation measures lies with the Project
Management, at the site level, EPCCC, OC and LARU appointed by the Project Management will carry out the
implementation works, while the SE, ESO and third party also appointed by the Project Management will
supervise, monitor and audit the environmental and social performance of the implementation works on
regular basis. The roles of the Government institutions, Local level stakeholders including NGOs and CBOs will
be periodic in the supervision and monitoring to flag the non-compliance issues for corrective actions.
9.5.2. Environmental and Social Monitoring Management Framework

The project's Environmental Monitoring Framework outlines the responsibilities of the ESO, the ETD and
EPCC/OC to monitor the environmental and social mitigation measures of the project and to ensure it is
constructed and operated in a manner that is compliant with Nepal government regulations and EMP
commitments. The objectives of the Environmental Monitoring Framework are:
 To ensure project components are constructed and operated in compliance with the Government
of Nepal’s laws and regulations and approval conditions of the SEIA;
 To measure the success of proposed mitigation measures in minimizing and/or reducing potential
environmental and socio-economic impacts;
 To continuously monitor changes to baseline environmental and social conditions during construction
and operation activities;
 To facilitate a continual review of post-construction and operation activities based on performance data
and consultation feedback; and

 To implement corrective actions or new adaptive management programs, as required, if proposed

mitigation measures are unable to reduce and/or eliminate potential project-related impacts, or meet the
predetermined level of performance.
The monitoring framework is intended to provide guidance on the content of the environmental monitoring
procedures and shall not replace any Government of Nepal standards, regulations or laws that are mandatory
during construction and operation activities. The project's responsible parties (ESO, ETD and EPCC/OC). will
design databases registration formats to collect, and document in retrievable forms, while preparing the
elaborated IBMPs based on this EMP. The CC and OC will develop monitoring database registration formats in
conformity with the IBMPs while preparing the SSEMP and will be submitted for approval to the ETD.
The focus of environmental monitoring will be ensuring that construction activities strictly comply with
management plan provisions and minimizing any direct and indirect Project environmental impacts. Proposed
monitoring during each Project phase is summarized in Table 9.4. Table identifies the monitoring activities
related to baseline, compliance and Impact monitoring to be carried out during the pre-construction /
construction and operation phases in a matrix format along with the monitoring parameters, monitoring
frequency, monitoring responsibility and costs.
The environmental parameters of the Project sites handed over to the CC will be monitored by the ETD and
EPCC. Role of EPCC is to record the mitigation action database and relevant monitoring database of the
construction sites as a front line implementing agency, While the role of ETD is to supervise/monitor the
implementation activities including periodic internal audit of the activities and recommend required
corrective action to ensure that the project actions are in compliance with the objective of this EMP.
Offsite project handed over sites; ESS will supervise the activities of OC and activities of LARGMO. Both OC and
LARGMO will be responsible to keep records of mitigation activities and related monitoring database.

Table 9-4: Environmental and Social Monitoring Framework

Issues for Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring
Monitoring Indicator Monitoring Location Monitoring Method
Monitoring Frequency Responsibility cost
Pre-construction and Construction Phase
A. A. Baseline Monitoring
Landslides and Number of landslides/ Headworks, Spoil disposal sites, Direct observation and Once ETD Included in
erosion debris flows/gully internal access roads, burrow pit mapping in the appropriate construction
formation sites marked sites, camps, storage facilities etc. scale map management
and indicated in suitable cost
maps
Air Quality TSP , PM10 and PM2.5 Headworks, Powerhouse site As per National Ambient Once ETD 400,000
Air quality Standards,
Nepal,
Water Quality As there is no water Upstream of headworks and As per Generic Standard Dry season, wet ETD 50,000
quality standard set for downstream tailrace Part I: Tolerance Limits for season (once)
fresh water bodies and Industrial Effluents to be
rivers, parameters as per Discharged into Inland
Generic Standard Part I: Surface Waters, Nepal,
Tolerance Limits for
Industrial Effluents to be
Discharged into Inland
Surface Waters, Nepal,
will be used for
monitoring indicators
Noise level Laeq (dBA) Headworks, Powerhouse site Type 1 and type 2 sound Once ETD 70,000
level meter meeting
standard
Land pollution Open defecation and Headworks site area. Direct observation Once ETD Included in
garbage disposal places construction
management
cost
Forest Ecology Forest Status in terms Three sample plots in each Once ETD Included in
coverage, species present area construction
management
cost


Photographic Photography Once ETD Included in
documentation showing construction
the forest area from a management
fixed distant spot (locate cost
sample plot and
photograph taken spot in
map)
Wildlife / Wildlife Wildlife status in terms of Consultation with locals, Once ETD Included in
status species present and note season of raiding, construction
reported, Raider wildlife frequency of raiding, and management
the place raided cost
Markets No of Hotels/Tea stall and Headwork site, Camp site, Internal Direct enumeration Once ETD Included in
Restaurants access road and ancillary facility construction
sites management
cost
Consumer price Price of local and Headworks site, Camp site, Internal Market survey and Once ETD Included in
imported consumer items access road and ancillary facility documentation construction
such as rice, wheat, maize, sites management
millet, milk, meat cost
(chicken, mutton, buff),
sugar, kerosene, LPG,
vegetables, food/person
with meat and without
meat, rental for night stay
etc. Labor cost/day (male
and female)
Sanitation No of Hhs having toilets, Headworks site, Camp site, Internal Field survey and Once ETD Included in
Practice of sanitation access road and ancillary facility documentation, construction
(Child defecation, solid sites Photographs and testing management
waste disposal), Source of water quality samples as cost
water (Piped, springs, per drinking quality
river etc.) and their standards
quality
Total Cost Baseline Monitoring 520,000
B. Compliance monitoring


EMP Mitigation All mitigation actions All structural sites and facility sites Direct supervision and Daily/weekly/m ETD Included in
Measures listed in Mitigation and their surroundings documentation, onthly construction
Management Plan for Consultation with the depending upon management
construction phase, all the people the measure cost
various management
plans implementation
Project Vehicles As per the limits Vehicles used in Project Certifications of the Once ETD Inbuilt with
stipulated in Nepal vehicles civil contract
Vehicle Mass Emission
Standards
Diesel Generators As per the exhaust Project area Certification of the Once ETD Inbuilt in civil
sets Emission standards for suppliers contract
diesel generating sets
Water quality Parameters listed in “ Marsyangdi River above headworks As per Tolerance Limits for Every month ETD Include in the
Tolerance Limits for site and downstream tailrace and Industrial Effluents to be contract bid
Industrial Effluents to be burrow pit areas , construction Discharged into Inland
Discharged into Inland camps Surface Waters”
Surface Waters for
compliance
Climate Air temperature, rainfall Headworks site, Powerhouse Establish weather station Daily for ETD Include in the
and Humidity and arrange manpower to temperature, contract bid
for daily observation rainfall, and
humidity.
Water quality in As per Nepal Drinking Water supply source and one end As per Nepal Drinking Monthly ETD Include in the
the camps Water Quality Standard tap of the camps (6 Nos) Water Quality Standard contract bid
for compliance
Public and Outbreak of epidemic All surrounding villages, Direct observation, Twice a month ETD Include in the
Occupational disease in the village, in construction camps, consultation with local contract bid
Health the construction camps, people/communities and
(Ambulance, Number of workers health workers, managers
medical doctor, reporting sickness, no of of camps and construction
first aid, PPE) workers injured, No of workforce, health care
construction accident, facilities of the construction
Number of fatal incidents camps and sites
etc.


Law and order Theft, burglary, quarrels, Construction areas, labor camps Direct observation and Monthly ETD Included in
social unrest, Number of consultation with the local construction
police case etc. communities and affected management
VDCs authority and reports cost
of the construction camp
management
C. Impact Monitoring
Landslides and Number of landslides/ Headworks site, power house, Spoil Direct observation and Three times a ETD Included in
erosion debris flows/gully disposal sites, internal access roads, mapping in the appropriate year construction
formation sites pit sites, camps, storage facilities scale map management
etc.. cost
Land pollution Open defecation and Along Headworks and power house Direct observation Every month ETD Included in
garbage disposal places construction
management
cost
Air Quality TSP , PM10 and PM2.5 Headworks site and powerhouse As per National Ambient Twice a year ETD 250,000
site ) Air quality Standards, (November,
Nepal April for five
year)
Water Quality As there is no water Marsyangdi River above dam site As per Generic Standard Three times a ETD 500,000
quality standard set for and downstream tailrace and all Part I: Tolerance Limits for year)
fresh water bodies and burrow pit areas , construction Industrial Effluents to be (November,
rivers, parameters as per camps Discharged into Inland March, May, for
Generic Standard Part I: Surface Waters, Nepal, 5 years)
Tolerance Limits for
Industrial Effluents to be
Discharged into Inland
Surface Waters, Nepal,
will be used for
monitoring indicators
Noise level Laeq (dBA) Headworks site, Powerhouse site Type 1 and type 2 sound two times a year ETD 600,000
level meter meeting (, January, and,
standard May for 5 years
)
Forest Ecology Forest Status in terms Three sample plots in each Twice a year ETD Included in
coverage, species present area (September and construction
March) management
cost


Photographic Photography Twice a year ETD Included in
documentation showing (September and construction
the forest area from a March) management
fixed distant spot (locate cost
the sample plot and
photograph taken spot in
map)
Wildlife Wildlife status in terms of Consultation with locals, Twice a year ETD Included in
species present and note season of raiding, (September and construction
reported, Raider wildlife frequency of raiding, and March) management
the place raided cost
Faunal and floral Status of faunal and floral All remaining forest after forest Field survey Once after forest ETD 800,000
diversity diversity clearance clearance in the
reservoir
Affected people Satisfaction on the All project sites Grievances records, Twice a year ETD Included in
by land and resettlement and consultation with the construction
property rehabilitation packages affected households management
acquisition cost
Affected people Economic and social Displaced households of the project Sampling survey of the Every Two ETD 1,000,000
by land and status of the displaced displaced households years
property households
acquisition
Markets No of Hotels/Tea stall and Headworks site Direct enumeration Every month ETD Included in
Restaurants construction
management
cost
Consumer price Price of local and Headworks site Market survey and Every month ETD Included in
imported consumer items documentation construction
such as rice, wheat, maize, management
millet, milk, meat cost
and female)


Sanitation No of Hhs having toilets, Headworks site, Camp site, Internal Field survey and Once a year ETD Included in
Practice of sanitation access road and ancillary facility documentation, construction
(Child defecation, solid sites Photographs management
waste disposal), Source of cost
Total impact and compliance Monitoring costs – construction 31,50,000
Operation Phase
Compliance Monitoring
Mitigation All mitigation actions All structural sites and facility sites Direct supervision and Daily/weekly/m Project Cost included in
Measures listed in EMP and and their surroundings documentation onthly outsource operation
Environmental Mitigation depending upon Monitoring management
Management for the measure Laboratory cost
Operation phase
Water quality in As per Nepal Drinking Water supply source and one end tap As per Nepal Drinking Once in six Project 400,000
the operation Water Quality Standard of the camps (4 Nos) Water Quality Standard month (project outsource
camp for compliance life of 30 years) Monitoring
Laboratory
Impact Monitoring
Landslides and Number of landslides/ Headworks site, internal access Direct observation and Twice a year for Project Cost included in
erosion debris flows/gully roads mapping in the first 5 years outsource operation
formation sites appropriate scale map Monitoring management
Laboratory cost
Air Quality TSP , PM10 and PM2.5 Headworks site, internal access As per National Ambient once after Project 200,000
roads Air quality Standards, operation outsource
Nepal, Monitoring
Laboratory
Water Quality Parameters listed in “ Upstream Headworks site and As per Tolerance Limits for Twice a year Project 1,000,000
Tolerance Limits for downstream tailrace Industrial Effluents to be (November, outsource
Industrial Effluents to be Discharged into Inland April) for 30 Monitoring
Discharged into Inland Surface Waters” 2003, years Laboratory
Surface Waters” 2003 –
to examine impact on the
receiving water body
Climate Air temperature, rainfall Headworks site / Powerhouse site , As per parameter listed Daily for the 30 Project 1,200,000 (the
and Humidity years operation outsource stations will be
period Monitoring handed over to
Laboratory the project by
EPCC


Noise level Laeq (dBA) Headworks site / Powerhouse site Type 1 and type 2 sound once after Project 40,000
level meter meeting IEC operation outsource
standard Monitoring
Laboratory
Forest Ecology Forest Status in terms Three sample plots in each Twice a year for Project Included in
coverage, species present area first 5 year outsource Operation
(September and Monitoring Management
March) Laboratory Cost
Wildlife Wildlife status in terms of PRMs forest area Consultation with locals, Twice a year for Project Included in
species present and note season of raiding, first 5 year outsource Operation
reported, frequency of raiding, and (September and Monitoring Management
the place raided March) Laboratory Cost
LARRAP Performance All Project sites and surrounding Sample survey, Once after two Project 600,000
areas years of project outsource
operation Monitoring
Laboratory
Markets No of Hotels/Tea stall and Headworks site and powerhouse Direct enumeration Every month/ Project Included in
Restaurants site for the first year outsource Operation
of operation Monitoring Management
Laboratory Cost
Consumer price Price of local and Headworks site / powerhouse site) Market survey and Every month for Project Included in
imported consumer items documentation the first year of outsource construction
such as rice, wheat, maize, operation Monitoring management
millet, milk, meat Laboratory cost
and female)
Sanitation No of Hhs having toilets, Headworks site / powerhouse site, Field survey and once after Project Included in
Practice of sanitation camp sites and internal access roads documentation, operation outsource construction
(Child defecation, solid Photographs Monitoring management
waste disposal), Source of Laboratory cost
water (Piped, springs,
river etc.)
Total Monitoring Operation 3,440,000

Baseline monitoring will be conducted during the design/pre-construction phase to fill in baseline data
gaps by ETD. Monitoring of these parameters will continue over the duration of construction for
compliance monitoring by ETD. Regular reports identifying non-compliance with government standards
during Project construction will be prepared by ETD for review and required corrective actions.
Frontline monitoring
Regular frontline internal environmental monitoring of construction works, associated activities and the
implementation of environmental management measures will be undertaken by the EPCC, irrespective of
the indicated monitoring responsibility. The ETD will prepare monthly monitoring reports to the ESO and
ETD for review and documentation.
For the land acquisition, resettlement and rehabilitation of the affected households, LARU will undertake
frontline monitoring and shall keep all records pertaining to Compensation Determination Committee
(CDC) decisions. LARU shall have the responsibility to make aware of the ESMP provisions on
compensation on the lost assets and productivity, and livelihood assistance to the project displaced people
prior to the decision of CDC. LARU shall also keep all records of compensation payments and livelihood
assistance. LARU will prepare a monthly report of land acquisition, resettlement, and rehabilitation works
and submit to the ETD for review.
Frontline monitoring of the project information disclosure, regular stakeholder consultation, community
relationship liaison public grievances, and response to grievances etc shall be undertaken by ETD. It shall
keep all records of the activities and prepare a monthly front line monitoring report for ETD review.
Internal Monitoring
Environmental monitoring of EPCC/OC activities from the side of the project proponent will be undertaken
by the ETD during the pre-construction and construction works on a regular basis, daily, weekly and
monthly as required by the type of activity and its sensitivity from environmental and social perspective.
ESO and ETD jointly or individually will give directions and instruction to EPCC/OC to achieve required
improvements or corrective actions for compliance. Joint meeting of the ESO, EPCC/OC will be held every
two weeks to take stock of the work progress and set time lines for the accomplishment of the
direction/instruction or corrective actions. The EPCC/OC shall have the responsibility to comply with the
direction and instructions of the ETD.
ETD shall undertake monthly internal monitoring of the land acquisition, compensation and livelihood
restoration works of project. ETD will be responsible for carring out this activity. Similarly ESO shall
undertake monthly monitoring of the GRMPIC activities and provide feedback for the compliance as per
this ESMP.
The ETD will jointly prepare an environmental monitoring report bi-monthly which shall be submitted to
the concerned government agencies and other stakeholders of the project for their review and suggestions
through the ETD/Project Manager.
External Monitoring
As per PDA agreement and requirements, the external monitoring shall be performed.
 Design/Pre-construction:
 reviewing detailed Project designs, IBMP and SSMPs;
 reviewing of the records and monthly monitoring reports of LARU, and GRMPIC;
 reviewing of ETD’c bi-monthly monitoring report
 an inspection of the main Project sites;
 Construction:
 reviewing EPCC’s /OC’s monthly frontline monitoring reports;
 reviewing of the written instructions and corrective actions of ETD
 reviewing of the daily weekly, and monthly monitoring records of the EPCC/OC, and ETD
 reviewing of the records and monthly monitoring reports of LARU, and GRMPIC
 reviewing ETD’s bi-monthly monitoring reports;
 inspecting all operational construction sites and associated facilities; and,
 Liaising with GoN authorities.

The measures and corrective actions recommended by the As detemined by PDA will be passed in written
to the EPCC/OC and EPCC/OC will have the responsibility to implement the measures as suggested within
the time frame agreed between ETD and EPCC/OC during two weekly joint meeting. The progress of
implementation will be monitored by ETD for compliance regularly.
Apart from the external agency from the project side, MoEWRI/DoED and MoFE/DoEnv has legal power to
conduct external monitoring of the project ESMP implementation. The timeline of such external monitoring
activities at this stage cannot be stated due to lack of external monitoring guidelines of the development
projects from the concerned ministries. What could be foreseen is that they have the legal rights to pay
external monitoring visits with and objective to ensure Project compliance with the ESMP, specific project
environmental management plans, Project approval conditions and statutory requirements. On such
occasions, ETD will assist the line government agencies in the monitoring works by availing all the site
records of CC/OC, and ETD.
9.5.3. Supervision Framework

Strict supervision of Project construction activities ensures that works are undertaken in accordance with
the detailed Project design, environmental plans, permits, approvals, contract conditions, and the
principles outlined in this ESMP. Pre-construction inspections of each Project site shall be jointly
undertaken by the ETD and EPCC once the EPCC has surveyed and pegged each site. For the contracts
outside the jurisdiction of EPCC, ETD and OC will conduct joint inspection. These inspections will serve to:
 Confirm the location of Project sites;

 Identify site specific construction and environmental issues;
 Identify trails and services that will be temporarily cut during construction and shall be
temporarily connected during construction and/or reinstated upon the completion of construction;
 Identify stockpile sites and spoil and waste disposal areas; and,
 Plan construction phasing at Project sites.
During the inspection for EPCC’s sites, the ETD, and EPCC shall discuss and agree upon the above issues. In
particular, the SE will document the type and location of all trails and services that are to be temporarily
disconnected, and provide a copy of this to the CC and ESO. The EPCC shall sign off on the trails and
services that are to be reinstated, and return a signed copy of the description of services to the ESO through
ETD.
During construction phase, ETD shall undertake daily, weekly and monthly inspections of EPCC’s
construction sites and work areas, and monthly inspections of workforce camps during the construction
period. While for the sites outside EPCC’s construction sites ESO shall take the required inspection. The
inspections will involve the following protocols.
Daily Environmental Inspections

 Vegetation clearance;
 Surface excavation activities;
 Burrow pit sites
 Stockpiling; and,
 Spoil disposal
Weekly Environmental Inspections

 Underground works
 Drainage works;
 Erosion and sediment controls;
 Chemical, fuel and explosive storage;
 Oil separators;
 Refueling areas; and,
 Site rehabilitation works
Monthly Environmental Inspections

 Workforce camps and work sites in use over the preceding month
 Adequacy of services provided at work sites and workforce camps
 Any on-site or off-site environmental degradation caused by camp or workforce activities
Pre-monsoon Inspection
 Pre-monsoon inspection of Project sites
 Pre-monsoon inspection of internal access roads
 Pre-monsoon inspection of drainage works, disposal sites, and waste collection sites
 Pre-monsoon inspection of potential land degradation sites
If any of these sites or activities are not in accordance with the contract and ESMP conditions, the ETD will
document these and specify corrective measures in the Daily, Weekly, Monthly or Pre-monsoon monitoring
data sheets and pass to EPCC verbally with a written instruction through ETD the next day. The EPCC shall
have the responsibility to comply with the verbal and written instructions and directions of ETD.
The ETD shall undertake a post-construction certification inspection of each completed Project sites jointly.
The ETD and ESO shall inspect all reinstated access and local services and the re-vegetation of all
temporarily disturbed land. The SE shall certify each Project site if it is in accordance with all contract and
ESMP conditions, or provide a written list of remedial actions to the EPCC to be completed prior to
certification. For the work area outside EPCC’s sites ESO will take the actions as described above.
In the operation phase, ESO will supervise the works and facilities as required to ensure that the
operational activities are complied with the detailed Project design, environmental plans, permits,
approvals, and the principles outlined in this ESMP every two months.
9.5.4. Environmental Audit Framework

Site audits will be undertaken, to independently verify the compliance of Project activities and controls
with Government standards and the conditions set out in Project environmental/social plans.
Construction Phase
Internal Audit
During construction phase ESO, acting as an Auditor, shall conduct a full compliance audit of the EPCC's /
OCs operations and all construction and ancillary sites once every six months. Environmental compliance
will be audited against the conditions contained in the construction contract, ESMP, IBMPs, SSMPs and
permit and approval conditions. The CC / OC shall assign a representative to attend the audit and be
responsible for implementing corrective actions.
The audit will involve a review of all sites in use or used since the previous audit, any construction and
related activities in progress, and the site records. An Audit Report describing the results of the audit shall
be prepared by the ETD and submitted to the concerned authority within two days of audit completion.
The Audit Report shall specify any non-conformances and recommend corrective action/s, with dates for
completion. The ESO will follow up on any corrective actions within a reasonable time frame, either
signing out the corrective action or requesting completion of the action.
External Audit
The external audit will undertake an external compliance audit at least once a year during the construction
phase to assess the project’s compliance with the EMP, the effectiveness of mitigation measures and
institutional development, and whether or not any unanticipated effects occurred as a result of project
activities
Operation Phase
Internal Audit
ETD will undertake a compliance audit of all Project sites every six months over the initial three years of
Project operation, then annually over the life of the generation period. Sites and operation activities shall
be audited against approved conditions and the ESMP. The project’s responsible OM staff shall accompany
and assist ESO during the audit. An Audit Report describing the results of each audit shall be prepared by
ESO and submitted to the project operation office within five days of audit completion. The Audit Report
will specify any non-conformances and recommend corrective action/s with dates for completion.
External Audit
MoFE will undertake an external compliance audit after two years of Project operation, to assess the
project’s compliance with the ESMP, the effectiveness of mitigation measures and institutional
development, and whether or not any unanticipated effects occurred as a result of project activities. The

audit shall be based on site inspection records, the monitoring reports and audit reports prepared by the
EPCC/ OC, LARU/GRMPIC, ESO/ETD etc.
9.5.5. Record Keeping and Reporting

Full environmental social front line management records will be kept on site by the EPCC/OC, LARU,
GRMPIC, ETD for the full respective periods of their activities. Details are provided below:
Pre-construction /Construction Phase

 All necessary permits and approvals
 List of land parcels acquired
 List of physical and economic displaced households
 List of households receiving compensation for land and livelihood package in cash and kinds
 List of economically displaced households and their current location and involvement
 Records of forest clearance, with numbers of trees by species types
 Afforestation programs and list of afforestated saplings number by species types,
 Proof of employee environmental and safety training;
 Number of affected Hhs employed in the project monthly
 Records of incidents /accidents and number of injured by type of injury monthly
 Monthly records of health of the construction workforce, time lost due to health problems
 A daily record of mitigation measure implementation
 All environmental monitoring results
 A record of all maintenance of environmental controls
 All written instructions and reports provided by the SE and ESS, including Daily, Weekly, Monthly
and pre-monthly reports
 A register of non-conformances and corrective actions and
 All correspondence on environmental management matters, including any complaints received etc.
Operation Phase
 All necessary approvals and permits, including permission for activities on private land
 Proof of employee environmental and safety training
 Results of all environmental monitoring
 Maintenance undertaken
 Written instructions and reports provided by the ESS, including Daily, weekly monthly, pre-
monsoon Reports
 Afforestation Status
 A register of non-conformances and corrective actions; and,
 Correspondence.
The EPCC /OC, LARU and GRMPIC shall prepare a monthly frontline internal monitoring report and submit
to ESS /SE for review and recording. ETD/ESO shall provide inspection report with corrective actions
within two days of the site inspection to EPCC/OC. The ETD shall prepare a monitoring report bimonthly
for circulation of DoED, MoFE and other stakeholders. Any suggestions and recommendations of the
stakeholders shall be given due consideration to strengthen the project's environmental and social
performance.
9.6. Issue Based Management Plans (IBMP)

Based on the mitigation management framework of this EMP, a set of IBMPs will be prepared by ESO.
Considering the environmental issues so far identified, following IBMPs shall be prepared (Table 9-5)
providing a greater level of detail on responsibilities, proposed mitigation and management measures,
implementation of measures, and monitoring and reporting procedures for each IBMPs. There may be
other IBMPs too but majority of them are covered under the provided IBMPs.
Table 9-5: Issue Based Management Plans (IBMP)

IBMP Descriptions
a. Compensatory Afforestation
- If non-forest land is not available, compensatory plantation is to be established on
degraded forest lands, which must be twice the forest area affected or lost.
- If non- forest land is available, compensatory forest are to be raised over an area

IBMP Descriptions
Biodiversity equivalent to the forest area affected or lost.
Conservation Plan b. Biodiversity Conservation by Habitat Improvement Programs
- Afforestation and Awareness Programs
- Soil stabilization measures & improving water regime,
- Sustenance of Livelihoods
- Establishment of botanical gardens for conservation and propagation of endangered
species.
- Anti-poaching measures by establishing wildlife protection force
a. Development of the labor camps
Environmental b. Provision of Heating
Management in c. Provision of water supply
Labor Camps d. Sanitation and sewage treatment facilities
e. Solid Waste Management by 3R, disposal of degradable and non degradable
components,
f. Provision of Free fuel
a. Engineering measures for muck disposal at disposal sites by
- Construction of toe walls, wire crate wall, boulder crate wall, Retaining walls.
- Construction of catch water Drains
Muck Disposal b. Biological treatment measures at muck disposal sites by
Plan - Plantation of suitable tree species and soil binding species
- Plantation of ornamental plants
- Barbed wire fencing
a. Measures to be adopted before quarrying
- The top 6-12” of soil will be removed before starting the quarrying activity or any other
surface disturbance. This top soil will be kept separate and stock piled so that it can be
reused after quarrying is over for rehabilitation of sites.
b. Measures to be adopted after quarrying
Restoration Plan - Diversion of run off
for Quarries - Filling of depressions
- Construction of retaining walls
- Rocks for landscaping
- Laying of the top soil
- Re-vegetation
c. Landscaping and restoration Plan
a. Construction
- Area for clearing shall be kept minimum subject to the technical requirements of the
road. The clearing area shall be properly demarcated to save desirable trees and shrubs
and to keep tree cutting to the minimum.
- Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing operations shall be so
scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosion
control of features can follow immediately thereafter, if the project conditions permit;
otherwise temporary erosion control measures shall be provided between successive
construction stages. Under no circumstances, however, should very large surface area of
erodible earth material be exposed at any one time by clearing.
- The method of balanced cut and fill formation shall be adopted to avoid large difference
in cut and fill quantities
- The cut slopes shall be suitably protected by breast walls, provision of flat stable slopes,
construction of catch water and intercepting drains, treatment of slopes and unstable
areas above and underneath the road, etc.
- Landslide prone areas shall be treated with location specific engineering protection
measures.
- Where rock blasting is involved, controlled blasting techniques shall be adopted to
avoid over-shattering of hill faces.
Environmental - Excavated material should not be thrown haphazardly but dumped duly dressed up in a
Management Plan suitable form at appropriate places where it cannot get easily washed away by rain, and
for Access Road such spoil deposits may be duly trapped or provided with some vegetative cover.
Construction b. Drainage
- Drainage of the water from hill slopes and road surface is very important. All artificial
drains shall be linked with the existing natural drainage system.
- Surface drains shall have gentle slopes. Where falls in levels are to be negotiated, check
dams with silting basins shall be constructed and that soil is not eroded and carried away

IBMP Descriptions
by high velocity flows.
- Location and alignment of culverts should also be so chosen as to avoid severe erosion
at outlets and siltation at inlets.
c. Grassing and planting
- Tree felling for road construction/works should be kept bare minimum and strict
control must be exercised in consultation with the Forest Department. Equivalent
amount of new trees should be planted as integral part of the project within the available
land and if necessary, separate additional land may be acquired for this purpose.
- Depending on the availability of land and other resources, afforestation of roadside land
should be carried out to a sufficient distance on either side of the road.
Air Pollution Management Plan
a. Control of air pollution emissions by maintaining proper functioning construction
equipments to minimize exhaust
b. Air pollution control due to DG sets by setting within the government standard
c. Stack height of DG sets to be kept in accordance with CPCB norms, which prescribes
the minimum height of stack to be provided with each generator set to be calculated
using the following formula: H = h+0.2 x √KVA, where
H = Total height of stack in meter, h = Height of the building in meters where the
Air and Noise generator set is installed, KVA = Total generator capacity of the set in KVA
Pollution Control d. Dust Control in the construction sites and tunnels
Management Plan
Noise Pollution Management Plan
- The contractors will be required to maintain properly functioning equipment and
comply with occupational safety and health standards of GoN
- Noise generated by a crusher is in the range of 79-80 dB(A) at a distance of 250 ft or
about 75 m from the crusher. Thus, noise level at a distance of 2 m from the crusher shall
be of the order of 110 dB(A).Maximum exposure period for the worker will be as
specified by OSHA.
- Control noise due to blasting by use of backfill cover, deck loading, controlled blasting
and other engineering measures in presence and supervision of a trained professional.
a. Data Collection from the catchment area to classify and interpret the land use pattern
of the catchment area
b. Establishment of the silt observation points on the tributatries and subwatersheds to
monitor the silt inflow
c. Estimation of the soil loss using the silt yield index (SYI) method
Catchment Area SYI = Ʃ (Ai x Wi ) x 100/ Aw ; where i = 1 to n
Treatment plan Where Ai = Area of ith unit (EIMU), Wi = Weightage value of ith mapping unit, n = No. of
mapping units, Aw = Total area of sub-watershed.
d. Structural and non structural measures to be applied to catchment area treatment
e. Monitoring and evaluation (daily, monthly and annually)
The study outcomes of the following analysis will be carefully assessed in preparing the
disaster manangement plans of the project
1. Dam Break /inundation analysis
2. Active landslides
3. GLOF
4. Earthquake
Disaster 5. Road accidents, casualties
Management Plan The project will prepare the standalone disaster management plan which includes:
a. Hazard analysis and risk assessment
b. Preparation
c. Collection of the secondary data
d. Beginning the work with the local stakeholders
e. Training/capacity building at the local level
f. Analysing the hazard, vulnerability and capacity (including climate change)
g. Prioritising the risks
h. Developing the risk reduction n lans
i. Putting the disaster manangement plan in action with the human resource and
budget through the integration in project cycle.
IBMPs shall be updated by the ESO from time to time, in response to government requirements or to clarify
management responsibilities, planning, permits and approvals, mitigation measures, and monitoring and
reporting procedures.

9.7. Site Specific Management Plans (SSMP)

A SSMP shall be prepared by the EPCC for each construction and ancillary sites, converting the principles
and generic measures contained in this ESMP and IBMPs into site-specific controls. Each SSMP shall
contain a layout map(s) of the main measures and describe:
 Construction activities and associated works that will occur over the construction life;
 Environmental features that have the potential to be impacted by construction activities;
 The environmental mitigation measures that will be installed over the duration of construction and
illustrate these on a plan(s); and,
 Operation and maintenance of mitigation measures.
Separate SSMPs shall be prepared for the following Project sites.

 Construction camps (each)
 Diversion Tunnel Site
 Weir Sites
 Intake, Headrace Tunnel and penstock
 Powerhouse and tailrace
 Burrow pit sites (each)
 Quarry Sites
 Mechanical Yards and Workshops sites (each)
 Storage sites (each)
 Batching Plants (each)
 Aggregate crushing and washing sites (each)
 Spoil disposal sites (each)
 Waste collection and management sites (each)
 Internal Access road corridors
The level of detail contained in a SSMP will be relative to the potential environmental impact of site
activities, varying according to the site and proposed activities. For example, the weir SSMP will be a
detailed plan, whereas the SSMP for a separate materials storage area will be simple. Sub-components of a
SSMP will normally, but not always, include:
 Vegetation Management Plan;

 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan;
 Earthworks Plan;
 Waste Management Plan; and
 Site Rehabilitation Plan etc.
SSMPs will be living documents subject to revision as construction proceeds. Site layout will be required
for different phases of construction on major sites where the landform and/or construction activities will
vary substantially over time to ensure that the controls are coordinated with construction works and
sufficient space is provided for. Each SSMP shall contain a Pre-Commencement Checklist that will be
completed by the EPCC and reviewed by the ETD prior to construction activities being permitted to
commence on that site. Each SSMP shall be submitted to the ETD at least two weeks prior to the proposed
commencement of site activities. The outcome of the review will either be ETD approval of the SSMP in the
form of a Notice to Proceed or the provision of instructions to the CC to revise the plan and resubmit it for
approval. The EPCC must obtain a formal Notice to Proceed for each site from the SE/ESS before any
construction activities can commence. SE before giving approval for the SSMP shall take clearance from
ETD. Each SSMP will also contain a Record of Mitigation Measures, summarizing the measures contained in
the plan that shall be used as a checklist. Similar sets of SSMP shall be prepared by OC involved in contracts
outside EPCC’s area. The SSMP will be reviewed by ESO. OC must obtain notice to proceed for each of
activity sites from ESO before commencement of any activities.
9.8. Social Action Plan

The detail social baseline and impacts are included baseline and impact chapter of this SEIA report. During
the SEIA study, the detail socio-economic census survey of the Project Affected households/Families
(PAFs) were conducted which identified 38 households/families will be affected economically. Loss on
social, economic and cultural aspects of both private and public properties and resettlement and
rehabilitation were also assessed in macro level during the survey. Micro-level of possible mitigation
strategies were included in the impacts and mitigation chapter of the EIA. However, this SEIA report does
not provide the detail micro-level information about Social Action Plans (SAPs). However, it is suggested
that prior the construction of the project details, micro-level of planning for resettlement and community
development shall be prepared for the project to the protect the socio-economic and cultural life of the
PAFs.
9.9. Grievance Redress
Most complaints during construction are expected to be major complaints concerning land acquisition,
loss of property, damage to crops, or damage to standing trees, pollution of air, water etc that should be
able to be resolved quite easily and acted upon immediately by the site Grievance Officer under GRMPIC.
Experiences of the project implementation and operation reveals maximum numbers of grievances in the
implementation phase, particularly related to land acquisition, land encroachment by developer, loss of
crops, restriction on access, pollution, social evils etc. Failing to register and timely responding to these
grievances often are the causes of social unrest and work stoppages.
Any complains coming to the EPCC, OC, ETD, and ESO or any other project staff shall be directed to GRMPIC
field office for registration of complains. The site Grievance officer (GO) will register complain by; date,
name, contact address and reason for the complaint in a grievance registration book. The Register is then
signed by the person making the complaint. A duplicate copy of the entry shall be provided to the affected
person for their record at the time of registering the complaint. The duplicate copy given to the affected
person will also show the procedure that will be followed in assessing the complaint, together with a
statement affirming the rights of the affected person to make a complaint. No costs will be charged to the
affected person for making a complaint.
The Grievance Officer will consider the complaint and pass the complaint to the responsible officer to
address the complaint within a maximum of two days. After getting a response from the concerned officer,
GO will convey the decision to the affected person. While doing so, GO will record information such as who
has been directed to deal with the complaint and the date when this was made together with the date when
the affected person was informed of the decision and how the decision was conveyed to the affected person
in the Registration book. The issues which could not be resolved by the grievance officer and the directed
responsible person will be elevated to Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) constituted at Local, district
and National Level as required. The composition of the GRC at local, district and national level will be as
under:
 National Level
 Project Manager – Chairperson
 Representative of ESO - Member
 Representative from ETD – Member
 Representative from project Concern Committee ( Sarokar Samittee) from project district -
member
 Representatives from concerned ministry (Home, Forest, Agriculture, Land Reform, Energy) as per
the compliant case-members
 Grievance Officer - Member Secretary
 District level
 CDO of the respective project district- Chairperson
 Project Mananger – Member
 Representative from SEO - member
 Representative from ETD
 Representative from district government offices (Forest, Agriculture, Land Reform, Energy,
Education, Public Health, Irrigation, Road (as per the nature of the complaint) case- Members
 Representative from project Concern Committee (Sarokar Samittee) from project district-
Members
 Representatives from district level network or federation of community forest users group, farmer
group, mother group, irrigation/water user group, youth club etc.) – Members
 Representative from Secretaries of the project affected local administrative bodies
 Representative from District level organization of IPs, Dalits and women- member
 Local Body level

 Chairperson of respective Local body- Chairperson
 Project Manager – Chairperson

 Representative from SEO –member
 Representative from ETD -Member
 Representatives of EPCC and OC – Member
 Representative from Dalit - Member
 Representatives from local NGO/CBO ((forest users group, farmer group, mother group,
irrigation/water user group, youth club etc.) – Member
 Representative from women - Member
 Representative from IPs— Member
Any grievances and objections while implementing project will be referred to the project Grievances
Redress Committee (GRC) which allows all interested parties including project displaced persons (PDPs) to
appeal any disagreeable decisions, practices and activities. A grievance record file will be maintained at
each level of GRC where all written and oral grievances will be filed and recorded. The general public as
well as affected persons can also register their grievances at the respective local level GRC. All cases will be
registered, categorized and prioritized by the designated member at each GRC.
Land Acquisition, land acquisition related grievances will be addressed as per the Clause 11 of Land
Acquisition Act of Nepal 2034 (1977), where CDO is assigned the sole responsibility. GRCs will meet
periodically once in a month and as and when required basis (if required earlier than one month) to
discuss the merit of each case and fix a date for hearing and notify the complaints to submit necessary
documents in proof of her/his claim/case; resolve grievances within 2 weeks of receipt of complaint.
Proposed mechanism for grievance resolution is given below:
Stage 1:
All the unresolved complaints related to the project shall in first instance be attempted to settle at the local
level GRC through informal discussion and formal meeting and hearing with the concerned personal and
parties. When all the grievances will be reviewed and examine, the decision will be made and informed in
writing to the complaining party within two weeks of receipt of the complaint.
Stage 2:
If the complaining party is not satisfied with the response from the local level GRC, the complaining party
can appeal to the District Level GRC. While lodging the complaint, the complaining party must produce
documents to support his/her claim. All the grievances will be reviewed and a decision will be informed to
the concerned party within two weeks of the receipt of complaint.
Stage 3:
If the complaining party is not satisfied with the response from district level GRC, the complaining party
can appeal to the National level GRC. While lodging the complaint, the complaining party must produce
documents to support his/her claim. All the grievances will be reviewed and a decision will be informed to
the concerned party within two weeks of the receipt of complaint.
Stage 4:
Any complaining party can exercise its constitutional right to approach the court of law at any time if
he/she chooses to do so.
9.10. Capacity Building and Training

The project staff does not have knowledge on the environmental and social management as required for
this ESMP. It is likely that all the staffs to the project will be hired or outsourced from the consulting firms
who have experience in the projects of similar kind. To streamline the project staff likely to be involved in
the environmental and social management, understanding the project and its pertinent environmental and
social safeguard issues is very important. This can be achieved through training of the staff to capacitate
them to the requirement of the project.
All those responsible for the management, implementation and operation of any aspect of the ESMP
including that of Owner’s (engineers, administrator, and financial manager) and the contractors need to be
trained adequately on their roles, responsibilities in the pre-construction and construction period and on
the sensitive environmental and social issues of the project. The ETD will be responsible for the

organization of the required training and capacity building of the personnel involved directly and indirectly
in the ESMP implementation.
9.11. Project Management and ETD

The project management and staffs of ETD responsible to oversee the preparation, implementation and
oversight of the ESMP shall be given in house training and provided with enough technical and financial
resources to undertake their ESMP related oversight roles including outsourcing of the external
monitoring laboratories and study experts. ETD shall keep all training records on site, for each project
related employee, to provide evidence for auditing/inspection purposes. The following training shall be
considered for key stakeholders. The following training shall be considered for key stakeholders:
 Principles and procedures for environmental and social impact assessment

 Fundamentals of environmental management
 Information Disclosure and stakeholder consultation
 GoN’s Policies, legislative frameworks, and standards related to the project
 Approvals and permit procedure of concerned stakeholders
 Compliance assessment, monitoring and follow-up
 Environmental audits
 Grievance Handling Mechanisms and Community Relationship
 Fundamentals of aquatic ecology and environmental flows associated with construction and
operation of hydroelectric projects
EPCC and OC
The EPCC and OC will have environmental and safety team trained to ensure compliance with ESMP
requirements. The EPCC and OC will maintain training records, employee records, records of health and
safety (number of injuries, work hour lost due to injuries, disease etc), records of communications with
ETD/ESO, daily records of compliance and non compliance as per ESMP stipulations, records of land rental
agreements etc for the inspection of ETD. Specific trainings to the EPCC and OC environmental and safety
teams to be provided will be as under:
 Principles and procedures for environmental impact assessment

 Fundamentals of environmental management
 Construction safety and management
 Air and water sampling procedures
 Construction impacts, including civil works, sediment and erosion control, soil handling and
vegetation removal
 Wastewater and Solid Management
 Fuel and hazardous materials management
 Construction camp management
 Community relations and public consultation procedures
 Spoil management
 Compliance assessment, monitoring and follow-up
 Record keeping and reporting and
 Auditing and follow-up.
9.12. ESMP Monitoring Review

The ESO and ETD will periodically review, monitor and audit the effectiveness of the ESMP, including IBMP
and SSMP. The audit program should adequately cover the scope, audit frequency and methods that are
typically required for large infrastructure projects. The frequency of audits should reflect the intensity of
activities (typically more common during construction), severity of environmental and social impacts and
non-compliances raised in prior audits.
Review of the ESMP

ETD will review the ESMP to assess its effectiveness and relevance as the work progress and the
monitoring and auditing of the project provides new insight of the project as under:
 A full review shall be undertaken annually;
 Following a reportable incident, or a significant non-compliance; and
 Following an addition, up-date or change order to the EMP, or a sub-plan.

The review of the ESMP should consider the following:

 Adequacy of data collection, analysis and review;
 Reporting;
 Non-compliances; and
 Corrective actions implemented.
The ESMP will also be reviewed periodically to evaluate the environmental controls and procedures to
make sure that they are still applicable to the activities being carried out. Reviews will be undertaken by
ESS/ES as follows. The full ESMP shall be reviewed at least annually.
 Relevant parts of the ESMP shall be reviewed following a reportable incident;

 Expert opinion of the Panel of Expert after review of this ESMP, IBMPs and SSMPs;
 Relevant parts of the ESMP shall be reviewed following the receipt of an updated IBMP and SSMP;
and
 At the request of the stakeholders, including the central and local level stakeholders, contractors,
supervising engineer and project financer.
The review will include analysis of the data collection and analysis of data, monitoring reports, incident
reports, complaints/grievances and feedback from stakeholders, consultation meetings minutes and
training records to evaluate effectiveness of ESMP procedures. site visits, interviews and other auditing
methods could also be used.
Control and Update of the EMP

This document will be issued as a controlled document to all relevant staff and stakeholders. The
procedure to be followed to control the issues of the document, provide a review of its effectiveness and
provide updates will be as follows
 Issued copies by the ESS shall be numbered;
 The ESS shall initiate a review of any relevant sections following modification to the ESMP; and
 Any modification of ESMP will not be in contradiction to the approval conditions of MoFE and
other concerned government agencies.
9.13. Additional Information for ESMP

In order to ensure adequate information during the implementation of ESMP, a number of studies will be
added as prescribed to ensure adequate completion and implementation of this ESMP. Suggested
additional studies to be undertaken by the project are indicated below:
Additional Baseline Monitoring

For the comprehensive understanding of the environmental status of the project catchment and to
strengthen the environmental management plans, following studies have been recommended by the
assessment study.
 Onsite study and monitoring of the glacial lakes of the catchment for the emergency preparedness
planning
 Onsite study and monitoring of the potential LDOF sites on the Catchment for the emergency
preparedness planning
 Catchment Area Treatment Plan covering project local administrative bodies and upper catchment
to minimize the erosion and sedimentation
 Design of Comprehensive Forest Biodiversity Management plan in the project's local
administrative bodies for implementation to ensure no net loss on floral biodiversity
 Design of afforestation programs of the lost floral species in page with the GoN’s Forest Guideline
and in compliance with the best practice principle of “no net loss of floral diversity and net gain of
the floral species of conservation significance''
 Design of Wildlife Conservation Plan in the remaining forest areas of project local administrative
bodies for implementation to ensure no net loss of the faunal diversity and net gain of the fauna of
conservation significance
 Study on the Environmental flow requirements to ensure that the dewatered section is protected
from the loss of aquatic flora and fauna.
Official Field Verification of the Affected Land Plots and Affected Households
The census survey during the EIA study is an unofficial record of the affected land area and households.
These are based on the local consultation with the local people using the government cadastral map and
have to be verified in the presence of the government officials.

9.14. Impact of This project on other project:

The impact of this project on other projects is also assessed. During the EIA study , the upstream and
downstream projects were identified. There are altogether major 10 projects in the basin. Two of the
immediatedownstream project namely Lower Manang Marsyangdi and Upper Marsyangdi-2 HEP belongs
to same developer. Since all the three projects will be built as a cascade project, the project will perform a
brief cumulative impact assessment and mitigation measures in addition to EIA prior to the construction.
 The impacts of this project on the other downstream projects include, but not limited to:
 D/s flow regulation
 Reduction, modification and fragmentation of riparian and aquatic habitat
 Conversion or degradation of natural and critical habitat
 Additional traffic jam, incdents of diseas, ill social behavior and conflicts
 Addition of the pollution to the environment
A more generalized cumulative assessment has been made. However, a broader cumulative impact
assessment including the impacts of all other activities in the project affected area including impacts of the
project shall be considered. The project management shall implement a cumulative affect assessment
framework that will evaluate cumulative impacts of other developments in association with construction
and operational impacts of the project. By the end of the first year of construction, project management will
develop a cumulative effects assessment framework and an initial assessment of the cumulative effects of
the project in conjunction with other projects and activities. The cumulative effects study should also
incorporate measures for biodiversity protection and intact river management.
9.15. ESMP Implementation Plan Schedule

The project will assume overall responsibility for the implementation of the ESMP as described including
the following activities
 Formation of an ETD with ESO and LARGMO sections and respective units
 Training
 Preparation of IBMPs and SSMPs
 Oversight of EPCC, and OC’s ESMP requirements
The project shall implement the ESMP as per the implementation plan stipulated in Table 9-6. The
implementation plan could be modified, particularly related to timings, to adjust and accommodate the
project schedules, however, will comply with the overall sequencing of the activities for ESMP compliance.
Table 9-6: ESMP Implementation Plan

Implementation When and who should
Implementation Item Actions to be Taken
Responsibility oversee
Pre-construction Phase
Formation of an ETD ETD A will OAGRAO with E and ETE be 6 months before the start
with ESO and LARGMO formed by project MD to implement of construction works;
sections and respective the ESMP for the project to execute BoD
units construction Supervision
Environmental Monitoring
Appointment of ETD SE for the project will be appointed 6 months before the start
Supervising Engineers with environmental and social of construction works;
expert as team member for the PMO
overall supervision and construction
control of the project
Establishment of srobect ETD Establish a arobect information center 4 months before the start
rnformation menter e srobect site to dessiminate at th of construction works;
information to the staieholders LARGMO
Establishment of ETD Establish a Rrevance andling 1 months before the start
Rrevance andling ng Aechanism and Rrevance andli of the land acquisition;
Aechanism and Eesi at the srobect site office to ESO
Rrevance andling Eesi attained and address the grevances of
the affected communities and
staieholders within saecified
timeframe


Incorporation of ESMP ETD ETD and SE will prepare the ESMP One months before
requirements in Tender requirements for Tender document invitation of tenders;
Bid Document as special clause of contract. Project Manager
Approved EIA will be annexed as a
part of contract
Prepare Bid ETD Prepare Bid Documents including Before finalization of the
Specifications for the environmental and social bidding process; Project
Construction requirements for the Construction Manager /ETD
Contractor Contractor
Tender Notification ETD Notify, interested contractors for 4 months before the start
bidding the project’s construction of construction works;
works Project Manager
Training ETD Develop a training plan outlining 4 months before the start
training requirements, topics, and of construction works and
areas of capacity building. Identify will continue in the
courses/seminars construction period as
Identify staff requiring training, required ; Project
Implement training plan Manager
Prepare Issue Based ETD Prepare IBMPs of the project as IBMPs finalized at least a
Management Plans stipulated in this ESMP month before the start of
the project construction
works; ETD
Aaaroval and sermits ETD ill acpuire all aermits and aaaroval At least a weei before the
from the concerned agencies and construction action at each
individualsacommunities as repuired site successively as
cee entry to lande for forest clearna repuired throughout the
disturbance to infrastructurese access construction aeriod;
.road constructione etc Project Manager
Baseline monitoring, ETD Prepare the required plans for the Finalized before the start
Preparation of project of construction works;
afforestation plan, ETD
forest biodiversity
management plans,
Wildlife conservation
plans, etc
Initiate Land ETD Initiate land and property Four months before
Acquisition Process acquisition as pert Land Acquisition project construction
Act starts, LARGMO
Appoint Construction ETD Construction contractors and other Main CC shall be
contractors and other contractors shall be appointed appointed at least one
Contractors month before the start of
the main construction
works, While other
contractors will be
appointed as to the need;
Project Manager
Construction Phase
Preparation of Site EPCC/OC Preparation of SSMP progressively At least a week before the
Specific Management for the specific sites where the start of construction
Plans contractor is to initiate his/ her works; ETD/ESO
works and get approval from the
ESS/SE
Training EPCC/OC Develop a training plan outlining At least a week before the
training requirements, topics, and start of the construction
areas of capacity building to the works, which shall
construction managers, continue as required
environmental specialists and the during the construction
construction workers period; ETD/ESO


Front Line Supervision EPCC/OC Conduct daily frontline supervision Regularly with the start of
and monitoring of the and monitoring of the construction the Construction works,
project construction works and keep records of throughout the
works mitigation actions and prepare a construction period,
report every month every months ; ETD/ESO
Owner’s internal ETD/ESO Conduct supervision and monitoring With the start of the
Supervision, of the construction works, daily, construction works
Monitoring and weekly, monthly as required and throughout the
reporting prepare an internal monitoring construction period as
report every two months required and report every
two months; ETD,
Internal environmental ETD/ESO Conduct six-monthly environmental Throughout the
audits and reporting and social audit of the project works construction period, six
and prepare a six monthly audit monthly
report
External Environmental As per PDA Conduct external environmental and Throughout the
audit and reporting terminology social audit of the project works and construction period
prepare a annual audit report annually; Project
Mananger
Revisit ESMP ETD Based on the internal monitoring, Throughout the
internal audit and external audit construction phase as felt
reports and findings, revisit the needed, ETD
ESMP and circulate the revisited
ESMP to the contractors, and higher
management authorities
Certification of work ETD The completed works will be Throughout the
completion and certified after detailed inspection to construction phase
rehabilitation ensure that the environmental and progressively, ETD
other commitments as per ESMP
stipulation are complied with
Operation Phase
Decomissioning of the Project Will decommission the temporary Immediately after the
Temporary facilities facilities of the projects immediately construction completion
after the construction completes
Owner’s internal Project Will conduct the internal Throughout project
Supervision, environmental supervision and operation, every two
Monitoring and monitoring of the project operation months; Project
reporting works every two months Mananger
Internal environmental Project Will conduct the internal Throughout project
audits and reporting environmental supervision and operation, every six
monitoring of the project operation months for initial 3 years
works every two months and annually thereafter,
Project Mananger
External Audit Conduct external environmental Once after project
audit of the project within two years operation, within two
of the project operation years; Project Manager
Hence, Environmental and Social Management Plan identifies the principles, approaches, procedures and
methods to control and minimize the environmental and social impacts of all construction and operational
activities associated with project development to comply with the mitigation commitments made by the
project management for each of the identified impacts. It specifies the opportunities for environmental
design and the environmental management requirements in the final design, pre-construction,
construction, operation and de-commissioning phases of the project.

10. CHAPTER 10: PROJECT COST AND BENEFIT

10.1. Economic Benefit in Nepali Context
Water resource is one of the key natural resources of Nepal. Most of the rivers of Nepal originate in the
Higher Himal Ecological zone and are feed by perpetual snow and glaciers. On their southerly abode to the
Gangatic plain, these rivers descend forming rapids and have higher hydropower potential. Nepal's
industrial and service sector industry are constrained by the energy bottle neck for a desired rapid growth to
diversify its economic base which is till now reliant on agricultural sector. For the economic all round growth
within the country and also for the export earning, water resource development for energy is the most
feasible and sustainable option for Nepal. MMHEP is considered as significant initiation from the foreign
investment and private sector in the development of the Nepalese economy. CSP of the project amounts to
1.415 million USD. In addition, the provision of the paid shares to the local people as per the legal provision
and mutual negotiation will bring extra benefit to the local and national context.
10.1.1. Direct Revenue Generation

With the operation of MMHEP, the project revenue earnings is estimated to be 4433 million Nepali rupees
per annum.
10.1.2. Other Project Benefits

In addition to the direct revenue benefit, the project will provide a number of subsidiary benefits to the
Nepalese people. During construction and operation phase the project has the potential to:
 Promote construction related industrial growth in and around the project areas in the construction
phase,
 Promote other industrial growth in the project area and elsewhere in Nepal in the operation phase,
 Provide new job opportunities to the Nepalese people in the project during construction and
operation phase,
 Enhance the working skills of the Nepalese in the hydropower construction project,
 Provide opportunities for construction related training during construction phase,
 Promote the subsidiary economic activities in the project area during construction phase,
 Promote community development through improvements in social services and infrastructures such
as, development of rural agricultural roads, rehabilitation of irrigation, upgrading of health and
educational institutions, extension of rural electrification, improvement of communication and
transportation service facilities, women development etc. in the Project Affected Areas and Project
Region of Influence during project construction, and
 Support community development activities in the project district by contributing one percent of
revenue of the project annually.
 Electrification will reduce the dependency of the local people on forest for energy and will help in
reduction of the deforestation.
 Greenhouse gas equivalence due to hydropower is far far less than due to biomass and trees, so
perpetual and environmentally sustainable energy.
The above benefits from the project are expected to enhance the national development objectives of poverty
alleviation, diversification of economic activities, and above all in improving the social services and quality of
life of the project area people. Quantification of the above benefits in the real money terms is very difficult.
Based on the experience of other projects in Nepal it is estimated that the indirect secondary contribution of
the local economy of the project affected area will be around 70 million Nepali rupees during the
construction phase.
10.2. Project Costs

The total cost for MMHEP implementation is estimated to be in the order of 322.94 million USD.
10.2.1. Resource Loss

The MMHEP establishment will involve the loss of private land permanently for the construction of project
structures. The total value of the private land is estimated to be NRs. 421204000, which is based on the
estimated market price of the land in the project affected areas at current rates.
10.2.2. Environmental Mitigation. Monitoring and Environmental Enhancement Costs

Table 10-1 summarizes the environmental mitigation; monitoring and environmental enhancement
Program costs not included in the project construction costs for construction and operation periods. These
costs will be met by the construction contractor as a part of the contract.

Table 10-1: Cost Estimates of Environmental Mitigation, Monitoring and Environmental

Enhancement
SN Particulars EIA 2014 SEIA 2019
1 Enhancement Cost 72,614,905 10,050,000
1.1 Socio-economic and Cultural 67614905 10,050,000
1.2 Biological 0 -
1.3 Physical 5,000,000 -
2 Mitigation Cost 386,317,320 1,064,724,849
2.1 Socio-economic (Construction) 109,357,320 543,104,880
Socio-economic (Operation) 1,290,000 -
2.2 Biological (Construction) 79,820,000 502,469,969
Biological (Operation) - -
2.3 Physical (Construction) 180,850,000 14,150,000
Physical (Operation) 15,000,000 5,000,000
3 Monitoring Cost - 3,440,000
4 Audit Cost 11,060,000 1,000,000
Total (1+2+3+4) 469,992,225 1,079,214,849
The revised environmental mitigation, monitoring, auditing and environmental enhancement costs for the
project comes out to be NRs. 1,079,214,849 which is 3.43 % of the total project cost of 286 million USD.
Excluding the land acquisition cost and land leasing cost, the EMP cost comes out to be NRs. 354,247,281.

11. REFERENCE
1. Central Bureau of Statistics, (2011). National population Census 2011, Village Development
Committees/Municipalities
2. Chalise, M.K., 2003. Assamese Monkeys (Macaca assamensis) in Nepal. Primate Conservation.
Conservation International No. 19: 99-107. The Journal of the IUCN/SSC Primate Specialist
Group, USA.
3. Climatological Record of Nepal, Department of Hydrology & Meteorology

4. Dobremez, J. F. 1976. Le Nepal EcologieetBIogeography. Editions du Centre National de la
Researche Scientifique, Paris, France.
5. DPR, 2001.Flowering Plants of Nepal.Department of Plant Resources, Ministry of Forests and Soil
conservation, Thapathali, Kathmandu, Nepal.
6. Government of Nepal, Ministry of Law, Justice, Environment Protection Act, 1997, and
Environment Protection Rules, 1997.
7. IUCN. 2007. IUCN Red Data Book
8. Kojima S. 1983. An Outline of Vegetation and Environment in Central Nepal. Medicinal Resources
and Ethno-pharmacology in Sri Lanka and Nepal (Ed. T. Namba), pp. 365-391. Research Institute
for Wakan-Yaru (oriental medicine), Toyama Medical and Pharmaceutical University, Toyama,
Japan.
9. ltmann, J., 1974. Observational Study of Behavior: Sampling Methods. Behavior, 49: 227-265
10. Polunin, O. and J. D. A. Stainton, 1984.Flowers of the Himalaya, Oxford University press, New
Delhi, India. p.
11. Press, J. K.; K. K. Shrestha and D. A. Sutton 2000. Annotated Checklist of the Flowering plants of
Nepal.Natural History Museum , London, P. 430
12. Regmi, P. P. 1982. An introduction to Nepalese Food Plants. Royal Nepal Academy, Kathmandu,
p.216
13. Stainton, J. D. A. 1972. Forests of Nepal. John Murray, London, p. 181.
14. TISC, 2002.Forest and Vegetation types of Nepal. Natural Resource Management Sector
Assistance Programme (NARMSAP), Tree Improvement andSilviculture Component,
Department of Forests, Kathmandu, p.180
15. Updated Feasibility Report of Manang Marsyangdi Hydroelectric Project (135.0MW)

ANNEXES
ANNEX-1: LICENSE DETAILS
ANNEX-2: EIA APPROVAL LETTER AND CONSENT LETTER
FOR SEIA FROM MoFE
ANNEX-3: FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION
ANNEX-4: PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE AND PUBLIC DEEDS
ANNEX-5: PROCEEDINGS OF PUBLIC HEARING
DELIBERATION SEIA PUBLIC HEARING OF MANANG MARSYANGDI HEP (135 MW)
Date: 2076/08/28
Venue: Koto Village, Chame RM, Manang District
The dignitaries on the Dias and participants list are enclosed.
Chairman: Mr. Yagya Prasad Ghale, Chief, District Co-ordination Committee
Chief Guest: Mr. Lokendra Bahadur Ghale, Chairman, Chame RM, Manang
Special Guest: Mr. Pusha Raj Poudel, Chief District Officer, Manang
Special Guest: Mr. Kamal Prasad Acharya, Deputy Chief District Officer, Manang
Guest: Mr. Pasang Bista, Representative, Nepali Communist Party
Mr. Pemba Lama, Representative, Nepali Congress Party
Mr. Raju Lama, Chairman, Ward no.3, Chame RM
Mr. Chyolakpa Lama, Representative, Bhadra-Bhaladmi Tatha Samaj Sewa
Proponent: Pratik Man Pradhan
Consultant: Er. Dwarika Adhikari, Team Leader, NESS Pvt. Ltd
Consultant: Er. Srijan Regmi, Environmental Engineer, NESS Pvt. Ltd
Master of the ceremony: Er. Laxman Khadka, Environmental Engineer, NESS Pvt. Ltd
 Welcomed the dignitaries seated at the dias, and people who are presented at the Public Hearing
 Justified on the significance of conducting the Public Hearing as per EPA and EPR requirements of
GoN of the respective SEIA project.
EIA Presentation: Er. Dwarika Adhikari, Team Leader, NESS Pvt. Ltd
 Highlighted the reason for SEIA of the project as per EPR 2054, Rules 11 (Gha) and mentioned about
the Capacity change of the project from 282 to 135 MW.
 Describe about the details of the project and highlighted the physical, biological and socio economic
impacts of the project elaborating direct and indirect impact zones.
 Mentioned about the comparative Salient Features of the project and baseline Environment
Condition of the project areas.
 Presented the details impacts of the project including Physical, Biological and Socio-Economic &
Cultural Environment.
 The SEIA is prepared on the impacts of the projects due to its implementation on physical, biological,
socio-economic and cultural environment.
 Mentioned about the comparative land requirement for the project
 Also, mentioned about the comparative numbers of the trees to be felled during the construction of
the project
 Briefed the mitigation measures proposed for the project, EMP. The EMP policy for the project is to
ensure environmental and social sustainability of the project area. To meet the above objective of the
project, this EMP has develop a project specific organizational framework and working procedures
and has designed mitigation and monitoring management plan stipulating specific responsibilities to
the concerned project stakeholders along with required costs. The total EMP cost including
mitigation, monitoring, auditing and environmental enhancement is also allocated.
 He further added, the identified and conceived project impacts are mostly reversible and can be
minimized or compensated to the acceptable degree without compromise to the environmental and
social aspects of the project area.
 Recommended that the project be given environmental clearance for development in condition that
the plans and programs stipulated in the EMP are sincerely implemented.
Participant’s suggestions and comments (Open Floor Discussion)

Mr. Pasang Bista, Representative of Nepali Communist Party, Koto, Manang
 The people participation of the affected area is less than the count of the chair. The hearing
has not included the people of all villages that falls under project components.
 Questioned about the protection of the community and also asked to mention about the
effect of the project in the respective areas.
 There must be agreement done within the stakeholders for the use of aggregates from public
land during the construction phases. If not, the project gets interrupted by the local
representatives.
 What is the provision of ILO 69 in this respective project?
 Has the project studied about the requirement of private land in the project?
 Land acquisition done in the Koto Village must be clearly mentioned in the study report.
 No fake report like previous approved EIA report to be promised to the local people.
 The proponent is absent. What type of the public hearing is it without the proponent? It is
useless to talk to the consultant without the presence of Proponent.
Mr. Lokendra Bahadur Ghale, Chairman, Chame Rural Municipality, Manang
 What is the meaning of Supplementary? Why Supplementary study is done for the project?
 The dam height is about 24 m high. Will the dam constructed affect within 500 m radius of
the project area?
 The project should provide 33 kV feeder line from the Danaque to the use of electricity for
local people.
 Mention about the Soil stability of the Dam site?
 The rate of land in the Chame Rural Municipality is expensive. Mention about the provision
of the rate for Land Acquisition?
 The project should provide Job opportunity for the Local people as per the requirement.
Mr. Kamal Prasad Acharya, Deputy Chief District Officer, Manang
 Define the purpose of SEIA study?
 The project is welcomed in the district. The project should address all the Local level
facilities.
 There should be good coordination between Project proponent and local stakeholders while
constructing the project.
Mr. Sanan Ghanjen Lama, Koto, Chame RM-3, Manang
 While constructing the project, the developer must be careful about the collection of
aggregates/ stones from the public land. The local communities must be well informed about
the use of local products.
 The project should not be careless while cutting the trees. Compensation for cutting down
the trees must be done according to Forest Committee.
 The study report should mention about the access roads and the maintenance of the access
road during the project phase.
Mr. Anil Kumar Lama, Koto, Chame-3, Manang

 The project should guarantee about the protection of the Koto Community.
 Job opportunities for the local people as per their skilled.
 Provision of the share for the local people.
Mr. Raju Lama, Chairman, Chame ward no.3, Manang
 What can be the effect of the dam to the Koto Community?
 Mention about the rate of the land those proponents are willing to pay during land
acquisition?
 Chame RM must be evaluated on higher scale due to the local body taxation process.
 Public hearing of approved EIA was done on Tahanchok and different commitments were
made that later was found irrelevant and the approved EIA was just a fake report with fake
information and data.
 Demand the protection of Cultural sites, health post around the project site? (Reconstruction
of Gumbas, Health Facilities in the local community)
 Provision of the share to the local people.
 What could be the provision for Compensation to felling of trees?
After Open Floor Discussion, the proponent and Chief District Officer delivered their remarkable speech.
Mr. Pratik Man Pradhan, Proponent
 Apologized for coming late to the hearing program.
 Mentioned the reason for the supplementary study for the respective project.
 Highlighted the design change rationale.
 PPA and PDA under process.
 The project is constructed for the Nepali people.
 We need to change generation license
 Share of 10% will be provided to the local people.
 Project to start this year and will be completed within four years.
Mr. Pusha Raj Poudel, Chief District Officer, Manang
 The comments and suggestion given by the local people must be addressed by the
proponent.
 Development is for the people. So, the project for the development must be welcomed and
the proponent should have a good coordination with the local community.
 The adverse and beneficial impacts that are mostly likely caused by the project must be
included in the SEIA study report.
 Wishing the whole team good luck for the project and Congratulation for the successful
hearing program.
Concluding Ceremony – Speeches
After all the program came to end with the concluding speech by Mr. Yagya Prasad Ghale, Chairman,
District Coordination Committee, Manang
 The suggestion provided by the local stakeholders must be addressed by the proponent.
 The demands of the local people are genuine.
 There must be job opportunities to the local people as per their capacity and knowledge.
 While doing the development works there can be some damages and harm, but the
proponent should be careful on minimizing less harm to the community as well as the
surroundings.
 If the proponent could address most of concerns of the local people, the Project is welcomed
in our District.
 Good luck and Congratulations to the whole team.
 Thank you
Refreshments
Pictorial Highlights of the Public Hearing
Notice pasting of Public Hearing at Chame RM office. Notice pasting of Public Hearing at Nasong RM office.
SEIA flex Print pasted on the Public Hearing Place Welcome Speech Delivered by Er. Laxman Khadka
Er. D. Adhikari on SEIA and Addressing Issues Participants of the Public Hearing listening to
Er.D.Adhikari
Local People raising issues and giving suggestion for Participant Raising the Question
the project
Er. D.Adhikari taking notes of the local concern Proponent talking about the project and giving a
response to the local people
Mr. Pusha Raj Poudel, Chief District Officer,
Manang delivering his remarkable speech Mr. Yagya Prasad Ghale, Chief Guest of the program
delivering his concluding speech
ANNEX-6: ATTENDANCE SHEET FROM THE PUBLIC
HEARING
ANNEX-7: RECOMMENDATION LETTERS FOR THE SEIA
ANNEX-8: LAND REQUIREMENT DETAIL FOR THE PROJECT
S.N Area in Sq. M. Land Remar
o. Project Facilites Name Parcel No. Private Govt Catogary ks
1#Aggregate Processing Area NA 0.000 2457.198 GoN Land
1#Aggregate Processing Area 221 0.000 5566.255 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 8023.453
Total Area= 8023.453
1#Batching Plant NA 0.000 5291.928 GoN Land
1#Batching Plant 221 0.000 694.268 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 5986.196
1#Camp & Colonies 91 1877.587 0.000 Private Land
1#Camp & Colonies 97 0.000 800.292 GoN Land
Area= 3199.698 800.292
1#Comprehensive Ware House 91 0.000 2364.286 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 2364.286
1#Disposal Area 51 349.114 0.000 Private Land
1#Disposal Area 55 0.000 562.612 GoN Land
1#Disposal Area 55 0.000 5040.518 GoN Land
Area= 26486.992 5603.130
1#Fuel Storage 99 0.917 0.000 Private Land
1#Fuel Storage 91 0.000 731.172 GoN Land
1#Fuel Storage 99 0.000 448.309 GoN Land
Area= 0.917 1179.480
1#Machine Repair Parking Lot 99 13.725 0.000 Private Land
1#Machine Repair Parking Lot 91 0.000 1560.574 GoN Land
Area= 13.725 1560.574
1#Metal Structure Assembling Yard 221 0.000 1045.051 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 1045.051
1#Processing Plant 91 0.000 2035.574 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 2035.574
1#Road to Disposal Area 67 0.000 2274.950 GoN Land
1#Road to Disposal Area 55 0.000 1397.735 GoN Land
1#Road to Disposal Area 94 27.570 0.000 Private Land
Area= 1350.139 3672.685
1-1#Road 101 112.709 0.000 Private Land
1-1#Road 67 0.000 1237.740 GoN Land
Area= 528.800 1237.740
2#Batching Plant 228 88.844 0.000 Private Land
*
0.729Ha
Area= 7297.267 0.000
2#Comprehensive Warehouse 41 53.697 0.000 Private Land
2#Comprehensive Warehouse 109 0.000 1705.815 GoN Land *0.1784
Area= 79.819 1705.815 Ha
2#Comprehensive Processing
Facility 79 0.000 2572.536 GoN Land
2#Comprehensive Processing
Facility 1 0.000 449.234 GoN Land *.3021H
Area= 0.000 3021.770 a
2#Disposal Site 1 0.000 327.480 GoN Land
2#Disposal Site 64 2295.713 0.000 Private Land
Area= 2295.713 19358.021
2#Metal structure Assembling yard
& Electromechanical Storage Yard 79 9.345 0.000 Private Land
2#Metal structure Assembling yard
& Electromechanical Storage Yard 1 0.000 1998.587 GoN Land *0.2007
Area= 9.345 1998.587 Ha
2-1#Road 99 0.000 6441.943 GoN Land
2-1#Road 97 0.000 697.369 GoN Land
2-1#Road 98 0.000 1386.663 GoN Land
2-1#Road 95 0.000 2167.067 GoN Land
2-1#Road 221 0.000 244.443 GoN Land
Area= 482.956 10937.483
2-2#Road 73 0.000 156.491 GoN Land
2-2#Road 84 0.000 56.468 GoN Land
2-2#Road 87 0.000 401.176 GoN Land
2-2#Road 89 0.000 12.681 GoN Land
2-2#Road 95 0.000 978.461 GoN Land
2-2#Road 67 0.000 294.260 GoN Land
2-2#Road 88 0.000 102.931 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 2002.469
Area= 1515.537 0.000
3-1#Road 55 0.000 305.225 GoN Land
3-1#Road 67 0.000 33.818 GoN Land
3-1#Road 221 0.000 1586.066 GoN Land
3-1#Road 95 0.000 141.362 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 2066.471
3-2#Road 1 0.000 501.109 GoN Land
3-2#Road 57 0.000 256.005 GoN Land
3-2#Road 1 0.000 1235.660 GoN Land
3-2#Road 57 0.000 1879.849 GoN Land
3-2#Road 1 0.000 804.322 GoN Land
3-2#Road 57 0.000 935.267 GoN Land
3-2#Road 1 0.000 1031.803 GoN Land
3-2#Road 57 0.000 749.389 GoN Land
3-2#Road 57 0.000 4221.669 GoN Land
3-2#Road 221 0.000 5943.527 GoN Land
3-2#Road NA 0.000 284.787 GoN Land
3-2#Road 221 0.000 8031.691 GoN Land
Area= 891.145 25875.079
3-2_1#Road 221 0.000 1415.001 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 1415.001
3-3#Road 67 0.000 3824.957 GoN Land
3-3#Road 237 0.000 6472.443 GoN Land
3-3#Road NA 0.000 1329.899 GoN Land
3-3#Road 1 0.000 2971.961 GoN Land
3-3#Road NA 0.000 2887.889 GoN Land
3-3#Road 124 0.000 2779.437 GoN Land
3-3#Road 1 0.000 847.828 GoN Land
3-3#Road 57 0.000 405.298 GoN Land
Area= 775.933 21519.712
4-1#Road 79 0.000 129.404 GoN Land
4-1#Road 1 0.000 2058.888 GoN Land
4-1#Road 79 0.000 3371.557 GoN Land
*0.5944
4-1#Road 228 0.000 204.265 GoN Land
Ha
4-1#Road 19 0.000 137.207 GoN Land
4-1#Road 20 0.000 43.011 GoN Land
Area= 0.000 5944.332
Area= 11805.266 0.000
5#Road 41 0.000 453.831 GoN Land
5#Road 48 0.000 185.161 GoN Land
5#Road 94 0.000 52.526 GoN Land
5#Road 242 0.000 580.434 GoN Land
5#Road 228 41.720 0.000 Private Land
5#Road 32 0.000 174.882 GoN Land
5#Road 48 0.000 344.273 GoN Land
5#Road 18 0.000 104.935 GoN Land
5#Road 19 0.000 544.138 GoN Land
5#Road 20 0.000 277.764 GoN Land
5#Road 25 0.000 262.918 GoN Land
5#Road 21 0.000 69.216 GoN Land
5#Road 1 0.000 2681.390 GoN Land
5#Road 26 0.000 1102.621 GoN Land
5#Road 79 0.000 16.942 GoN Land
5#Road 24 0.000 21.097 GoN Land *0.6942
Area= 70.638 6872.127 Ha
6#Road 228 0.000 16690.219 GoN Land
6#Road 1 0.000 376.803 GoN Land
Area= 1278.431 17067.023
7#Road 1 0.000 465.925 GoN Land
7#Road 24 0.000 1178.619 GoN Land
7#Road 34 0.000 658.611 GoN Land
7#Road 250 0.000 1297.602 GoN Land
7#Road 228 0.000 1599.495 GoN Land
7#Road 260 0.000 577.408 GoN Land
7#Road 259 0.000 1910.795 GoN Land
7#Road 228 0.000 2456.747 GoN Land
7#Road 214 0.000 1314.021 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 3725.652 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 1586.141 GoN Land
7#Road 115 0.000 358.878 GoN Land
7#Road 114 0.000 802.057 GoN Land
7#Road 115 0.000 899.167 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 522.979 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 1279.606 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 7397.111 GoN Land
7#Road 111 0.000 1603.684 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 92.074 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 747.496 GoN Land
7#Road 84 0.000 2292.123 GoN Land
7#Road 11 0.000 2357.006 GoN Land
7#Road 96 0.000 8694.057 GoN Land
7#Road 32 0.000 3894.385 GoN Land
7#Road 32 0.000 346.610 GoN Land
Area= 33119.686 48058.249
7-1#Raod 228 0.000 5625.725 GoN Land
7-1#Raod 96 0.000 5777.642 GoN Land
7-1#Raod 220 1.042 0.000 Private Land
7-1#Raod 96 0.000 765.909 GoN Land
7-1#Raod 96 0.000 142.148 GoN Land
7-1#Raod 96 0.000 691.226 GoN Land
Area= 2840.665 13002.649
7-2#Road 260 0.000 139.002 GoN Land
7-2#Road 259 0.000 2165.350 GoN Land
7-2#Road 144 0.000 519.573 GoN Land
Area= 3760.107 2823.926
Aggregate Processing Facility-2 268 1497.107 0.000 Private Land
Area= 6834.636 0.000
Bunker 35 196.166 0.000 Private Land
Bunker 39 198.532 0.000 Private Land *.5377H
Area= 5377.357 0.000 a
Labour Camp 41 340.500 0.000 Private Land
Labour Camp 109 0.000 3232.066 GoN Land *0.5959
Area= 2727.608 3232.066 Ha
Dam Site 12 19.326 0.000 Private Land
Dam Site 72 0.000 1134.730 GoN Land
Dam Site 67 0.000 12631.787 GoN Land
Dam Site 55 0.000 428.087 GoN Land
Area= 20586.172 14194.605
Danakyu Contractor Camp 34 112.883 0.000 Private Land
Danakyu Contractor Camp 43 533.488 0.000 Private Land *0.586H
Danakyu Contractor Camp 44 955.718 0.000 Private Land a
Area= 5860.473 0.000
Disposal Site-3 273 2499.081 0.000 Private Land
Disposal Site-3 275 0.000 4250.149 GoN Land
Area= 14706.707 4250.149
Area= 26768.212 20726.309
Fuel Storage-2 19 246.264 0.000 Private Land
Area= 99795.286 0.000
Helipad 9 1575.988 0.000 Private Land
Area= 1575.988 0.000
Machine Parking Lot-2 18 0.006 0.000 Private Land
Machine Parking Lot-2 39 28.101 0.000 Private Land *0.2484
Area= 2484.750 0.000 Ha
Owner and Supervisor Camp 41 10.274 0.000 Private Land
Owner and Supervisor Camp 127 379.851 0.000 Private Land *0.3336
Owner and Supervisor Camp 34 519.005 0.000 Private Land Ha
Area= 3336.547 0.000
Power House 79 0.000 100.466 GoN Land
Power House 238 660.454 0.000 Private Land
Power House 240 532.416 0.000 Private Land * 1.011
Power House 241 0.000 6440.964 GoN Land Ha
Area= 3025.770 33776.918
Reservoir Area 136 103.418 0.000 Private Land
Reservoir Area 67 0.000 1398.939 GoN Land
Rivrine_GoN
Reservoir Area/Rivirine Area* 67 0.000 18008.973 Land*
Rivrine_GoN
Reservoir Area/Rivirine Area* 94 0.000 34300.263 Land*
Area= 13624.927 55505.080 52309
Total Area= 16820.77 3195.843
Note: * MMHEP and LMMHEP have common footprints for the facilities and those facilities will fall under LMMHEP.
ANNEX-9: LIST OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES
Parcel Area (Sq. Map Address as per
Project Facilites Name No. M.) Remarks Sheet the Sheet Owners Name
1#Camp & Colonies 91 1,877.59 SPAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
Chyoyang Saal
Lama,Nima Sangolo
1#Camp & Colonies 94 151.08 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Lama, Dima lama
1#Camp & Colonies 98 606.68 SPAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
1#Comprehensive Ware
House 91 2,364.29 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 51 349.11 PAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Ram Bhadhur Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 41 987.13 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhorje Ghyalpu lama
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 43 457.14 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Yagya Parsad Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 46 115.89 PAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhaan maya ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 27 2,895.94 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Paare Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 40 30.14 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Paare Ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 44 36.01 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhan Khu Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 24 2,941.76 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Yagya Parsad Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 39 46.37 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Ram Bhadhur Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 25 590.87 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhaan maya ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 28 1,925.90 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Yagya Parsad Ghale
Tacchai Chudam Ghyamcho
1#Disposal Area 33 262.75 PAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Lama
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 30 403.73 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhaanro Ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 284 215.84 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Purna Bhadhur ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai DEVRAJ, Teej, Purna

1#Disposal Area 283 231.77 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Bhadhur ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 285 640.65 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Teej Ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 286 448.66 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Purna Bhadhur ghale
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 287 419.05 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Devraj Ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 20 945.63 SPAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhaan rawu Ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 17 312.81 PAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Yagya Parsad Ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Disposal Area 15 487.74 PAF 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dhaan maya ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
1#Fuel Storage 91 731.17 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama

1#Machine Repair Parking
Lot 91 1,560.57 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
1#Processing Plant 91 2,035.57 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
SPAF Tacchai Chudam Ghyamcho

1-2# Road 55 337.81 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Lama
PAF Tacchai Chudam Ghyamcho

1-2# Road 54 371.05 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Lama
SPAF Tacchai
1-2# Road 290 140.88 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Tej Ghale
SPAF Tacchai
1-2# Road 289 125.81 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Dev raj Ghale
SPAF Tacchai
1-2# Road 288 132.85 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Purna Bhadhur ghale
PAF Tacchai
1-2# Road 51 490.55 088-1301 Bagarchap-05 Rom Bhadhur ghale
1-1#Road 64 24.28 PAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Purpha Lakpa Lama
1-1#Road 150 391.81 PAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Aashlal Gurung
SPAF 088-1386 Tacchai Kamal Jung, Sher jung,

2#Batching Plant 242 4,797.48 Bagarchap-05 Sidi Jung, Indra Jung
2#Comprehensive Tacchai
Warehouse 113 21.46 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Pingmaar Bista
Warehouse 143 4.66 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Ujyalo Lama
Warehouse 109 1,705.81 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Dadorje Bista
Paare, RAM , dev,
Tacchai Dhaanmaya, Dhoj
2#Disposal Site 62 141.42 SPAF 088-1303 Bagarchap-05 ghale
Tacchai
2#Disposal Site 64 2,295.71 SPAF 088-1303 Bagarchap-05 Yagya Parsad Ghale
2#Metal structure
Assembling yard &
Electromechanical Storage Tacchai
Yard 79 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Butyan
2-1#Road 91 160.37 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
2-1#Road 91 237.09 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Karma Lama
Indra Bhgadhur
2-1#Road 98 1,386.66 SPAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Gurung
2-2#Road 73 156.49 SPAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Temjeng chiring Lama
Chyong yaal lama,
Dima Sangi, Buti
2-2#Road 89 12.68 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Lama
Chyong yaal lama,
Dima Sangi, Buti
2-2#Road 88 102.93 PAF 088-1302 Chame -05 Lama
Tacchai
3#Camp 145 134.66 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Naar Jung Ghale
Raaj, Paatiram, Dhaan
Tacchai Prasad, Laxman,
3#Camp 134 725.72 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Ratan, Narjung ghale
Tacchai
3#Camp 144 268.03 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Aanandi Ghale
Tacchai
3#Camp 135 60.72 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Parsi Gurung
Tacchai
3#Camp 143 326.40 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Thichu Ghale
Tacchai
3-2#Road 63 302.81 SPAF 088-1303 Bagarchap-05 Nursey
Paare, Rak, Dev,
Tacchai Dhaan Maya, Yagya,
3-2#Road 62 21.71 SPAF 088-1303 Bagarchap-05 Ghale
Tacchai
3-2#Road 301 566.62 PAF 088-1303 Bagarchap-05 Kasasng Lama
3-3#Road 301 314.14 PAF 088-1302 Chame -03 Pasang Lakpa Lama
3-3#Road 66 461.79 SPAF 088-1302 Chame -04 Prem Laal Lama
PAF 088-1386 Tacchai

4-1#Road 19 137.21 Bagarchap-07 Dima chiring Thakuri
SPAF 088-1386 Tacchai

4-1#Road 20 43.01 Bagarchap-07 Dima chiring Thakuri
Tacchai Bhim Bhadhur

5#Disposal Site 136 39.34 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 206 164.25 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Jeet Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai Bhim Bhadhur

5#Disposal Site 136 138.34 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 205 462.61 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Sul Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 137 426.78 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gunj Maang Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 143 51.54 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Thichu Ghale
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 203 604.19 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Paati Ram Ghale
Tacchai Taam Bhadhur

5#Disposal Site 139 1,304.23 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 202 187.37 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Dhaan Parsad Ghale
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 138 133.41 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Kamal Jung Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 204 798.43 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Kamal Jung Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 201 254.17 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Dharma Raaj Ghale
Tacchai Dhaan Bhadhur

5#Disposal Site 185 1,330.08 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 192 462.99 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Indra Jung Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 193 68.56 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Chundru Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 186 336.17 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Aash Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 191 242.89 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Kamal Jung Gurung
Tacchai Aait Bhadhur

5#Disposal Site 194 6.02 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 sherchan
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 159 432.21 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Indra Jung Gurung
Tacchai Indra Bhadhur

5#Disposal Site 184 570.35 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 187 197.68 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Dil Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 190 123.14 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Indra Jung Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 183 511.86 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Karmi Gurung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 188 468.87 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Aandri Ghale
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 182 656.95 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Ratan Ghale
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 189 39.44 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Sherjung, Siddi Jung
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 181 1,495.90 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Narjung Ghale
Tacchai
5#Disposal Site 179 297.50 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Purna Ghale
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 41 453.83 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Furpa Lama
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 94 52.53 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Pema Buti Lama
SPAF Tacchai Kamal Jung, Sher jung,

4# & 5#Road 242 580.43 088-1386 Bagarchap-05 Sidi Jung, Indra Jung
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 19 544.14 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 Dima chiring Thakuri
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 20 277.76 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 Dima chiring Thakuri
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 25 262.92 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 Pasang Nyagal Lama
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 21 69.22 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 Dima chiring Thakuri
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 23 28.92 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 Pasang Bista
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 26 1,102.62 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 pasang bista
Tacchai
4# & 5#Road 79 16.94 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-07 Tegyalchen Lama
KamaL Jung, Sher
Tacchai Jung, Siddi Jung, Indra
6#Road 242 1,277.74 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-05 Jung
Tacchai
7#Road 267 887.73 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Karmi Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 278 657.25 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ching Dorje Lama
Tacchai
7#Road 265 206.98 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ching Dorje Lama
Tacchai
7#Road 277 808.03 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ching Dorje Lama
Tacchai
7#Road 264 818.46 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Dadorje Bista
Tacchai Buddhi Bhadhur

7#Road 214 1,314.02 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai Indra Bhadhur
7#Road 120 41.50 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 122 148.16 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Siraash Gurung
Tacchai Chandra Bhadhur

7#Road 101 207.81 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Nepali
Tacchai
7#Road 123 591.19 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Indra Jung Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 103 0.04 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Karmi Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 124 230.18 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-05 Bhir ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 128 0.23 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Mandra Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 105 442.46 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Ratan Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 119 347.16 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Sukmil Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 117 68.20 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Bin Bhahdur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 100 385.01 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Tupel Sherchan
Tacchai Dhan Bhadhur

Tacchai
7#Road 115 358.88 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Totedevi Thaan
Tacchai
7#Road 98 306.39 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Bir sing gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 107 280.60 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Aash Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 12 202.83 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-01 Bin Bhahdur Gurung
Tacchai
Tacchai
7#Road 124 288.47 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-04 Kamar Kali Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 11 872.76 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-01 Sunar Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 115 899.17 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Totedevi thaan
Tacchai Chandra ghael, Barsha
7#Road 9 33.64 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-01 Ghale, Sidan ghale
Tacchai
Tacchai
7#Road 132 137.80 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Laxnia Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 133 404.05 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Sukmel Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 111 1,603.68 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Chamu Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 112 43.67 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Aash Ghale
Tacchai Raaj Partiram, Dhaan

7#Road 134 728.61 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 parsad, Laxmin, Ratan
Tacchai
7#Road 112 4.46 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Aash Ghale

Tacchai
7#Road 213 320.89 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Ratan ghale

Tacchai
7#Road 116 423.67 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Sukmel Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 135 523.94 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Paarsi gurung
Tacchai Aait Bhadhur

7#Road 209 92.77 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 sherchan
Tacchai
7#Road 110 388.88 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Paanch Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 206 403.15 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Jeet Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 208 1,062.22 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Chandra Gurungq
Tacchai
7#Road 210 136.64 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Bhim parsad thakali
Tacchai
7#Road 136 312.42 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Bin Bhahdur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 196 16.97 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Komal Jung Gurung
Tacchai
Tacchai
7#Road 117 27.10 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-04 Bhin Bhahdur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 105 430.60 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Gaanj Maan Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 106 816.09 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Purna Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 109 526.72 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Panch Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 104 2.89 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Komal Jung Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 105 198.44 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Gaanj Maan Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 128 431.38 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Maandra ghale
Tacchai Dhaan Bhadhur

7#Road 89 1,290.03 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Gurung
Tacchai Gaanj Maan / Indra

7#Road 84 2,292.12 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Jung/Kamal Jung
Tacchai
7#Road 88 903.93 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Dil Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 90 315.59 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Aash Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 85 155.73 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Mandra Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 78 664.33 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Maan Dhoj Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 79 18.46 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Barsha Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 50 3.01 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Tom Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 48 104.01 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Kasyo Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 75 3,413.60 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Indra jung Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 50 175.68 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Tom Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai Sher jung Siddi, Siddi

7#Road 49 9.19 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Jung Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 51 741.59 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Bhir Singh Gurung
Tacchai Serjung Singh Gurung,

7#Road 36 15.84 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Siddi Jung
Tacchai
7#Road 52 47.29 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Bhir Singh Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 53 284.73 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Sunar Gurung
Tacchai
7#Road 54 6.23 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Dhaan Parsad Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 73 20.02 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Guthi Romne Mandir
Tacchai
7#Road 74 78.87 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Guthi Romne Mandir
Tacchai
7#Road 56 573.67 SPAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Dharma rass Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 55 229.65 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Narjung Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 54 254.75 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Dhaan Parasad Ghale
Tacchai
7#Road 18 1,149.95 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Suku Parsad Thakali
Tacchai
7#Road 9 32.63 PAF 088-1347 Bagarchap-04 Kami Gurung
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 220 1.04 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Pasang Chiring Bista
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 221 431.45 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Pasang Chiring Bista
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 281 25.22 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Kalu Gurung
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 220 0.30 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Pasang Chiring Bista
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 218 549.15 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Indra jung Gurung
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 216 291.91 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Ratan ghale
Tacchai

7-1#Raod 215 319.42 SPAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Gurung
Tacchai
Tacchai
7-1#Raod 210 268.97 PAF 088-1346 Bagarchap-05 Bhim parsad thakali
Tacchai
7-2#Road 264 3.69 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Dadorje Bista
Tacchai
7-2#Road 101 414.73 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Komal Jung Gurung
Tacchai
7-2#Road 99 274.30 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 laxman ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 100 302.14 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Dharma Raas ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 98 18.79 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Ratan Ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 100 10.28 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Dharma Raaj ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 100 34.38 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Dharma Raaj ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 94 490.85 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Dhaan Parasad Ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 86 24.41 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Gunjmaan Gurung
Tacchai
7-2#Road 143 99.50 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-04 Thichu ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 89 48.88 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Ratan Ghale
Tacchai
7-2#Road 93 375.62 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Suku Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
7-2#Road 142 817.54 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-04 Suk parsad Thakali
2# Aggregate Processing Tacchai

Facility 268 1,497.11 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Patiram Ghale

Facility 271 10.80 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05

Facility 270 32.92 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Chyangra B.K

Facility 278 2,481.23 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ching Dorje Lama

Facility 269 1,593.40 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ongta Bista
Facility 278 133.75 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ching Dorje Lama


Facility 265 353.63 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ching Dorje Lama

Facility 264 78.03 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Dadorje Bista


Facility 264 127.09 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Dadorje Bista
Tacchai
Bunker 37 312.23 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Phurpa Lama
Tacchai
Bunker 86 370.14 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Pasang lama
Tacchai Sange Waad chuk

Bunker 87 406.69 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 lama
Tacchai
Bunker 82 561.54 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Pemba lama
Tacchai
Bunker 83 801.41 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Chiring lama
Tacchai
Bunker 85 1,932.03 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-07 Pendu Lama
Tacchai Pasang Numkyaha

Tacchai Pasang Numkyaha

Tacchai Dochyang Distrillery

Labour Camp 58 1.98 PAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Danakyu
Tacchai Changma
Labour Camp 57 2,385.13 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Gurung/Kabi Lama
Tacchai
Labour Camp 109 3,232.07 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Dadorje Bista
Dam Site 82 15.33 PAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Mingmar Dorje Lama
Dam Site 77 37.66 PAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Dokyal Lama
Dam Site 78 126.37 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Chiring Gyalpu Lama
Dam Site 79 230.88 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Chyolakpa Lama
Chyoonggya, Dima
Dam Site 85 52.74 PAF 088-1301 Chame -05 song, Dimba buti lama
Dam Site 64 3,445.75 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Purpha lama
Dam Site 65 5,593.35 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Pemba Dorje Lama
Dam Site 72 1,134.73 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Tenjen Chiring Lama
Dam Site 66 1,217.74 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Pemba Dorje Lama
Dam Site 73 3,941.22 SPAF 088-1301 Chame -05 Tenjen Chiring Lama
Choonggyal Lama,
Dima Synage, Dima
Dam Site 88 209.03 PAF 088-1301 Chame -05 buti Lama
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 34 112.88 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Khamsung Lama
Tacchai Chirirng Chidjud

Danakyu Contractor Camp 35 1,430.28 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Lama
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 42 506.18 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Pema Lama
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 43 533.49 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Nima Dorje Lama
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 44 955.72 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Chandra Kaski Ghale
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 45 480.24 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Patiram Ghale
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 46 445.14 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Yomaya gurung
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 55 499.48 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Chandra Ghale
Tacchai
Danakyu Contractor Camp 56 478.30 SPAF 088-1386 Bagarchap-09 Kunchyok Lama
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 272 345.02 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Teyal chen lama
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 267 3,147.48 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Karmi Gurung
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 268 2,998.16 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Patiram ghale
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 271 1,130.77 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 276 1.40 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 278 394.12 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Chirirng Dorje Lama
Tacchai Chagrya
#3 Disposal Site 270 1,565.54 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Bishwokarma
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 278 63.69 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Chiring Dorje Lama
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 269 428.51 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Ongta Bista
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 264 8.84 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Dadorje Bista
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 265 54.65 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Chiring Dorje Lama
Tacchai
Tacchai
#3 Disposal Site 277 48.98 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-05 Chiring Dorje Lama
Tacchai
Tacchai Dhan Bhadhur

#4 Disposal Site 3 73.47 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Gurung
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 107 1,673.45 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Sangmu Lama
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 110 300.52 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Narsari
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 106 207.09 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Sangmu Lama
Tacchai
Tacchai
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 276 1,376.82 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01
Tacchai Katak Bhadhur/Purna

#4 Disposal Site 105 4,544.96 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Bhadhur Gururng
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 104 1,039.72 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Lakpa Lama
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 103 1,314.00 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Lama Pema
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 111 5,056.47 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Chepak Lama
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 112 3,593.57 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Changnurpu Lama
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 60 176.10 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Sukmil Gurung
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 61 861.41 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Tom Bhadhur Gurung
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 113 915.55 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Bir ghale
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 62 13.75 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Narjang ghale
Tacchai Serjung / Siddi Jung

#4 Disposal Site 83 9.27 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Gurung
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 101 66.68 SPAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Komal jung gurung
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 99 459.34 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Laxman Ghale
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 83 0.00 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Gangmaan Gurung
Tacchai
#4 Disposal Site 84 197.51 PAF 088-1387 Bagarchap-01 Gangmaan Gurung
088-1386 Tacchai Dimma Chiring

2# Fuel Storage 19 246.26 PAF Bagarchap-07 Thakuri
088-1386 Tacchai Dimma Chiring

2# Fuel Storage 20 610.35 SPAF Bagarchap-07 Thakuri
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Fuel Storage 26 158.21 PAF Bagarchap-07 Pasang bista
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Fuel Storage 21 4.05 PAF Bagarchap-07 Dima chiring Thakuri
088-1386 Tacchai
Helipad 9 1,575.99 PAF Bagarchap-09 Chankya Gurung
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Machine Parking Lot 18 0.01 PAF Bagarchap-07 Bato
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Machine Parking Lot 23 885.24 SPAF Bagarchap-07 Pasang bista
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Machine Parking Lot 25(90,91) 1,521.13 SPAF Bagarchap-07 Pasang Nayagal Lama
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Machine Parking Lot 26 50.28 PAF Bagarchap-07 Pasang Bista
088-1386 Tacchai
2# Machine Parking Lot 39 28.10 SPAF Bagarchap-07 Pasang Nayagal Lama
088-1386 Tacchai jilla bikash samiti,

Owner and Supervisor Camp 96 133.37 SPAF Bagarchap-09 Manang
088-1386 Tacchai
Owner and Supervisor Camp 91 124.32 PAF Bagarchap-09 Nima lama
088-1386 Tacchai
Owner and Supervisor Camp 97 335.82 SPAF Bagarchap-09 Kasang lama
088-1386 Tacchai jilla bikash samiti,

Owner and Supervisor Camp 126 90.22 SPAF Bagarchap-09 Manang
088-1386 Tacchai
Owner and Supervisor Camp 25 1,707.64 SPAF Bagarchap-09 Dhara
088-1386 Tacchai
Owner and Supervisor Camp 127 379.85 SPAF Bagarchap-09 dama chung lama
088-1386 Tacchai
Owner and Supervisor Camp 34 519.01 SPAF Bagarchap-09 khamsung lama
Kami ongdi
PAF 088-1386 Tacchai lama/Lakpa
Power House 79 100.47 Bagarchap-05 Rahi/Lamge
PAF 088-1386 Tacchai Ratan Ghale/Lal

Power House 238 660.45 Bagarchap-05 jud/Kavita
SPAF 088-1386 Tacchai Ganj Maan

Power House 241 6,440.96 Bagarchap-05 Gurung/Dale/Rupkro
Dharma Ras
PAF 088-1386 Tacchai Ghale/Chamar
Power House 239 1,812.01 Bagarchap-05 Ghale/Maan lal
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 150 103.42 Chame -05 Guna Gurung
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 5 106.76 Chame -05 Teen Chiring Gurung
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 5 1.81 Chame -05 Teen Chiring Gurung
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 97 433.24 Chame -08 Taasi Gurung
PAF 088-1301
PAF 088-1301
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 35 1.06 Bagarchap-05 Yagya Parsad Ghale
PAF 088-1301 Tacchai Chudam Gyamcho

Reservoir Area 33 0.13 Bagarchap-05 Lama

Reservoir Area 11 21.99 Bagarchap-05 Pemba Lama
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 96 152.63 Chame -08 Dorje Khnado Gurung

Reservoir Area 11 52.79 Bagarchap-05 Pemba Lama
PAF 088-1301
Reservoir Area 96 461.59 Chame -08 Dorje Khnado Gurung
Annex-10 : WATER QUALITY TEST REPORT
Annex -11 : DECLARATION FROM THE PROPONENT AND
CONSULTANTS
Declaration from the Consultant
Title of the Study: SEIA Study of Manang Marsyangdi Hydroelectric Project (135.0 MW), Gandaki
Province, Manang, Nepal
Name and Address of the Proponent:
Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Kathmandu-4, Nepal
Tel: 014427913
Name and Address of the Consultant:
Nepal Environmental and Scientific Services Pvt. Ltd.

GPO Box 7301, Jitjung Marga-26, Thapathali, Kathmandu, Nepal
Tel:977 - 1 – 4244989 / 4241001;
Fax: 977 - 1 - 4226028
Website:www.ness.com.np
I declare the following
 Information provided in the SEIA report are true to the best of our knowledge
 SEIA Study Team had conducted the Study professionally and independently
 I bear the responsibility for the contents of the SEIA report entrusted to me
Signature: ………………………………
Name: Er. Dwarika Adhikari B.E. M.Sc. Water Resources
Contact: 01-4241001 Official Stamp
Date: 19 January, 2020


Kathmandu-4, Nepal
Tel: 014427913

Tel:977 - 1 – 4244989 / 4241001;
Fax: 977 - 1 - 4226028
Signature: ………………………………
Name: Dr. Don Messerschmidt (Ph.D.)
Date: 19 January 2020


Kathmandu-4, Nepal
Tel: 014427913

Tel:977 - 1 – 4244989 / 4241001;
Fax: 977 - 1 - 4226028
Signature: ………………………………
Name: Dr. Jiban Mani Paudel (Ph.D.)
Date: 19 January 2020.


Kathmandu-4, Nepal
Tel: 014427913

Tel:977 - 1 – 4244989 / 4241001;
Fax: 977 - 1 - 4226028
Signature: ………………………………
Name: Dr. Chitra B. Baniya (Ph.D.)


Kathmandu-4, Nepal
Tel: 014427913

Tel:977 - 1 – 4244989 / 4241001;
Fax: 977 - 1 - 4226028
Signature: ………………………………
Name: Er. Srijan Regmi (B.E., MSc.)

Annex -12 : PROJECT LAYOUT
Annex -13: PHOTOGRAPHS
Rock Strata at the Dam Site PH Site
Inundation Area Vegetation Measurement at the Headworks site
Quarry Site at Tal Muck Disposal Site
Vegetation at Project Area Public Consultation at Danaque

EIA - Manang Marsyangdi HP - 1592462693 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA - Manang Marsyangdi HP - 1592462693 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Submitted By: Prepared By:

cfof]hgfsf] cjl:ylt / k|efj If]q M

cfof]hgfsf] t'ngfTds ljj/0fM

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

ljz]iftf -!#% d]=jf=_ ;+efJotf cWoog -@*@ d]=jf=_ O{=cfO{=P @)!$

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

ljz]iftf -!#% d]=jf=_ ;+efJotf cWoog -@*@ d]=jf=_ O{=cfO{=P @)!$

ljz]iftf -!#% d]=jf=_ ;+efJotf cWoog -@*@ d]=jf=_ O{=cfO{=P @)!$

t'ngfTds ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo cjl:yltM

h}ljs jftfj/0fLo cj:yf

;fdflhs tyf cfly{s cj:yf

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

hUuf clws/0f / Go"lgs/0fsf] ;DaGwdf

cfof]hgfaf6 x'g ;Sg] ;sf/fTds k|efjx? lgDg /x]sf 5g\ M

jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf

lg:sif{ tyf ;'emfax?

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Project Location and Project Impact Area

Comparative Salient Features

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Features (135 MW) UFSR 2019 (282 MW) EIA 2014

Undersluice Opening (W x H) 3 m x 8.5 m

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Features (135 MW) UFSR 2019 (282 MW) EIA 2014

Size (L x W) 66 m x 25 102.20 m( x19.70 m

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Features (135 MW) UFSR 2019 (282 MW) EIA 2014

Comparative Baseline Environment

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Socio-economic and Cultural Impacts

Land Acquisition and Resettlement

Environmental Management Plan

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

1. Abbreviations and Acronyms

NGO Non Governmental Organisation

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

NEPALI SUMMARY................................................................................................ ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.

CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................1

CHAPTER II: GENERAL INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT .....................................................................................3

CHAPTER III: DATA REQUIREMENT AND STUDY METHODOLOGY................................................................... 22

CHAPTER IV: REVIEW OF PLANS/POLICIES, LEGISLATIONS, GUIDELINES, STANDARDS AND

CHAPTER V: BASELINE ENVIRONMENT...................................................................................................................... 34

5.1.6. Seismicity ......................................................................................................................................................................53

CHAPTER VI: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ................................................................................................................ 87

CHAPTER VII: ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS ................................................................................................................. 107

CHAPTER VIII: MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................... 116

CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN ................................................ 143

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

9. 2. GUIDING PRINCIPLES ............................................................................................................................................................ 143

CHAPTER 10: PROJECT COST AND BENEFIT .......................................................................................................... 174

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Table 2-1: Change of the Project Locations..................................................................................................................... 4

Table 5-33: Population by Age and Sex ..........................................................................................................................76

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 2-1: Location of Manang Marsyangdi Project .................................................................................................. 3

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

Annex 1 : License Details

Submitted By: Manang Marshyangdi Hydropower Company Pvt. Ltd.

1.3. Institution Preparing the Report

1.4. Rationale for Capacity Change